Module 1 My teacher and my friends
Unit 1 Good morning Miss Zhou
知识目标
单词
helloclassmy nameisgoodmorning
afternoongoodbye
词组
good morning good afternoonGoodbye
句型
Hello my name’s is…
GoodmorningGood afternoon Goodbye
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1学会MissMrsMsMr法
2To learn how to greet your teachers
学MissMrsMsMr法
情境激趣导入新课
1 Greeting
2 Warmingup
T Class Please stand up Hello class
S Hello Ms…
T Sit down please
S Thank you
学合作探究
(1) 练招呼问
(2) 练感谢
(3) 练告语Goodbye
二讲解核心考点
1．Good afternoonclass午学(教材PS2)
考点class klɑːs n 班级学课
eg：Class One 班 have classes 课
注意class意学作语时作整体时谓语动词单
数形式考虑成员时谓语动词复数形式
eg：The whole class are very bright全班学聪明
2．My name＇s Miss Zhou周老师(教材PS2)
考点1Missmɪs n 姐老师
eg：Hello Miss Wang王老师
考点2MissMrsMsMr法
汉语意思
法
Miss
姐
称呼未婚女子
Mrs
夫太太
已婚女子丈夫姓氏前
Ms
女士
称呼婚姻状况明女性
Mr
先生
男士姓氏前
三纳总结提升力
请学谈谈节课收获足组间提问总结
四堂测试检查结果
序写出五元音字母写形式
1 Almost _____ in our group has been to the 2nd Digital China Summit It’s fantastic [福建]
A someone B everyone C anyone
2 This is ________She is my English teacher
A．Mr LiB．Li Mr
C．Miss Li D．Li Miss
答案：1B 2C
完成请完成少年班P1应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心how to greet your teachers样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 1 My teacher and my friends
Unit 2 Good morning I’m Chen Zhong
知识目标
单词
Iwhat your please sorry can you spell it yes thank how fine thanks
词组
Good morning Goodafternoon
How are you
句型
—What’s your name please
—I’m Chen Zhong
—How are you
—Fine thank you
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1规范26英文字母读音书写
2运课学句型进行简单话
1 掌握26英文字母读音书写
2掌握灵活运列句子
Good morning afternoon How are you Fine thanks
What’s your name I’m Sorry
情境激趣导入新课
1Greeting
2Warmingup
T Good morningWhat’s your name
S I’m … My name is…
T How are you
S Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too
二 课堂容
3Drills
1)练招呼语
Good morningGood afternoonGood evening
2)练询问姓名相互间问候
What’s your name I’m …
How are you I’m fine thank you
三 课堂练
4Practise
1)Work in pairs part7
2) Listen and number
3) Write the sentences
四纳总结提升力
请学谈谈节课收获足组间提问总结
五堂测试检查结果
六Homework
认真规范作业书写Part5
（）1—________ you play football
—YesI can
A．CanB．AreC．IsD．Do
（）2—Can you ________it
—YesSORRYsorry
A．thank B．spell C．ask D．read
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P1应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心What should you do when you meet your teachers in the morning样增长学生关What 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 1 My teacher and My friends
Unit 3 This is my friend
知识目标
单词
this she teacher friend her his nice to meet time go now bye see tomorrow
词组
This is her name’s Nice to see you It’s time to my friend see you
句型
It＇s time to go nowSee you tomorrow
This is my friend Her name’s Betty Nice to see you It’s time to go now
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 掌握5元音字母读音书写
2掌握灵活运列句子
(1) This is my father(2) This is MsLi
(3) Nice to meet you (4) See you tomorrow
运课学日常交际英语家庭做简短介绍
情境激趣导入新课
1 Greeting
2 Warmingup
T This is my friend…
S Hello … This is my father…T Nice to meet you
S Nice to meet you too
根汉语完成句子
1周老师
______ ______Miss Zhou
2朋友
_____ _____ my friend
3见高兴
_____ _____ _____you
4现该走
It’s_____ to ____ now
二学合作探究
3Drills
1)复招呼语 Good morningGood afternoonGood evening
2)练询问姓名相互间问候
What’s your name I’m …
How are you I’m fine thank you
3）练介绍某This is …
4Practise
1)Work in pairs part7
2) Listen and number
3) Write the sentences
三纳总结提升力
请学谈谈节课收获足组间提问总结
四堂测试检查结果
选择合适词填空： She fine Hello friend See
1 （） class I’m Miss Li
1–What’s her name
（） is Lingling
3 – How is your father
He’s （） thanks
4 （） you tomorrow
5 This is my （） Amy
Homework
认真规范作业书写Part7
1．Mum ________ my teacher Miss Li
A．this＇s B．this is C．he is D．he＇s
2．It＇s time ________ to school
A．to go B．go C．going D．goes
3．It＇s time ________ lunch
A．to B．for C．on D．of
答案：1B 2A 3B
完成请完成少年班P1应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心This is my friend通课堂量练学生运课学日常交际英语家庭做简短介绍
Module 2 My English lesson
Unit 1 Open your book
知识目标
单词
sit down open book listen draw put up hand
词组
sit downstand upopen your bookput up your handclose your book
句型
Sit down Stand up Open your book Close your book Put up your hand
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To learn how to prepare for an English lesson
学读Sit down时注意爆破音
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：How do you prepare for an English lesson
Ⅰ Analysis of the text
This is the second module Students should learn the classroom English in order to respond to the teacher’s words and can corrrectly use them
Ⅱ Arrangement of teaching in this module
Three periods for this module one period for one unit
Ⅲ Teaching focus
ⅰ Master language of useful expressions in the classroom
Key vocabulary and phrases sit down open book listen drow put up stand close
Useful sentences Sit down
Stand up
Open your book
Close your book
Put up your hands
ⅱ Be skilled in oral expression in the classroom
Ⅳ Teaching aims
ⅰ Function useful expressions in the classroom
ⅱ Listening Students can understand teacher’s words by listening
ⅲ Speaking Students can use the sentences with others
ⅳ Reading Students can understand the similar dialogues
ⅴ Writing Students can write the useful words in their daily life
Ⅴ Character building
Motivate students’ interest in learning English
Ⅵ Learning strategies
Self study and Cooperate study
VII Teaching Procedures
Part I Lead in
Step 1 Greeting with the students
Step 2 Use the classroom English in the class
Part IIVocabulary study
Step 1Play the recording and have them point out the words and phrases in Activity 2
Step 2 Play the recording again and have them read after the tape
Step 3 Have the students match the phrases and pictures in PPT
Step 4 Have the students match the phrases and pictures in Activity 4 and check their answer with their partner
Part Ⅲ Dialogue study
Step 1 Practise the dialogue with the whole class and have them make corresponding reacts
Step 2 Have students to practise the previous dialogue with their partner
Step 3 Work in pairs and do the Activity 2
Step 4 Work in pairs and practise the dialogue in Activity 2 Have some of them to perform their dialogue for the whole class
Step 3 Work in pairs and practise the dialogue in Activity 6 Have some of them to perform their dialogues
（）1Let＇s ________ Miss Wangboys and girls
A．listen B．listen up C．listen to D．listen at
（）2．________ the word(单词) book please
A．To spell B．Spell C．Spells D．Spelling
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P2应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—how to prepare for an English lesson样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My English lesson
Unit 2 What＇s your number
知识目标
单词
new student here in one two three four five six seven eight nine ten telephone number
词组
a new studenttelephone number
句型
—Are you a new student
—Yes I am
—What class are you in
—I’m in Class 3
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To learn how to say your telephone number
学英语表达电话号码
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：Do you know how to say your telephone number
Ⅰ Analysis of the text
In this text students will learn how to count number from one to ten
Ⅱ Arrangement of teaching in this module
Three periods for this module one period for one unit
Ⅲ Teaching focus
ⅰ Master language of English numbers from 1 to 10
Key vocabulary and phrases new student here in one two three four five six seven eight nine ten telephone number
Useful sentences Are you a new student here Yes I am
What class are you in？ I’m in Class 3
What’s your number It’s…
ⅱ Be skilled in oral expression of English number from one to ten
Ⅳ Teaching aims
ⅰ Function learn to how to ask others’ Class and telephone numbers
ⅱ Listening Students can answer the questions by listening
ⅲ Speaking Students can ask and answer in pairs
ⅳ Reading Students can understand the similar dialogues
ⅴ Writing Students can write their Class and telephone numbers
Ⅴ Learning strategies
Self study and Cooperate study
Ⅵ Teaching Procedures
Part I Lead in
Step 1 Review the last lesson in the previous period by having the whole class play the dialoge in real situation
Step 2 Ask students to act with the classmates
Part II Vocabulary study
Step 1Play the recording and have them point out the words and phrases in Activity 1 3 and 4
Step 2 Play the recording again and have them read after the tape
Step 3 Write the words in Activity 7
Part Ⅲ Dialogue study
Step 1 Listen sentences in Activity 4
Step 2 Teacher practise a dialogue with single student as follows
Are you a new student here
Yes I am
What class are you in？
I’m in Class 3
What’S your number
It’s…
（）1．Bob is in_______class
A．Miss Liu B．Miss＇ Liu
C．Miss Liu’s D．Miss Lius’
（）2．—Are you Linda
—________
A．Yes I＇m B．No I am
C．Yes I am D．No I amn＇t
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P2应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to say your telephone number样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My English lesson
Unit 3 I＇m twelve
知识目标
单词
old twelve eleven thirteen fourteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty boy girl desk chair bag
词组
how manyHow old are you
句型
How old is he？—He is eight years old What＇s your telephone number？It＇s seven two sixnine two three
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To read and write down 1120
学读写数字1120
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：Can you read and write down 1120
Ⅰ Analysis of the text
In this text students will learn how to introduce their ages and English numbers from eleven to twenty
Ⅱ Arrangement of teaching in this module
Three periods for this module one period for one unit
Ⅲ Teaching focus
ⅰ Master language of say your age and learn the numbers from 11 to 20
Key vocabulary and phrases old twelve eleven thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty boy girl chair bag
Useful sentences How old are you I’m twelve
How many boys are there 15
ⅱ Be skilled in oral expression of English number from eleven to twenty
Ⅳ Teaching aims
ⅰ Function learn to use the numbers from 1120
ⅱ Listening Students can understand numbers from 1120
ⅲ Speaking Students can say numbers from 1120
ⅳ Reading Students can understand the similar dialogues
ⅴ Writing Students can write the numbers from 1120
Ⅴ Learning strategies
Self study and Cooperate study
VI Teaching Procedures
Part I Lead in
Step 1 Review the last two lessons in the previous period by having the whole class play the dialoges in real situation
Part II Vocabulary study
Step 1Play the recording and have them point out the words and phrases in Activity 1
Step 2 Play the recording again and have them read after the tape
Step 3 Have the students match the words in Activity 3 and check their answer with their partner
Step 4 Listen the dialogue in Activity 4 and point
Step 5 Write the right numbers in Activity 5
Step 6 listen to the tape and write the numbers in Activity 6
Part Ⅲ Dialogue study
Step 1 Listen sentences in Activity 8 and practice
Step 2 Work in group of 4 and match in Activity 7 then have some groups of them to perform the dialoge for the whole class
（）1—________ are you
—I＇m ten
A．How B．What C．How old D．How much
( )2．—________ classes are there in your school
—Twenty
A．How B．How many C．How much D．What
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P2应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Can you read and write down 1120 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Starter Module 3 My English book
Unit 1 What＇s this in English
知识目标
单词
in English aan write on blackboard OK pen no pencil do bird cat dog flowers
词组
—What’s this in English
—It’s a book—How do you spellpencil—PENCIL
句型
—What＇s this in English？—It＇s a book —What＇s this in EnglishDaming—It＇s a pen
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To speak them in English
学英语表达日常品
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：Can you speak them in English
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review English expression of numbers
2 Show some numbers by PPT have students give the number of things
3 Review the objects’ names in the classroom
4 Point one object and ask students to give its name
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer What’s this in English
3 Enjoy Flash
4 Learn the new words
5 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
Step 4 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Ask and answer like this
—What’s this in English
—It’s a dog (1 a bird 2 a book 3 a cat 4 a dog 5 a flower 6 a pen）
3 Work in pairs
Step 5 Listening practice
1 Play the recording of Activity 3 and listen and write
2 Play the recording of Activity 5 and listen and write
3 Listen again and check
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Keys1 this in English 2 It’s a 3 do you 4 CAT cat
Step 6 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A What’s this in English
B A pen
A No
B A pencil
A Yes a pencil
B How do you spell pencil
A PENCIL pencil
2 Work in pairs
1．—What＇s this ________ English
—It＇s a bag
A．in B．at C．on D．of
2．—What＇s thisDanny
—________ a chair
A． Its B．It＇s C．This is D．This ＇s
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P3应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Can you speak them in English样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生力
Starter Module 3 My English book
Unit 2 Can you help me please
知识目标
单词
help of course classroom know say that again welcome
词组
Can you？ I don＇t know Can you say that againplease？
句型
—Can you help me—YesCan you see that again—Yes—Thank you—You are welcome
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Recognition of positions
1 Students can ask and answer how to spell
2Students can understand the similar dialogue of asking and answering spelling
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What will you do when you need help
How do you ask for help
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s this in English
How can you spell it
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
Daming Can you help me please Lingling
Lingling Yes of course
Daming How do you spell classroom
Lingling I’m sorry I don’t know
Miss Zhou It’s CLASSROOM
Daming Cab you say that again please
Miss Zhou Yes It’s CLASSROOM
Daming Thank you
Miss Zhou You’re welcome
4 Act it out
Step 4 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Ask and answer like this
—What’s this in English
—It’s a monkey …
3 Work in pairs
Step 5 Listening practice
1 Play the recording of Activity 3 and Listen and say
2 Read and match
1 Can you help me please a ) You’ re welcome
2 How do you spell desk b) Yes DESK
3 Can you say that again please c) It’s DESK
4 Thank you d) Yes Of course
3 Listen again and check
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Keys 1d 2c 3 b 4a
5 Listen again and say
6 Listen and point
Step 6 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A Can you help me please
B Yes of course
A What’s this in English
B It’s a…
A How do you spell it
B …
A Thank you
B You’re welcome
2 Work in pairs
Step 7 Write
Ask the students to read through the sentences in Activity 6
1．—How do you spell blackboard？
—SorryI________
A．know B．am know
C．don＇t know D．not know
2．—Can you help________pleaseTom
—Yes
A．me B．I C．my D．she
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P3应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What will you do when you need help 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Starter Module 3 My English book
Unit 3 What colour is it
知识目标
单词
black white blue green yellow red brown orange colour and
词组
What colour is the flower—What colour are they —They＇re red
句型
He likes orangesWould you like some orange？ I have an orange shirt
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Recognition of colours
1Students can ask and answer colours
2Students can understand the similar dialogue of asking and answering colours
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What color is the blackboard How to spell it
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1 and 2
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s this in English
What colour is it
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 1
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and point
3 Listen and repeat
4 Work in pairs
—What colour is it
—It’s black BLACK black
Step 4 Look read and match
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Look through the sentence
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and point
4 Match the sentences
1 ) What colour is the pen a) It’s red
2 ) What colour is the cat b) It’s yellow
3) What colour is the pencil c) It’s white
4) 4 ) What colour is the flower d) It’s red green and orange
5 ) What colour is the dog e) It’s blue
6 ) What colour is the bird f) It’s brown
5 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
6 Listen again and say
Step 5 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A What colour is the …
B It’s…
2 Work in pairs
Step 6 Write
1 Ask the students to read the words in Activity 6
2 Complete the table in Activity 6
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
4 Ask the students to read through the conversations in Activity 7 silently
1．This is________apple
A．a red B．red a
C．an red D．red an
2．—________is your new car
—It＇s blue
A．What colour B．How many
C．What D．How
答案：1A 2A
完成请完成少年班P3应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What color is the blackboard 样增长学生关特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 My everyday life
Unit 1 What day is it today
知识目标
单词
day today Monday Tuesday Wednesday Tuesday Friday Saturday Sunday birthday favourite
词组
Good morningIt＇s Mondayin your book
句型
—What’s your name please
—I’m Chen Zhong
—How are you—Fine thank you
—What day is your favourite day—It＇s
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1To understand the listening parts in the text about activities and the weather
2To know something about activities and the weather
To understand the listening parts in the text about activities and the weather
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
Let’s enjoy a song
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review English expression of colours
2 Show some pictures by PPT ask and answer What colour is it
3 Ask and answer What day is it today
4 Learn new words Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Thursday Friday Saturday
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer What day is it today
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
2 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
4 Read the conversation together
5 Act it out
Step 4 Work in pairs
Monday
—Good morning class What day is it today
—It’s Monday
—Yes it’s Monday Write it in your book
—MONDAY Monday
—What day is it tomorrow
—Tuesday
—Yes tomorrow is Tuesday
Step 5 Listen and repeat
1 Ask the students to look through the table in Activity 2
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
3 Listen and repeat
4 Now point ask and answer
What day is it It’s …
5 Work in pairs
Step 6 Read and match
1 Ask the students to look through the sentences in Activity 3
2 Match the sentences
Step 7 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
—Today is … What day is it tomorrow
—It’s …
Step 8 Listen and write
1 Play the recording of Activity 5
2 Listen and write
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 9 Write
Step 10 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A What day is it today
B It’s …
A What day is it tomorrow
B It’s …
A My favourite day is… What day is your favourite day
B It’s …
2 Work in pairs
1．Today is ThursdayTomorrow is ________
A．Wednesday B．Friday C．Saturday D．Sunday
2．Saturday is my ________day
A．birthday B．like C．favourite D．the
答案：1B 2C
完成请完成少年班P4应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What day is it today样增长学生关what引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 My everyday life
Unit 2 What’s the weather like
知识目标
单词
spring summer autumn winter warm hot cool cold weather like
词组
in winterin autumnin summer
in summer
句型
—What’s the weather like in spring—It’s warm —What’s the weather like in London in autumn
—It’s cool
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To talk about the weather in different seasons
学季节里关天气描述
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What’s the weather like in different seasons
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s the weather like today
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and repeat
1 Ask the students to read the words in Activity 1 silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the words
Step 4 Listen and match
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Read the words in Activity 2 silently
3 Look through the words in Activity1
4 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the words
5 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 5 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 3
2 Ask and answer like this
1) —What’s the weather like in spring
—It’s warm
2) —What’s the weather like in winter
—It’s cold
3) —What’s the weather like in autumn
—It’s cool
4)—What’s the weather like in summer
—It’s hot
3 Listen again and say
4 Work in pairs
Step 6 Write
1 Ask the students to read the words in Activity 6
2 Fill in the blanks in Activity 5
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 7 Work in pairs
1 Show a map of China Talk about the weather
2 Ask and answer like this
—What’s the weather like in Harbin in winter
—It’s cold
3 Work in pairs
1．—What＇s the weather like in Wuhan in summer
—________hot
A．The weather B．It
C．It＇s D．They＇re
2．How is the weather ________today
A．like B． C．look D．in
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P4应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What’s the weather like in different seasons样增长学生关what引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 My everyday life
Unit 3 What’s your favourite sport
知识目标
单词
basketball football swimming table tennis sport let us let’s play after school idea
词组
play footballmy favourite sport good ideago swimming
句型
—What’s the weather like in spring—It’s warm —What’s the weather like in London in autumn
—It’s cool
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To talk about your favourite sport
学关喜爱运动表达
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What’s your favorite sport
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1 and 2
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
1 basketball 2 football 3 swimming 4 table tennis
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s your favourite sport
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and number
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Read the words in Activity 1
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and number
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 3
2 Talk something about the pictures
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
4 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
5 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
6 Read the conversation together
Tony What’s your favourite sport Daming
Daming Football
Tony It’s my favourite sport too
Daming Let’s play football after school
Tony OK Good idea
Betty What’s your favourite sport Lingling
Lingling Swimming
Betty I like swimming too
Lingling Let’s go swimming on Wednesday
Betty OK
7 Act it out
Step 5 Read and number
1 Ask the students to read the sentences in Activity 4
2 Read and number
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
4 Listen again and check
Step 6 Write
1 Read the words in Activity 5
2 Complete the table
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 7 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
—What’s your favourite sport
—…
—Let’s … this afternoon
—OK
2 Work in pairs
Step 8 Listen and write
1 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
2 Fill in the blank
3 Now listen again and check
Keys your favourite swimming go swimming Let’s go
1．My brother plays________basketball very well
A．a B．an C．the D．
2．—Let＇s go swimming —________(武汉)
A．It＇s a pleasure B．You＇re welcome
C．Thanks a lot D．It＇s a good idea
答案：1D 2D
完成请完成少年班P4应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What’s your favorite sport样增长学生关what引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 1 My classmates
Unit 1 Nice to meet you
知识目标
单词
Chinese from where year about Ms America not England American our grade he China
词组
Nice to meet you
What about…
introduce yourself
句型
1 What’s your name
My name is… I’m…
2 Where’re you from
I’m from…
3How old are you I’m… years old
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1读写运介绍句子
2学会简单介绍询问基情况
读写运：What’s your name My name is… I’m…
Where’re you from I’m from…
How old are you I’m… years old
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
I Warming up
英汉互译：中国美国英格兰
美国Whereour
gradefrom Ms
年龄 …样？
A chant
Nice to meet you Nice to meet you My dear friend
Nice to meet you Nice to meet you My dear classmate
Nice to meet you Nice to meet you My dear desk mate
II Step II PreListening A1 and A2
Step III Whilelistening
Task 1 Close the book Listen and answer
(1)How many people are there in the dialogue_______________________
(2)How old is Daming _________________________
Task 2 Open the book and read after the tape
Tip：Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
Step IV Postlistening
Task1 Read the dialogue in roles or in groups
Task 2 Activity3 Check the true sentences
Task 3 Ask a few groups to stand in front of the class and act it out
Tip Encourage the students to be active
Step V Development
Task 1 Finish Activity 4&5
Correct the answers in groups
Task 2 Ask and answer in pairs (运学目标中句子)
Step VI Summary
回顾教学目标中容说说节课学知识先组讨选代表全班展示
be动词正确形式填空：
① My name Miss Li
②I Chinese
③He my friend
④We students
⑤What your name
⑥Where you from
完成请完成 少年班P8应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心— introduce yourself样增长学生关amis are法知识锻炼学生力
Module 1 My Classmates
Unit2 I＇m Wang Lingling and I＇m thirteen years old
知识目标
单词
everyone capital but very big city small first last allfirst name last name
词组
His Her name is He She is from
He She is years old He She is in Class 1 Grade Seven
句型
1It’s nice to meet you all
2I like China very much
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from the reading material about personal information
2 Learn to introduce yourself to your friends in the right way
学It is + adj + to do sth 做某事……结构
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
Step 1 Warming up
Say hello to the students and tell them we are going to play a game You can say like this I will divide you into 6 groups and each group will have a picture of a famous person You work in groups and introduce the person Let＇s see which team is the best Are you clear Ready
The teacher plays the PPT and shows the pictures to them
Step 2 Revision
Show some exercises and ask the students to complete them Then teach and explain the new words in the sentences
Step 3 Reading
1Do act 1 and check the answers ( B D A E C )
2Ask the students to read the passage and check the true sentences in act 2
3After reading the students check the false sentences in act 2
4The students read the passage again and underline the correct words in
act 3
5Finish act 4 and check the answers with the whole class
Step4 Language points
The teacher shows today＇s useful sentences and explain them
1 This is Lingling and her English name is Lucy
位玲玲英文名露西
This is 介绍某时说 This is
That is ：This is Tom Tom this is Jack
汤姆汤姆杰克
注意：this is 缩写 that is 缩写成that＇s
电话时介绍this 询问方that：
This is Lucy speaking
Is that Lucy speaking
2 Good to see you 高兴见
句熟间见面常问候语
说：Nice to see you Glad to see you
Pleased to see you
It＇s nice to see you all
高兴见
句中all代词意思全体作语时
be动词are：
All the students are here today
学生齐
3 I＇m Wang Lingling and I＇m thirteen years old
王玲玲年十三岁
介绍名字时候I＇mI am
My name is 句说：
My name is Wang Lingling
外里years old表示岁里
数字省略直接说成：I am thirteen
提问：How old ：
How old is Lingling
She is thirteen years old
4 Tony is my first name and Smith is my last
name 托尼名史密斯姓
family name 姓 last name 教名
中国惯数英语姓名三名字：教名中间名姓姓放（中间名般少）果称呼……先生夫姐时family namelast name前加Mr Mrs Miss面名字称Mr Green称Mr James
Step 5 Writing
1 The students look at the pictures and write sentences
Finally ask three or four students to show their answers
2The teacher makes a model for the students and ask the students to write sentences for themselves with and
Model My name is Li Ping and I＇m from China I＇m Chinese and I＇m fifteen years old I＇m in Class One Grade Seven
1The toys are really old _____ I still want to keep them [岳阳]
A or B and C but
2—Is it necessary ______ us ______ some photos before saving the old man [凉山]
—Yes it is We can protect ourselves if we do so
A of taking B for taking
C of to take D for to take
3Everyone________very happy
A．are B．is C．be D．Am
完成请完成 少年班P9P10应题
The students can get information from the reading material about personalinformation
Module 1 My Classmates
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
Home Americabook desk
词组
at homegood friendson the desk English teacher
句型
She is at home
Are you from America
The book is on the desk
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
学动词Be常句式
学动词Be般现时
Step 1 Revision
1 Ask some students to introduce themselves to the other students
2 Ask them to talk about the pictures in the PPT
Step 2 Teaching grammar
动词Be般现时：
1 肯定句：语+ be(am is are) +2 否定句：语+be+not+
3 般疑问句：Be+语+？4 特殊疑问句：疑问词+般疑问句？
动词Be常句式：
1 be + 形容词
I am very happy 幸福 He is very kind 非常
2 be + 名词
Mr Wang is our English teacher 王先生英语老师
They are our good friends 朋友
3 be + 介词短语
She is at home 家里 Are you from America 美国？
The book is on the desk 书桌子
4 be + 副词 Class is over 课
Step 3 Speaking
Ask the students to introduce the three people in act 1You can do it like this
This is SamHe is twelveHe＇s from EnglandHe＇s in Class 1
Step 4 Practice
Do act 24 and check the answers in groupsAsk one group the report their answers
Step 5 Module task
Look at the screen Introduce yourself Ask and answer with a partner Then report their result in front of the whole class
Step 6 Do exercises
Do the exercises in the PPT The teacher checks the answers
Step 7 Sum up
Ask the students to talk about What have you learned in this lessonSum up the different ways of Be and report it
1The books on the desk ________ Tom＇s
A．be B．am C．is D．are
2—How many people are there in your group
—Four Three boys ________ in our group this time
A．is B．are C．was D．were
答案：1D 2B
完成请完成少年班P11应题
Speaking more is necessary for the students
Module 2 My family
Unit 1 Is this your mum
知识目标
单词
aunt brother daughter family father grandfather grandmother grandparent mother parent sister son uncle these they mum dad who woman husband
词组
What a big familyIs this your sister
句型
My mum’s parents are on the left and my dad’s parents are on the right
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1识记列词语学会运介绍家：
2灵活掌握运列句型
(1) This is a photo of Tony’s family (2) Is this your mum Yes it is
(3) Are these your parents Yes they are (4) My mum’s parents are on the left
正确指示代词this these that those表述描述事物
Step ⅠWarmingup （A1）
Task 1：读课8页Activity 1词语组互查纠错
Task 2：活动中图片谈图片容学生展示例：
This is a photo of Tony’s family This is Tony’s …
温馨提示两合作谈图片复强化家庭成员称谓
Step II PreListening (A2)
Listen and check
Step III Whilelistening
Task 1听A3中话选择正确答案
1 Linda is Tony’s sister cousin 2 Liz is Tony’s mother aunt
3 Paul is Tony’s dad uncle 4 Mike is Tony’s cousin brother
温馨提示学定带问题认真听抓关键词
Task 2 Listen and repeat（读录音）
Task3 Read in roles (分角色朗读)
Step Ⅲ Postlistening
Task 1 完成A4 Underline the correct words
注意列词语意思正确运
on the left right in front of next to
温馨提示遇会问题组讨寻求建议
Task 2两合作谈家庭片注意运节课学容例：
Is this your mum No it isn’t That’s my aunt Are these your cousins Yes they are
Who’s the girl next to you Oh it’s my cousin Linda
四纳总结提升力
Step IV Summary A Chant
This is a school that is a girl The girl is on the left the school is on the right
五堂测试检查效果
Step VI Homework
准备张家片粘A4纸英语简单介绍家
1．My family ________all English teachers
A．is B．am C．are D．be
2．—Are these your brothers
—Yes________
A．these are B．they are
C．they＇re D．those are
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P16应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to introduce your family 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My family
Unit 2 These are my parents
知识目标
单词
busstationhospitalhoteldrivermangernursepolicemanweanjobatdoctorfarmworkermanshopitstheir
词组
an actorthe manager of a theatre
句型
My mum’s parents are on the left and my dad’s parents are on the right
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1识记列词语：bus station hospital hotel police theatre actor driver manager nurse policeman we an job at same
2灵活掌握运列句型
(1) This is Tony’s father (2) These are Betty’s parents
(3) My father is an actor and my mother is the manager of a theatre
(4) She and Daming’s mother are at the same hospital
学会简单介绍职业工作场
Step Ⅰ Warmingup and Prereading
Task 1：完成Activity 1 学生组核答案
Task 2完成Activity2 学生展示注意领读单词面学扫语言障碍
Task 3 Talk about the pictures
Eg They are nurses They work in the hospital
This is a policeman He works at a police station
Step Ⅱ Whilereading
Task 1 Read and check
1 Betty’s mother is an actor
2 Lingling’s father is a bus driver
3 Lingling’s mother and Tony’s mother are at the same hospital
Task 2 Read and do Activity 3
Task 3 Read and complete the table (A4)
温馨提示学定先认真阅读问题读文章
Step Ⅲ Postreading： Retelling
根面表格简单复述父母职业工作点
例：This is Betty These are her parents Her father is an actor and her mother is the manager of a theatre
Step IV Development 两合作谈父母职业
例： My name is… These are my parents My father is a doctor My mother is an English teacher at a school
Step V Summary
温馨提示正确读出学目标1中词汇？学会运词汇简单介绍父母职业？
四纳总结提升力
Step IV Summary
根学单词重点句型简单复述父母职业工作点五堂测试检查效果
Step VI Class test单词正确形式填空
1 His mother in a factory and is a good (work)
2 (this) aren’t his parents
3 What’s your (friend) name
4 They (be) your good friends and they’re (America)
5 He can (ride) a motorbike and he often (ride) it to his factory
6 My mother (be not) a nurse She’s a doctor
Step VII Homework
准备张家片粘A4纸英语简单介绍家职业
1．Lingling＇s father is a bus driver ________
A．at a bus station B．in a hospital
C．at a police station D．in a hotel
2．Jim and Tom are ________ school
A．in same B．in the same C．at same D．in a same
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P17应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to express your parents’ jobs样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My family
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
grandparents son daughter dad parents right family doctor nurse farm worker
词组
farm worker our dog in America different countries for example
句型
My name is Tony Smith and I＇m English This is my mother She’s an English teacher at a school This is my father He’s a hotel manager
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Enable to master the key points of this module
学会称代词物代词法
Step I： Lead in
T Hello everyone Let’s enjoy the video
Play the video of occupation on the screen Let the students watch them After that ask them to answer some questions
T What is it about
S1 About jobs
T What can you remember about it
S2 work manage nurse
Step II ：Ask and answer
This is a photo of Ann＇s family
Say sentences about the picture
This is Ann＇s grandmother
She is a nurse She works in a hospital
Ask and answer about activity1Picture 1
A Is this Lingling＇s family
B Yes it is
A Is lingling＇s father a doctor
B Yes he is
A Is lingling＇s mother a doctor
B No she isn＇t She is a nurse
A What is her grandfather＇s job
B He＇s a farm worker
Then ask and answer about Picture 2 and 3
Step III Write sentences
His father is a hotel manager (Tony)Tony＇s father is a hotel manager (Tony)
Her parents are teachers (Sarah)
His parents are shop workers (WangLin)
His mother is a nurse (Daming)
Her father is a bus driver (Lingling)
提示：名词格形式相形容词性物代词
Step IV Practice
Step V Language points
指示代词法
单数
复数
指处
this
these
指远处
that
those
1作语宾语表语 eg This is a chair
I like these but she likes those
2 电话中this表示电话者介绍that询问方
eg Hello This is Bob Who＇s that
单数
复数
称代词
I
you
he
she
it
we
you
they
物代词
my
your
his
her
its
our
your
their
面行称代词格句中作语eg We are Chinese
面行形容词性物代词般放名词前作定语eg That is my classroom
Step VI 重点知识总结
a表示家庭成员单词
b表示职业名称单词：
c单词复数形式：familyfamilies womanwomen busbuses manmen
d反义词：samedifferent
e Key Phrases：
1 a photo of 2 on the left 3on the right 4 next to 5 in front of
6 a big family 7 bus station 8 police station 9 bus driver 10 at a school
11 for example 12family tree
Key sentences
1 Is this your family Yes it is
2 This is a photo of Tony＇s family
3 What a big family
4 My mum＇s parents are on the left
5 Those are Paul＇s son and daughter
6 What is your father＇s job
7 In America many people have grandparents from different countries
Step VI Practice
Step VII： Writing
Write about your family
My father is a(n) at
My mother is a(n)
My brother is and he
1．—Are these men doctors
—No________ aren’t
A．these B．those
C．they D．that
2．(中考·兰州) Bobcan you see the boys over there？
________ are my cousins Let’s go and say hello to them
A．This B．Those
C．That D．These
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P19应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样复节课容引入新课知识便学加深印象
Module 3 My School
Unit 1 There are thirty students in my class
知识目标
单词
there fortysix computer map dictionary wall library picture television right fifteen sixty seventeeneighteen thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety many how many any tree
词组
There is a an…There are at the front ofin the front of
句型
There are thirty students in my class
Is there a lot of furniture Yes there isThere’s a map of the world in our classroomThere aren’t any pictures on our walls
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
There is a an…
There are …具体法
灵活运there be句型简单叙述见事物
Step Ⅰ Warming up
Task Look at activity 1 talk about the pictures using
There is … There are …
There are some … There aren’t any …
StepⅡ Prelistening
Task1 Betty and Lingling are talking about Betty’s classroom listen and choose the correct picture
Step ⅢWhilelistening
Task1 They are going to listen and read about Linda and Daming’s classroom listen and answer
1 Is there a lot of furniture
2 Is there a map of the world
Task2 Listen and repeat
听录音读试着模仿正确语音语调定注意节奏
温馨提示锻炼听力机会认真听哟
Task 3 Read in pairs
温馨提示读时握句式There isare … Isare there …
Step Ⅳ Postlistening
Task 1Read the dialogue again and answer the questions below
1 How many students are there in Daming’s class
2 How many boys and girls are there in Daming’s class
3 Are there any computers on everyone’s desk
4 Is there a map of the world in Linda’s class
温馨提示阅读时遇困难请教老师学提高阅读理解机会错哟
Task2 Read the dialogue in groups and then read in roles Choose the best one to show in class
温馨提示分角色朗读话组间展开竞争组棒
StepⅤDevelopment Fill in the form and talk about the numbers in pairs
Linda’s class
Daming’s class
Number of students
pictures
Type of map
温馨提示学关注数字会做快积极参加培养口语交际力
四纳总结提升力
StepⅥSummary
五堂测试检查效果
StepⅦ Class test 适形式填空
1 In our school there（be）20 students in a class
2 ( be)there a computer on Miss Li’s desk
3 There(be not)any computers on our desks 4 There( be not ) a computer on my desk
5 Are there (some ) apples in the table
6My father wants to buy some new (furniture)
温馨提示组总结成员积极发言组长纳
Step Ⅷ Homework 试着There be句型描述卧室吧
1 The teacher＇s desk is ______ the front of the classroom
Aon Bat Cabout Dto
2 I want a map______ Chinaand I want_______books
Aofa lot of Btoa lot
Cofany Dinlot of
答案：1B 2A
完成请完成少年班P24应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Can you speak them in English样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 3 My School
Unit 2 The library is on the left of the playground
知识目标
单词
building hall gate library office playground science lab behind between middle near with for room
词组
dining hall gym science lab in front of in the middle of between…and… next to behind
句型
1) Daming is on my right
2) Gao Yan’s in front of Daming and between Zhao Feng and Min
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
学句子描述物准确位置
To get information from the reading material about the library
To talk about the locations
Step ⅠWarming up
Task 教师先in the front of near behind介绍教室里物位置
T Where is the teacher’s desk S It’s is in the front of the class
T Where is the teacher S She＼He is near …
T Where is the blackboard S It’s behind …
Step ⅡPrereading
Task Label the pictures with the words and the expressions (A1)
温馨提示学词汇短语介绍学校时会时养成积累惯样写作时会助
StepⅢWhilereading
Task 1 学生读课第二部分说出五名学生间方位
Task 2学生仿句子介绍位置Eg
I’m in front of … I’m near…… I’m behind…… I’m between… and …
温馨提示话课重点句型学定积极参哟
Task 3 阅读课第三部分容完成Activity4练
温馨提示做题时定认真查找信息学会正确表达样会万失
StepⅣPostreading
Task1 1师生齐第6部分Answer the questions in Activity 5教师先找名学生问答：
Where’s the playground
It’s in the middle of the school
2然学生分钟时间学生合作学互相帮助找出方足便时纠正教师巡视
温馨提示组组长先做例子然程度较差学练组间展开竞争组棒
StepⅤDevelopment
Draw a map of your school write something about it
四纳总结提升力：
StepⅥSummary
学谈谈节课收获
Words______________________
Phrases（词组）________________________
Sentences（句子）______________________________________
五堂测试检查效果
StepⅦClass test
根句意提示写单词
1 We have lunch in our school d____________ hall
2 Tom love s____________ very much He wants to be a scientist（科学家）
3 They are having PE lesson（体育课）in the school p____________
1 There is a tree _______ Jim＇s house
Aunder Bto Cbehind Dabove
2 Our classroom building is_______the office building
and the science lab
Afrom Bbetween Cin Don
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P25应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to introduce the location of different buildings of your school样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 3 My School
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
building hall gate library office playground science lab behind between middle near with for room
词组
dining hall gym science lab in front of in the middle of between…and… next to behind
句型
1) Daming is on my right
2) Gao Yan’s in front of Daming and between Zhao Feng and Min
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
总结there be句型 方位介词法
听懂读懂关学校介绍短文 通学学生运方位介词介绍班级学校
Step ⅠWarming up
名学描述名学位置家猜 Who is he she 组猜快
练there be句型根图片介绍学校
温馨提示简单相信会做
掌握there be 结构
1there be句型结构There is are+名词（做语）+介词短语（作状语）
2There be 结构中be 动词形式离名词数决定遵循原请试着举例子：________________________________________________
3There be 句型般疑问句形式：IsAre there +语…否定形式be动词加not 请试着举例子：________________________________________________
4there be 结构语提问时语指物what 指who介词短语提问时where语前数字提问时how many how much
There are sixty students in my class
__________________________________________
温馨提示：定独立思考忘集体智慧哦
二纳总结提升力：
学谈谈节课收获
Words______________________
Phrases（词组）________________________
Sentences（句子）______________________________________
三堂测试检查效果：
求完成练
1 My father is next to the window（划线部分提问）
2 There are some books in the library（改般疑问句做肯定回答）_________________________________________
四阅读短文回答问题
There is a picture It is nice picture There are many big trees in it They are apple trees On the trees there are many red apples Some birds are singing in the trees Behind the trees there is a house Some women are sitting near the house They are sitting under the trees and drinking tea A dog is there too
1 What is in the picture
2 What is on the trees
3划线句子译成汉语
4写出women单数形式
5 Is there a dog under the tree
五Homework
根课第二部分写段介绍五物方位句子
1．There ________ some tea in the cup
A．be B．are
C．is D．has
2．There ________ a pencil and some books on David＇s desk
A．is B．are
C．am D．be
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P27应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关there be句型知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 Healthy food
Unit 1 We’ve got lots of apples
知识目标
单词
meat bean beef carrot chocolate coffee lots of so drink fruit vegetable chicken juice milk potato tomato
词组
Go shoppingHow about…ice creambe good forbe bad for
句型
Have you got any orangesapples water
Yes I have No I haven’t
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1数名词单复数变化
2someany法
3and or but法
够灵活运someany表达句子
Step ⅠWarming up
What food and drink do you know Ask and answer in pairs
Step II Prelistening
Task 1两组读课p20 Activity 1词语互查纠错组核
Step III Task 1 Discovery
1 go +ving表示做某事：游泳_______ 钓鱼_______
2 too much 意思太修饰数名词
I have got ____ _____ ____ to do today天太作业做
too many 意思太修饰数名词复数：
There are _____ ____ _____ in the supermarket超市里太
Task 2 组做新话：
A Have you got any…
B Yes I have No I haven’t
C Has he she got any …
D Yes heshe has No heshe hasn’t
Step IV Development
Read and complete the dialogue
Tony Have we got any fruit
Tony’s dad Yes we’ve got _____ apples We _____ got any oranges
Tony Have we ___ ___ chocolate
Tony’s dad Yes _____ got some chocolate Have we got any_____ _____
Tony No we haven’t ____ we got ___
Tony’s dad No we haven’t Let’s get some _______for your mum
温馨提示学定注意some any区组总结成员积极发言
Step V Summary
Chant 练节课中学食物饮料单词
I like coffee I like tea I don’t like juice and it doesn’t like me I like coffee I like tea I don’t like carrots and they don’t like me
温馨提示学中词汇换成学容进行练
Step Ⅵ Summary
What have you learned from this lesson
句型转换
1 Jack has got some milk (改般疑问句)_____ Jack got _____ milk
2 There are some apples on the table（单数句）There ____ ____ ____ on the table
3 Have they got any juice （作否定回答）_____ ______ ______
4 Tom has got a picture book（改复数句）Tom _____ got _____ _____ _____
5 There is some orange in the bottle（画线部分提问）
Step Homework
1．Too much cola is bad ________ you
A．to B．at C．with D．for
2．—Let＇s shop________ some ________ —OK
A．for food and drink B．at foods and drink
C．for a food and drinks D．at foods and a drink
答案：1D 2A
完成请完成少年班P32应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—How do you keep healthy样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 Healthy food
Unit 2 Is your food and drink healthy
知识目标
单词
delicious hamburger sugar sweet
cheese tooth bitimportant remember
stay fat be good for be bad for a bit get
词组
be good for be bad for a bit
句型
1) What’s your favorite food and drink
2) —Have we got any juice
—Yes we’ve got some juice We haven’t got any milk
3) Meat and fish are healthy food but too much meat isn’t healthy
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1学会butand描述喜欢食物
学会butand描述食物
StepⅠWarming up
Talk in pairs What is your favorite food fruit and vegetables which is healthy and which is not healthy
Step ⅡPrereading
Task 1： Finish Activity1—2(先独立完成组讨)
温馨提示根活动求完成务务简单学定积极参
Task 2 ：Close your books and listen to Activity3 and say What is Healthy food and drink？
温馨提示锻炼听力机会认真听哟
Task 3 ： Finish Activity3（先独立完成然结练）
温馨提示组间展开竞争组棒
Step ⅢWhilereading
读短文导词进行复述
Noodles and rice are …but too much meat is not… … are sweet and too much sugar is … you Eat the … food and be … … are good for your eyes …are good for your teeth Have a lot of …when you are a bit tired It’s important to remember…
温馨提示学生先读课文纠正语音语调解决里面生词然读课文接着教师领述学生试着练复述组展示
StepⅣ PostReading
Task 1 Discovery
1healthy adj 健康unhealthy adj 健康health n 健康
The children all look ________ 孩子健康
You are healthy but Mary is ___________(健康)
2Meat and fish are healthy food数名词做语时谓语动词第三称单数果两数名词and连接谓语动词复数果表示道菜饭时谓语动词单数
Milk and Coke______ (be) my favourite drinks牛奶乐喜欢饮料
Tea and orange juice ______ (be) my favourite drink
Bread and butter______ (be)my favourite food面包夹黄油喜欢食物
四 纳总结提升力
Step Ⅵ Summary
What have you learned from this lesson
五堂测试检查效果
．根首字母完成单词
1 My f___________ food is rice 2 What is__________ (he) favourite food
3 Apples and oranges are f____________ 4 Carrots and onions are ______ (蔬菜)
5 Juice and milk are ___________ (饮料) 6Is this food ___________ (健康)
1．Every student ________ healthy food here
A．have B．haves
C．has D．having
2．—Will you stay for ________ supper with us
—Sure I＇d love to Home cooking is just what I like(东营)
A．a B．an C．the D．
答案：1C 2D
完成请完成少年班P33应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—How to have a healthy diet样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 Healthy food
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
whatyourpleasesorrycanyouspellityesthank how fine thanks
词组
…have has got some…
…haven’t hasn’t got any…
Have Has … got any…
句型
We’ve got lots of apples
We haven’t got any meat
She hasn’t got any coffee
Have we got any chocolate
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 学会种单词描述喜欢食物
To summarize and consolidate the usage of some and any singular and plural nouns
StepⅠWarming up
What is your favorite food fruit and vegetables which is healthy and which is not healthy
StepⅡTask 2 读注释完成练
1 some any 法
(1)some 修饰数名词修饰数名词
There is some water in the bottle
There are some books on the desk
(2)some 表示建议请求希方肯定回答般疑问中
Would you like some bread
What about some fruit juice
(3)any否定句般疑问句中意
I don’t have any apples
Do you have any potatoes
(4)any肯定句中意起强调作
Any students can answer this question
（1）Would you like _____coffee
（2）We haven’t got _____meat in the fridge
（3）Have you got _____hamburgers
（4）They have got _____ tomatoes
2 havehas 表示某拥某物某物属某表示属关系
there be 表示某某某物表示存状态
(1) 没胡萝卜
They any carrots
(2) 屋子里张桌子
______ ______ a table in the room
Step ⅢSummary
What have you learned from this lesson
根汉语完成句子空词
(1) 喜欢吃蔬菜蔬菜健康食物 I like ______ vegetables because they ______ healthy food
(2) 贝蒂喜欢食物鸡肉 Betty’s ______ food ______ ______
(3) 中午吃肉蔬菜 They have ______ and vegetable _____ lunch
(4) 糖乐健康食物Candy and Coke ______ ______ food
(5) 太巧克力 _____ ______chocolate isn’t ____ ______ you
1 Here is a________ You can have it
A．appleB．fruitC．ice creamD．banana
2 (绥化)There ________ little milk in the fridge Let＇s go and buy some
A．has B．is C．are
答案：1D 2B
完成请完成少年班P35应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关名词单复数知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 5 My School Day
Unit 1 I love history
知识目标
单词
half past o’clock to lesson like difficult love because interesting
词组
go to school get up have breakfast have lunch go home have dinner go to bed go to sleep
句型
1) I love history
2) It’s twelve o’clock
3) We have Chinese at eight o’clock
4) We don’t have maths
5) —Do you like maths
—Yes I do
6) In the evening I watch TV and have dinner with my family
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 Master the key words and expressions in Unit 1
2Learn to use the key sentences to introduce their school life in English in class
3Cultivate their ability of creation
1 How to express the time and subjects in English
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Show some pictures to explain time expressions
2 Listen and repeat the time
3 Ask and answer What time is it
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
5 Practice Ask and answer What time is it
Step 2 Practice
1 Show some pictures of the subjects
2 Introduce the new words
3 Match the words with the pictures
5 Read the words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
Step 4 Read the dialogue Check (√) the true sentences
Step 5 Complete the passage
Step 6 Answer the questions about you
1 Ask the students to work alone and to answer the questions
1 When is your geography lesson
2 When is your English lesson
3 When is your Chinese lesson
2 Ask them to check their answers in pairs
Step 7 Pronunciation and speaking
Step 8 Work in pairs
Talk about your lessons
1 Go through the language in the substitution table with the class
2 Pair them to ask and answer
I have We have …
I don’t have We don’t have …
I like I don’t like …
art chemistry Chinese English history maths science …
3 Circulate and monitor their production
Step 9 Important and difficult points
1．时间Asking the time and responses
（1）询问时间表达法：What time is itWhat＇s the time
（2）时间表达法：
①整点： It＇s ＋基数词（one two …）＋o＇clock
eg It＇s twelve o＇clock 现12点整
②点分： It＇s ＋分＋past＋时
（基数词）（基数词）
eg It＇s twenty past five 现5：20
③点差分： It＇s＋分＋to＋时
（基数词）（基数词）
eg It＇s twenty to six 现5：40现6点差20
Step 10 Do exercises
Step 11 Homework
1Let＇s play table tennis_______Tuesday morning
Aon Bin Cto Dat
2 _______ I like red _______ I want to buy a red car
ABecause so BBecause
C because DSo because
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P40应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Which subject do you like most样增长学生关Which引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 5
Unit 2 We start work at nine o’clock
知识目标
单词
go to school get up have breakfast have lunch go home evening have dinner do homework go to bed go to sleep
词组
go to school get up have breakfast have lunch go home have dinner go to bed go to sleep
句型
I go to school on weekdaysbut not on Saturday and Sunday This is my school day I get up at half past seven in the morningand then have breakfast
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from a description of a school day
2 To be able to put pictures in order according to the reading material
3 To write about one’s school day
1 To write about one’s school day
Step 1 Warming up
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Read the passage and match the times with the pictures in Activity 1
1 Read through the passage and order it individually
2 Check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class
Keys 1 e 2 f 3 d 4 a 5 b 6 c
Step 3 Match the times with the pictures in Activity 1
1 Read out the times and have the students repeat them after you
2 Ask them to match the times and the pictures individually
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
Keys 730 e 1000 c 1100 d 1230 a 330 b 900 f
Step 4 Choose the correct expressions
Step 5 Complete the passage
Step 6 Writing and speaking
Step 7 Language points
I get up at half past seven in the morning and then have breakfast
早七点半起床然吃早餐
have英语中常见动词词搭配意思
eg
have lessons 课
have dinner 吃饭
have a rest 休息
have a good time 玩愉快
have a look
Step 8 Exercises
A 单词拼写
B 汉译英：
C 完成句子
Step 9 Homework
Write a passage about your whole day using the sentences we learnt
I get up at …
I go home at …
I do homework at …
1 We ______ at five o＇clock
Agoes home Bgoes to home
Cgo home Dgo to home
2 Do you often go to ______ football games ______ your friends？
Aseeand Blook with
Cwatchand Dwatch with
答案：1C 2D
完成请完成少年班P41应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What about your school day 样增长学生关What引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 5 My School Day
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
park busy wash face minute
词组
make word cards listen to tapes practice conversations with at first word by word
句型
1—How do you study for a test
—I study by working with a group
2It`s too hard to understand spoken English
3The more you readthe faster you`ll be
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1To summarize and consolidate Present simple with I you we they prepositions of time at in on negative form of present simple don’t
1Present simple with I you we they prepositions of time at in on negative form of present simple don’t
Step 1 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
We have Chinese at eight o’clock
We don’t have maths
Do you like maths
Yes I do
In the evening I watch TV and have dinner with my family
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The present simple
Step 2行动词般现时
表达常性者惯性动作般现时
eg I do my homework in the evening
晚做作业
果表示现状态般现时
eg I know him very well 熟
第称第二称般现时谓语动词没形式变化否定形式般谓语动词前加don’t
eg I don’t go to school on Sunday
I go to the park on Sunday
周日学校公园
1 时间表达方式
1) 直接表示时间法：点分序表示时间（简单）
eg 800——eight o’clock 520——five twenty
2) 添加介词表示法：果分钟等30past表示结构分钟+past+该点钟果分钟30to表示结构分钟+to+点钟
eg 1205—— five past twelve 950——ten to ten
果分钟15般a quarter 代fifteen 果分钟30般half代thirty
eg 915——a quarter past nine 1130——half past eleven
2 时间前介词(at in on)法
at常表示某点时间点分某时刻
eg She usually gets up at 600 in the morning 通常早６点起床
The man often gets to his office at 830
男常830办公室
外atat night（晚）at last（）at weekends（周末）at noon（中午）等固定短语中
on常表示某天星期外表示某天午晚时介词on
in表示某段时间某年某月某季节
eg in 1998(1998年) in March(三月) in summer（夏天）
某固定短语中in
eg in the morning in the evening
Step 3 Work in pairs
Ask the students to talk about their activities in a week
Match the words in Column A with the words and expressions in Column B
1 Read through the phrases with the whole class
2 Ask the students to match the words in Column A with the words and expressions in Column B with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 4 Complete the passage
1 Read through the passage with the whole class
2 Ask the students to complete the passage with the expressions from the box with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 5 Complete the sentences with at in or on
1 Review the using of at in and on
2 Ask the students to fill in the blank individually and then check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 6 Complete the sentences with the words from the box
Step 7 Around the world
Step 8 Module task Talking about your ideal school day
1 Complete the table with information about your ideal school day
2 Look through Module 5 and find expressions to say what you do and enjoy every day
Step 9 Exercises
A．汉译英：
B 根短文容首字母提示空格处填入正确词短文意思
Step 10 Homework
Write a passage about your school day Is it different from the UK
1．My parents often________ me some gifts on my birthday
A．buy B．will buy
C．buys D．has bought
2．—________ you do your homework in the evening
—Of course
A．Does B．Are C．Do D．
答案：1A 2C
完成请完成少年班P43应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关I you we they作语般现时知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 6 A trip to the zoo
Unit 1 Does it eat meat
知识目标
单词
bear elephant giraffe lion monkey panda tiger zebra zoo guide animal such as come different country other dangerous
词组
such as come from look at over there a little all over the world as well asbe good at many kinds of
句型
1— That’s a giraffe
— Yes and there are some giraffes
2—Do lions eat meat
—Yes they do
3—Does it eat meat
—No it doesn’t It eats plants
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Present simple questions
学简单般现时态
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Lead in
T Hello boys and girls
Ss Hello Mr Zhang
T Today we are going to learn Module 6 A trip to the zoo Have you been to the zoo
Ss Yes
T Do you know Beijing zoo
S1 Yes I went there last year I saw many animals…
Step 2 Practice
1 Show some pictures of the animals
2 Introduce the new words
3 Look at the pictures Ask and answer What can you see
4 Call back the answers from the whole class and check the answer
5 Read the words
Step 3 Work in pairs
1 Look at the picture What can you see
2 Listen and check ( √) the words in Activity 1 you hear
3 Now work in pairs and say what you can see
—That’s a giraffe
—Yes and there are some giraffes
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
5 Ask the students to complete the table in Activity 3
6 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 5 Underline the correct words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Underline the correct words
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 6 Language points
1 The zoo has many kinds of animals such as bears zebras giraffes and pandas
2 They come from many different countries and they eat different foodcome vi come from from常表示国家点名称词
Step 7 Listen and repeat
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask individual students to repeat
4 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 8 Listen and choose s or z
Step 9 Do exercises
Step 10 Work in pairs
1．He is ________ kind man We all like him
A．so a B．a such C．such a D．so
2．Bob you can talk to _____ classmates in Chinese
A．other B．others
C．another D．the others
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P51应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Have you ever been to the zoo 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生力
Module 6 A trip to the zoo
Unit 2 The tiger lives in Asia
知识目标
单词
peopleAfricangrasslargeusually
词组
such as come from look at over there a little all over the world as well asbe good at many kinds of
句型
The elephant lives in Africa and in Asia
The zebra is an African animal
The zebra doesn’t eat bamboo
The tiger lives in Asia
Monkeys live in Africa Asia andAmerica
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information about animals from the reading material
2 To learn to find specific information in the reading
To get information about animals from the reading material
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Find these places on the map
1 Show a map of the world
2 Find these places (Africa America Asia Europe)on the map
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
5 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
Step 3 Reading
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
3 Read the passage and complete the table in Activity 3
4 Check with a partner
5 Call back the answers from the whole class
6 Read the passage again and fill in the blanks
7 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words and expression from the box in Activities 4
Step 4 Language points
1 重点短语
1) a little 少量
2) all over the world 全世界
3) as well as
4) be good at 擅长
5) many kinds of 许种类
2 语言点
1) 两种常见 类 表达方式：
种定冠词 the + 名词单数形式
eg The elephant lives in Africa and Asia 象生活非洲亚洲
种 名词复数形式
2) It eats plants leaves bamboo and a little fruit but it doesn’t eat meat
little adj 极少量强调没表示否定意义
a little意少量表示肯定意义修饰数名词
3) The panda eats about 30 kilos of bamboo a day as well as plants and leaves
4) It likes water and is good at swimming
be good at意擅长义短语do well in
eg Jill is good at Chinese Jill does well in Chinese Jill擅长语文
Step 5 Do exercises
A首字母填空：
B完成句子：
Step 6 Writing
1 Read the introduction about a zoo
2 Correct the mistakes
3 Ask the students to notice capital letters
4 Learning to learn
Step 7 Homework
Collect some information about your favourite animals
1．6789 reads________
A．six thousand seven hundred eightynine
B．six thousand and seven hundred eightynine
C．six thousands seven hundred and eightynine
D．six thousand seven hundred and eightynine
2．—We should enjoy the beauties of ________ nature
—YesI think so
A．a B．an C．the D．填
答案：1D 2D
完成请完成少年班P52应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you like wild animals Do you want to know where they lives样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 6 A trip to the zoo
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
Textbookconversationaloud pronunciationsentencepatient
词组
make word cards listen to tapes practice conversations with at first word by word
句型
1—How do you study for a test
—I study by working with a group
2It`s too hard to understand spoken English
3The more you readthe faster you`ll be
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To summarize and consolidate Present simple questions
2 To know something about animals in China
3 To have teamwork and make a poster of one’s favourite animal
1 To summarize and consolidate Present simple questions
Step 1 Revision
Show some pictures to review the text of Unit 1 and Unit 2
Step 2 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The present simple
Step 3 Work in pairs
1 Look at the pictures Ask What can you see
2 Ask and answer with a partner
—Does Meimei the elephant come from Yuannan China
—Yes it does
4 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Keys — Does Kingba the tiger come from America
— No it doesn’t It comes from Asia
— What is Kingba’s favourite food
— Meat
Step 4 Complete the sentences with does or doesn’t
1 Read through the sentences with the whole class
2 Ask the students to Complete the sentences with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 5 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words in the brackets
1 Read through the passage with the whole class
Step 6 Complete the word map with the words from the box
Step 7 Around the world
1 Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
2 Read through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
Step 8 Grammar
单数第三称行动词般现时否定形式请例句：
He does not speak Chinese 说汉语
单数第三称行动词般现时否定形式行动词前加doesn’t (does not)
注意：单数第三称否定形式中谓语动词原原形
肯定：He gets up very early 起床早
否定：He doesn’t get up very early 起床早
行动词般现时疑问式回答
般现时疑问式句首加助动词 do 语第三称单数时句首加 does 结构：
1 Do + 语+ 动词原形… ：
They live near our school
Do they live near our school
2 Does + 语（第三称单数）+ 动词原形…
He watches TV every evening
Does he watch TV every evening
3 简略回答助动词 do does don’t doesn’t 代行动词
—Do you often go shopping with your mother
—Yes I do No I don’t
Step 9 Exercise
Step 10 Module task Making a poster of your favourite animal
1 Work in groups
1) Find out about an animal
2) Talk about your favourite animal
3) Choose one animal to write about
4) Find out about the animal
2 Make a poster about your group’s animal
1) Draw it or find a photo
2) Write some information about it
3 Present your poster to the class
Step 11 Homework
1 —Does your father like to swim in winter
—No________
A．it doesn＇t B．he isn＇t
C．he doesn＇t D．he does
2．(中考·牡丹江)—Who cooks dinner in your family
—My mother ________
A．does B．did C．do
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P54应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关单数第三称行动词般现时否定形式知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 7 Computers
Unit 1 How do I write my homework on the computer
知识目标
单词
keyboard mouse screen connect turn turn on learn document click use save box finally print paper
词组
connect…to…switch on turn on the computeron the computer open a new documentuse the mouseuse the keyboardclick the new document write your homeworksave the document
句型
There is no computer in my home I can only use it at school On the InternetI search for information do my homework and check my email
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To understand conversations about how to use a computer
2 To learn how to give instructions
Conversations about how to use a computer
Step 1 Greetings
相互问候拉
Greet the students
1 Show the pictures of a computer
T Can you tell different parts of computer
学生懂电脑部件单词进行新教授
2 Ask the students to listen to the tape of activity 1 and number the words as they hear them and then label them
Play the recording for them to number the words then check with the partner
Label the parts of the computer
1 Use pictures to teach the word and phrase
2 Ask the students to complete the sentences with the word and expression they learned
3 Play the recording again then check together
1 Play the recording to number the instructions as you hear them
2 Play again have the students listen and do Activity 5
3 Pair work and check the answer together
4 Play the 3rd time and pause after each phrase asking the students to repeat and then do Activity 6
5 Pair work and check the answer together
6 Find the words from the box in the conversation
Write Write the words they go with
the words they go with
7 Pair work and check the answer together
Write the words they go with
1 connect
2 First Next Finally
3 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask individual students to repeat
4 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
1．There is ________ meat in the fridge
A．no any B．no C．no a D．not a
2．________ my mother goes to work by bus
A．Sometime B．Some time
C．Sometimes D．At time
答案：1B 2C
完成请完成少年班P59应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—How often do you use a computer样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 7 Computers
Unit 2 When do you use a computer
知识目标
单词
customer Australia game share company often Internet check train travel plan ticket music movie night search
词组
connect…to…switch on turn on the computeron the computer open a new documentuse the mouse
句型
I am the first computer in the world I was born in 1946 in America I＇m very bigabout one and a half times the size of a classroom
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1To understand questions and answers
2To improve listening speaking reading and writing skills
To improve listening speaking reading and writing skills
Step 1 Greetings
1 Show some pictures to introduce the new expressions in the passage
2 Ask the students to read the new words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Read the passage again and match the questions with the people who answer them in Activity 1
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
Keys
1 Mike can use the computer on Sundays
2 Jack shares a computer with
his father
3 Alice has a friend in Australia
Ask the students to read the passage again
5Check (√) the true sentences in Activity 2
1 Ask the students to match the words and expression in Column A with those in Column B
2 Check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class
6 Ask the students to read the phrases together
1 Ask the students to read the words in the box
2 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
7 Ask the students to read the passage together
1 information
2 clothes
1—I＇m waiting for the mail Do you know ________
it will arrive
—Usually it comes by 4：00 p．m
A．how B．where
C．when D．what
2 —Where do you search for information
—________
A．Yesthe Internet B．Nothe Internet
C．On the Internet D．At any time
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P60应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 7 Computers
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
keyboard mouse screen connect turn turn on learn document click use save box finally print paper
词组
connect…to…switch on turn on the computeron the computer open a new documentuse the mouse
句型
I am the first computer in the world I was born in 1946 in America I＇m very bigabout one and a half times the size of a classroom
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1学电脑方面词汇般现时特殊疑问句
2解国家区电脑情况
1 电脑进行简单问答
2 较熟练运模块中学词汇句型区应助动词do does
Step 1 Greetings
1．Greetings
2．含行动词般现时特殊疑问句结构疑问词+般疑问句语序（助动词dodoes）？(疑问词作语时外)
ⅠRead through the sentences with the whole class
ⅡAsk the students to match the questions with the answers in Activity 1 with a partner
Ⅲ Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Keys 1 b 2 c 3 d 4 a
ⅣNow work in pairs
ⅤAsk and answer the questions
1 Read through the example sentence
2 Ask the students to complete the conversations in Activity 2 with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
4 Read through the sentences with the whole class
5 Ask the students to fill in the blank individually then check with a partner
6 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
7 Read the sentences together loudly
ⅥRead through the words in the box with the whole class
ⅦAsk the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from the box with a partner
ⅧCall back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Keys
1 checks 2 use 3 plan 4 like 5 talk
1 Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
ⅨRead through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
1 Work in groups of three Write questions about students and computers
2 Work with the whole class Make a survey about students and computers
1—I＇m waiting for the mail Do you know ________
it will arrive
—Usually it comes by 4：00 p．m
A．how B．where
C．when D．what
2 —Where do you search for information
—________
A．Yesthe Internet B．Nothe Internet
C．On the Internet D．At any time
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P62应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 8 Computers
Unit 1 I always like birthday parties
知识目标
单词
card party present would always great cake never special eat give sing happy secret
词组
hear from I’m afraid
cannot makes a birthday cakebirthday cardshave a party eat noodles eat birthday cake
句型
Would you like to … I always often usually somethingnever…
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get to know the adverbs of frequency
2 To understand conversations involving Daming’s birthday
To be able to pronounce the third person singular endings
Step 1 Warming up
1 Show some pictures of birthday and say what they are
birthday birthday card birthday party birthday cake birthday presents have a party make a cake eat noodles eat birthday cake sing Happy Birthday song…
2 Read the words after the teacher
3 Introduce the new words
4 Enjoy a video
Step 2 Listening practice
1 Make sure the students understand the symbols they must use to complete the chart
2 Play the recording through once while they just listen
3 Ask the students to listen to the recording
4 Play the recording again then they can check their answer with a partner
5 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 3 Work in pairs
Say what you always usually often never do on your birthday
1 Read through the verbs and have the students repeat them Make sure they understand them
2 Ask the students to think about what they do and make a list using the adverbs of frequency individually
3 Pair them to talk about what they do
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
Step 5 Check (√) the true sentences
1 Ask the students to read through the sentences and have the students
Step 6 Underline the correct words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Underline the correct words
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 7 Complete the sentences with the words from the box
1 Ask the students to read through the sentences
2 Complete the sentences with the words from the box with a partner
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 8 Listen and repeat
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 9 Pronunciation and speaking
1 Listen and repeat
2 Watch some videos about pronunciation
Step 10 Work in pairs
Ask and answer like this
—What do you often usually always … do on your birthday
—I often usually always … on my birthday
Step 12 Grammar
1 动词第三称单数词尾变化三种形式
Step 13 Exercises
A 动词适形式填空：
B 单词拼写：
Step 14 Homework
Ask your friends to come to your birthday party
A Hi would you like to…
B Yes…
1．—What do your friends give you on your birthday
—I always ________ books from them
A．plan B．invite C．send D．get
2．There is a big cake on the tablePlease ________ it for
the children
A．give B．cut C．sing D．like
答案：1D 2B
完成请完成少年班P67应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What will you do at your classmate’s birthday party样增长学生关what 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 8 Computers
Unit 2 She often goes to concerts
知识目标
单词
choose wear shoe spend money film song weekend
词组
hear from I’m afraid
cannot makes a birthday cakebirthday cardshave a party eat noodles eat birthday cake
句型
In the UK and the USpeople often give candy to children as birthday presents They also give toys or clothes The children always open their presents immediately
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from the reading material about choosing birthday presents
2 To write a description of one’s partner
To get to know compound nouns
Step 1 Warming up
1 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures and then talk something about the pictures
2 Introduce the new words
3 Read the new words
Step 2 Practice
1 Look at the pictures in Activity 1
2 Read through the list of presents and have the students repeat them after you chorally and individually
3 Match the words with the pictures
Step 3 Reading
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
3 Match the people with what they like doing
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
5 Choose presents from the pictures in Activities 1 for them
6 Call back the answers from the whole class
7 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box
8 Call back the answers from the whole class
A Write these sentences with ’ (apostrophe)
1 Read through the sentences
2 Write these sentences with ’ (apostrophe)
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
B Make a list of things you like and do
1 Ask the students to make their lists individually
2 You may care to suggest they write five things they like and five things they do
C Work in pairs
1 Ask the students to talk about things they like and do
2 Write a description of their partner
Step 5 Language points
1 Daming’s grandparents like to stay healthy so every day they get some exercise in a park near their home
2 They sometimes wear Tshirts
Step 6 Exercises
A单词拼写：
B翻译列句子：
Step 7 Homework
1 Look at Activity 1 and choose birthday present for your family and friends
2 Write a passage about choosing birthday presents for your family and friends
1．Rules are helpful to us ________ we have to follow
()them
A．so B．but C．or D．because
2．I would like to choose him ________ chairman
A．to B．to be C．be D．as is
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P68应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 8 Computers
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
choose wear shoe spend money film song weekend
词组
hear from I’m afraid
cannot makes a birthday cakebirthday cardshave a party eat noodles eat birthday cake
句型
In the UK and the USpeople often give candy to children as birthday presents They also give toys or clothes
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To summarize and consolidate grammar focus
Present simple with he she it
Adverbs of frequency
Step 1 Warming up
Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar Adverbs of frequency
模块出现量表示确定时间副词：always（总）often（常）usually（通常）sometimes（时）seldom（少）never（）等副词表频度表示常性惯性行句中位置：be动词情态动词助动词行动词前
eg I often get up at five past six
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Ask one or two students the question
— Does Grandpa always watch TV
—Yes he does
2 Ask and answer questions about Grandpa
3 Carry on with other students until everyone understands the aim of the activity
4 Complete the table in Activity 1 for yourself
5 Work in pairs
6 Ask and answer
Step 3 Rewrite the sentences with the words in brackets
1 Review the using of often usually always never
2 Ask the students to do this activity on their own then check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 4 Complete the sentences with Would you like …or Let’s
1 Ask the students to read through the example sentence
eg Would you like to go to the playground and play football
2 Complete the sentences with Would you like …or Let’s
2 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 5 Read the emails and check (√) the true sentences
1 Ask the students to read through the emails
2 Ask the students to check (√) the true sentences
Step 6 Around the world Birthday presents
In the UK and the US people often give candy to children as presents They also give toys or clothes The children
always open their presents immediately
Step 7 Language points
1 Dear all
2 It’s great to hear from you Mike but I’m afraid I can’t come
Step 8 Exercise
A 翻译列句子
B 根短文提示填入正确词
Step 9 Homework
A Work in pairs Ask and answer questions about each other’s birthday party
1 When is your birthday
2 Do you always have a birthday party
3 What do you usually do at your birthday party
B Plan a birthday party for your partner
Choose the time and place
Choose the food
Choose what to do
C Work with the whole class Describe your plans for your partner’s birthday party
Don’t say who your partner is
Now guess who your partner is…
1 —What does he usually do on Saturday
—He usually ________ shopping with his mother
A．goes B．go C．will go D．has gone
2．Ms Lin always walks to work She ______ takes a bus
to work
A．neverB．alwaysC．oftenD．usually
答案：1A 2A
完成请完成少年班P70应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 9 People and places
Unit 1 We’re enjoying the school trip a lot
知识目标
单词
postcard call lie sun line take wait walk trip few sales enjoy anyway back drive off
词组
lie in the sun take photos wait for a few on sale walk up on a school trip go back get off at the moment
句型
We’re enjoying the school trip a lotI’m standing on the Great Wall of China and talking to youTony is eating a delicious ice cream
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get to know the key vocabulary
2 To understand the dialogue
To be able to describe what people are doing at the moment
Step 1 Presentation
1 Show some pictures of new words
2 Read the words after the teacher
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Read through the words and expressions and have the students repeat them Make sure they understand them
buy postcards call lie in the sun shop stand in line take photos wait for the bus walk on the Great Wall
2 Read the words and expressions together
3 Look at the pictures and talk about them
4 Check the answers
Step 3 Listening practice
1 Look at the pictures in Activity 1 and talk about them with the words
2 Ask the students to listen to the recording
3 Play the recording again then they can number the pictures
4 Check the answers
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Act it out
4 Complete the table in Activity 3
5 Check the answers
Step 5 Underline the correct words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Underline the correct words
3 Check the answers
4 Explain the usage of enjoy
Step 6 Work in pairs
Say what people are doing in the conversation
—Betty is talking to her mother
— …
Step 7 Pronunciation and speaking
Listen and repeat (Work on Parts 6&7)
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 8 Grammar
现进行时：表示正进行动作状态
1 构成：助动词be+动词现分词形式( ing 形式）eg
I am talking with a boy 男孩说话
She is listening to me 听说
We are eating 吃
2 动词现分词变化规（动词ing 构成）
1) 般词尾加ing：readreading looklooking playplaying eateating
2) 字母e结尾词 掉e 加ing：taketaking havehaving
3) 辅音字母+元音字母+辅音字母结尾重读闭音结尾词 果末尾辅音字母 双写辅音字母 加ing：sitsitting runrunning getgetting swimswimming shopshopping putputting setsetting stopstopping beginbeginning
4) 特殊 lielying
3 现进行时种句式
1) 肯定句：
They are waiting for buses
语+be +动词ing＋．．．
2) 否定句：
They are not (aren’t) waiting for buses
语+be +not +动词ing＋．．．
3) 般疑问句：
Are they waiting for buses
Yes they areNo they aren’t
Step 9 Exercises
Step 10 Work in pairs
Say what the people are doing at the moment
I’m learning English My teacher is talking…
1 The retired couple enjoy _______ photosThey always go
out with their cameras（海）
Atake Btook
Cto take Dtaking
2 — _______me a bottle of waterplease
—OK
ATake BTo take
CBring DTo bring
答案：1D 2C
完成请完成少年班P75应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Where would you like to go most if you had an access to a school trip样增长学生关where引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 9 People and places
Unit 2 They’re waiting for buses or trains
知识目标
单词
drive off get off leave restaurant moment place things most still star run study
词组
lie in the sun take photos wait for a few on sale walk up on a school trip go back get off at the moment
句型
At this moment in different places ofthe world people are doing different thingsThey’re working
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from reading material about what people are doing in different places
2 To get to know how to write a postcard
To get to know how to write a postcard
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary
1 Look at the pictures in Activity 1
2 Read the words in the box in Activity 1
3 Ask the students to match the words and expressions from the box with the pictures
4 Say what the people are doing
Step 3 Reading 1
Read the news report and match the paragraphs with the pictures in Activity 1
1 Read the news report
2 Ask the students to match the paragraphs with the pictures in Activity 1
3 Check the answers
Step 4 Reading 2
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
3 Choose the correct answer in Activity 3
4 Check the answers
5 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box in Activity4
6 Check the answers
Step 5 Work in pairs
1 Show a map of the world
2 Tall the students the time in different places of the world
全世界分24时区15度时区英国格林威治零时区北京东8区推算方法：东加西减
3 Ask and answer What time is it in different places of the world
4 Work in pairs
Step 6 Task
Find out what time it is now in London Moscow New York AND Los Angeles Write sentences about what people are doing or aren’t doing Join sentences with and or so
In London it’s… and people are leaving… In Beijing it’s… so people aren’t…
Step 7 Language points
1 leave
leave作动词时 意离开
You can leave the room now
leave作动词时意留
Please leave your book on the desk
leave work意思班
运
根句意写出列句子中划线部分汉语意思
(1) Can you leave your book here
(2) David wants to leave the hotel
(3) Peter usually leaves work at 530 pm
2 moment
moment 意（某事发生）时刻时候at this moment意时：
At this moment my cousin is playing basketball
翻译 时 妹妹正朋友电话
My sister is calling her friend at this moment
Step 8 Reading
1 Read the postcard
2 Check (√) the true sentences
3 Check the answers
Step 9 Writing
1 Write Betty’s postcard to her grandma from the Great Wall
Start like this Dear Grandma Say what she’s enjoying
Say what she’s doing now Finish like this Love Betty
2 Write the postcard by yourself
1Thank you ______ your helpZhang Jun
Ain Bfor Cof Don
2—Hi Nora Is your mother at home？
—Just a minute She ______ flowers in the garden（南京）
A plant Bis planting Cplanted Dwas planting
答案：1B 2B
完成请完成少年班P76应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 9 People and places
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
drive off get off leave restaurant moment place things most still star run study
词组
lie in the sun take photos wait for a few on sale walk up on a school trip go back get off at the moment
句型
At this moment in different places of the world people are doing different thingsThey’re working
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To encourage students to share and express what they are doing using what they have learned in this module
2 To learn how to write a postcard
To get to know how to write a postcard
Step 1 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The Present Continuous Tense
现进行时 (1)
1 定义：表示现正进行动作
2 构成：be + 动词现分词
be (am is are) 着称数变化变化
1) 动词面直接加ing do → doing buy → buying
2) e结尾动词e加ing have → having take → taking
3) 重读闭音节结尾单词双写字母然加ing
run→ running swim → swimming
4) 特殊形式变化：lie → lying
4 现进行时否定句结构：sb + be not + doing
eg I’m not visiting my friends now
He isn’t writing a postcard
5 现进行时般疑问句结构：be + sb + doing +
eg Is she enjoying her visit
Are they buying postcards
6 常现进行时态连词now listen look 等
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Look at the picture
2 Ask and answer What can you see What are they doing
3 Ask the students to talk about the picture
4 Read through the example sentences with the whole class
Step 3 Complete the conversation in Activity 2
1 Read through the conversation with the whole class
2 Ask the students to complete the conversation between Tony and his dad with the correct form of the words in brackets with a partner
3 Check the answers
4 Read the conversation together
Step 4 Write about the pictures in Activity 3
1 Read through the sentences with the whole class
2 Look at the pictures in Activity 3
3 Ask the students What can you see
4 Read through the example sentences
Some boys are playing football
They aren’t playing basketball
5 Ask the students to write about the pictures with a partner
6 Check the answers
Step 5 Work in pairs
1 Read through the expressions in Activity 4 with the whole class
driving a car getting up
going to sleep lying in the sun
playing basketball running for a bus
studying history taking photos
watching TV writing postcards
2 Mime an action for your partner to guess
3 Read through the example conversation with the whole class
Step 6 Around the world
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures and discuss what they can see
2 Read through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
3 Read the passage together
Step 7 Exercises
I 单词正确形式填空
II 完成句子
Step 8 Module task Making a radio report
1 Work in groups of three or four Plan a radio report
2 Talk about news you would like to report
3 List the activities you would like to report
Make notes about the news
Write what you are going to say
1 —Can Mary go to the zoo with meMrs Li
—Wait a minute She ________ a shower
A．is havingB．hasC．haveD．was having
2 (中考•重庆A)—Where is your father
—He ________ the World Cup in the living room
A．is watching B．watches
C．watched D．will watch
答案：1A 2A
完成请完成少年班P78应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 10 Spring Festival
Unit 1 Are you getting ready for Spring Festival
知识目标
单词
festival lantern dragon dance clean sweep cook meal speak happen ready quite away put away hard floor join hurry hurry up
词组
good luck bad luck decorate … with… have a haircut on New Year’s Day a kind of at midnight a few at Lantern Festival all the year round on Spring Festival’s Eve sweep away
句型
Are you getting ready for Spring Festival
This is Tony speaking
What’s happening
—What are you doing at the moment
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To understand the conversation about the Spring Festival
2 To recognize phrases and recognize short answers in the listening
To talk about the Spring Festival with given information
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Show some pictures of birthday and say what they are
2 Match the words with the pictures
3 Read the words after the teacher
4 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Listening practice
1 Ask the students to read the phrases in Activity 1
1) making lanterns
2) learning a dragon dance
3) cleaning the house
4) sweeping the house
5) cooking the meal
2 Match the pictures with the expressions
3 Play the recording through once while they just listen
4 Ask the students to listen to the recording
5 Play the recording again then number the pictures
6 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
5 Choose the correct answer in Activity 3
6 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 4Answer the questions
1 Read the dialogue again
2 Ask the students to answer the questions
4 Play the recording again Check the answers
Step 5 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression from the box
1 Ask the students to read through the sentences
2 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression from the box with a partner
Step 6 Everyday English
This is Tony speaking
What’s happening
Hurry up
Step 7 Listen and repeat
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask individual students to repeat
4 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 8 Work in pairs
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 7
2 Go through the language
3 Work in pairs Ask and answer about what people in the pictures are doing
Step 9 Language points
1 What’s happening
2 Are you getting ready for Spring Festival
3 He’s still at work
4 They’re learning a dragon dance with my grandpa
Step 10 Do exercises
A Translate these phrases into English
B 单词拼写
C 完成句子：
Step 11 Homework
What do your parents and you usually do during Spring Festival Write some sentences about it
1．Jim is________good boy
A．very a B．an very C．quite a D．a quite
2．______you guys You don＇t want to miss (错) the traindo you (丽水)
A．Look up B．Give up
C．Hurry up D．Grow up
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P83应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you like Spring Festival 样增长学生关Do 引导般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 10 Spring Festival
Unit 2 My mother’s cleaning our house
and sweeping away bad luck
知识目标
单词
Christmas February January before sweep away luck mean table celebrate traditional dumpling sweater coat lucky tree tell
词组
good luck bad luck decorate … with… have a haircut on New Year’s Day a kind of at midnight a few at Lantern Festival all the year round on Spring Festival’s Eve sweep away
句型
My parents and I are visiting my uncles and aunts
We are wearing new sweaters and coats
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To match photos with paragraphs and match questions with paragraphs
2 To make notes and write sentences
3 To learn to write paragraphs
To get information from the reading material about the Spring Festival
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Read through the example sentences in Activity 1
—What’s Li Shan’s mother doing
—She’s cleaning the house
2 Look at the pictures and talk about what’s happening
Step 3 Group work
1 Listen to the passage and answer the questions
2 Read the passage and match the paragraphs with the pictures in Activity 1
Step 4 Reading
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
Read the passage and complete the sentences
3 Complete the passage with the correct words and expression from the box in Activity 3
4 Check with a partner
5 Call back the answers from the whole class
6 Read the passage together
Step 5 Language points
1 My mother’s cleaning our house and sweeping away bad luck
sweep away动词短语意扫果宾语名词放away前果宾语代词放sweepaway间
2 We are celebrating Spring Festival with a traditional family dinner on the evening before Spring Festival
3 I am eating jiaozi a kind of dumpling
Step 6 Writing and speaking
1 Look at the notes about Christmas in Britain
The notes about Christmas in Britain
2 Match the notes with the headings
3 Call back the answers from the whole class
4 Read the phrases together
5 Learning to learn
Step 7 Writing
1 Write sentences with the notes in Activity 4Join two notes and write one sentence with and
2 2 Choose one of the headings in Activity 4 and write about Christmas in Britain
Step 8 Do exercises
A Translate these phrases into English
B单词拼写
C完成句子
D 求改写句子
Step 9 Homework
Do you know any other festivals in China or other countries Write it down
1．—Merry Christmas
—________(广西)
A．I＇m very happy B．It＇s very kind of you
C．ThanksThe same to you D．My pleasure
2．—I＇m taking the driving test next Friday
—________ (宜宾)
A．Good luck B．With pleasure
C．Nice work D．Congratulations
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P84应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What are they doing 样增长学生关What 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 10 Spring Festival
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
ready quite away hard floor join hurry Christmas February January before luck mean table celebrate traditional
词组
good luck bad luck decorate … with… have a haircut on New Year’s Day a kind of at midnight a few at Lantern Festival all the year round on Spring Festival’s Eve sweep away
句型
She’s cleaning the house and putting things away
What’s your mother doingShe’s cleaning the house
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To consolidate Present continuous questions and short answers
2 To learn new words by using word map and pictures
To write a letter about the Spring Festival
Step 1 Revision
Review the text of Unit 1 and Unit 2
Step 2 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The Present Continuous Tense
1 般现时表示惯性常性行现进行时表示正进行行
Step 3 Exercises
根题括号求完成列题
求改写句子
Step 4 Work in pairs
1 Look at the pictures
2 Ask and answer What can you see What are they doing
3 Ask the students to talk about the pictures
4 Read through the example sentences with the whole class
5 Work in pairs
Step 5 Writing
1 Read through the example sentences in Activity 2
2 Read through the sentences in Activity 2
3 Write questions and short answers
4 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
5 Write questions and answers about the pictures in Activity 1 like this
6 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 6 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression in brackets
1 Ask the students to complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression in brackets with a partner
2 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
3 Read the passage together
Step 7 Around the world
1 Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
2 Read through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
3 Ask and answer
4 Read the passage together
Step 8 Module task Writing a letter about Spring Festival to a foreign student
1 Work in pairs Ask and answer questions about what you and your family are doing for Spring Festival at the moment
2 Write notes about your Spring Festival Use the headings to help you
Step 9Homework
1 Write a letter to a friend saying
2 Use your notes in Activity 6 and 7
1 (中考·沈阳)Be quietI ________ my homework
A．am doing B．have done
C．do D．did
2 —You look worried What＇s wrong
—I went for a job interview(面试) yesterday and I
________ the result
A．waited for B．was waiting for
C．am waiting for D．will wait for
答案：1A 2C
完成请完成少年班P86应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关般现时知识锻炼学生思考力
Starter Module 1检测卷
Written test part （80分）
Ⅰ 词汇(10分题1分)
A) 根句意方框中选出恰单词填空
Chinese America Ms everyone our
1 Hello ________ I’m your new classmate
2 The boys and girls are ________
3 ________ Wang is in her home
4 Liu Tao is in ________ now
5 Fathers and mothers are ________ good teachers
B) 根句意括号单词适形式填空
6 There are many cars in these ________ (city)
7 The weather isn’t cold in ________ (England) in winter
8 The ________ (America) teacher and the Chinese students are good friends
9 Those two boys are twelve ________ (year) old
10 What is the ________ (capital) of Japan
Ⅱ 单项选择(10分题1分)
题四选项中选择填入空白处佳答案
( ) 11 —What’s the weather like in Nanjing today
—________ is very warm
A This B That C They D It
( ) 12 Mrs Brown is from England ________ Chinese name is Mei Gui
A She B Her C He D His
( ) 13 Good ________ meet you ________ am Mr Lin
A of I B to You C to I D of You
( ) 14 Xiao Li is a girl ________ she is twelve years old
A and B but C from D under
( ) 15 The boy’s name is Sam Brown Brown is his ________ name
A first B last C home D school
( ) 16 —Ma Chao likes pears ________ you
—I like apples
A What B What about C Where D How
( ) 17 Hi my name is Tom Smith ________ nice to meet you all
A It’s B He’s C She’s D I’m
( ) 18 —Are you American Mr Yang
—________ I’m English
A Yes I am B Yes you are C No I’m not D No you aren’t
( ) 19 —Welcome to Class 1 Grade 7
— ________
A Good B Yes C Bye D Thanks
( ) 20 —Your new classmate Sun Ming is nice Is he from Shanghai
—________ He is from Guangzhou
A Yes he is B Yes it is C No he isn’t D No it isn’t
Ⅲ 完形填空(10分题1分)
先通读面短文掌握意然ABCD四选项中选出填入空白处佳答案
Hello My 21 is Jimmy Smith Jimmy is my given name and Smith is my family name I 22 twelve years old I’m 23 English boy I’m 24 London a city in England 25 is Mike He is my 26 friend And he is from London too Now we are 27 in Beijing Beijing is a big city We 28 it very much 29 teachers and classmates are good to us We are happy to meet 30 in the school
( ) 21 A father B teacher C number D name
( ) 22 A am B is C are D be
( ) 23 A a B an C the D 填
( ) 24 A in B for C from D of
( ) 25 A This B Those C It D These
( ) 26 A clever B last C small D good
( ) 27 A friends B flowers C students D telephones
( ) 28 A like B thank C see D help
( ) 29 A Your B Our C Her D His
( ) 30 A him B her C you D them
Ⅳ 情景交际(10分题2分)
根话容方框中选出填入空白处佳选项补全话
A Hello I’m David Smith I’m your teacher (31) _________________
B My name is Zhang Wei
A Nice to meet you
B (32) _________________ Where are you from
A I’m from England (33) _________________
B I’m from China I’m Chinese
A How old are you
B (34) _________________
A Good What’s the boy’s name over there
B He is Li Lei He is twelve years old
A (35) _________________
B Yes he is He is my friend
A Good Welcome to the school
A I’m thirteen years old
B What about you
C Is he from China too
D Nice to meet you too
E What’s your name
Ⅴ 阅读理解(20分题2分)
❋ A ❋
Look at the girl She is from America Her name is Emma Her Chinese name is Li Fei She is thirteen years old My name is Wang Ping Tom is my English name I am from Beijing I am twelve years old Emma and I are good friends We are in Grade 7 I am in Class 6 and she is in Class 4 We like playing table tennis after school
根材料容判断列说法正（T）误（F）
( ) 36 Emma is from England
( ) 37 Li Fei is twelve years old
( ) 38 Tom is Chinese
( ) 39 Tom and Emma are in Grade 7
( ) 40 Tom likes playing basketball after school
❋ B ❋
Hi I’m Peter Today is Sunday The weather is hot My classmates Sam and Jack are in my home Sam is American and he likes green trees in our school His favourite food is rice He reads a book about trees in the chair Jack likes red flowers in my room He is from Cambridge a small city in England His last name is Smith There is a book about flowers in his hands He likes playing football after school Football is my favourite sport too I read a book about sports Where is my cat It is on the table
根材料容选择佳答案
( ) 41 It is ________ today
A Monday B Saturday C Sunday D Wednesday
( ) 42 What’s the weather like today
A It’s hot B It’s cool C It’s warm D It’s cold
( ) 43 Sam reads a book about ________
A flowers B cats C sports D trees
( ) 44 Where is Jack from
A America B England C China D Japan
( ) 45列项陈述正确？
A Sam eats rice in the room
B The cat is on the table
C Jack likes green flowers
D Peter’s favourite sport is tennis
Ⅵ 完成句子(10分题2分)
根题括号求完成列题空词（含缩略形式）
46 —Nice to meet you （完成应答语）
—________ to meet you ________
47 I am from Guangzhou （改般疑问句）
________ ________ from Guangzhou
48 Mrs Chen is my mother （改般疑问句）
________ Mrs Chen ________ mother
49 Is Yang Fan a student in Shanghai （补全否定答语）
________ she ________
50 A pear is on the table An apple in on the table too （合句）
A pear ________ an apple ________ on the table
Ⅶ 书面表达(10分)
假设班刚位新学请根面表格容写篇少60词英语短文介绍新学
Name
Li Huanhuan
English name
Helen
From
Shanghai
How old
11 years old
Favourite sport
Table tennis
Favourite colour
White
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Starter Module 1检测卷
参考答案
Ⅰ 1 everyone 2 Chinese 3 Ms 4 America
5 our 6 cities 7 England 8 American
9 years 10 capital
Ⅱ 1115 DBCAB 1620 BACDC
Ⅲ 2125 DABCA 2630 DCABD
Ⅳ 3135 EDBAC
Ⅴ 3640 FFTTF 4145 CADBB
Ⅵ 46 Nice too 47 Are you 48 Is your
49 No isn’t 50 and are
Ⅶ One possible version：
I have a new classmate Her name is Li Huanhuan And her English name is Helen She is a nice girl She is from Shanghai It is a big city in China She is eleven years old Her favourite sport is table tennis and white is her favourite colour I like table tennis too We often play it after school
Starter Module 2检测卷
第Ⅰ卷(40分)
Ⅰ 单项选择(20分)
1 —are you
—I’m fifteen
A What B How C How old D What’s
2 —What’s your ID number please
—372423199711030721
A That is B This is
C They’re D It’s
3 Carla is
A at Class 3 B at class 3
C in Class Three D in class Three
4 Ten and nine is
A seventeen B nineteen
C eighteen D twenty
5 Therea bag and two books on my desk
A are B is C am D be
6 —Is he a good boy
—
A Yes it is B No it isn’t
C Yes he is D No she isn’t
7 up your hands please
A Not put B Isn’t put
C Aren’t put D Don’t put
8 This istelephone
A Ann’s B Ann C Anns D Ann is
9 Howmilk do you have
A many B old C much D do
10 Let’s have an exam(考试) Pleaseyour books
A stand B put C open D close
Ⅱ 完形填空(20分)
T Class begins(开始)
M Stand1
T Good morning 2
Ss Good morning Mr Zhang
T 3down please What’s your name please
S1 My name’s Li Liang
T 4old are you
S1 I’m 12
A What’s your school ID card number
S1 5is 88796
1 A down B up C in D at
2 A boy B girl C student D class
3 A Sit B StandC See D Meet
4 A What B HowC Where D When
5 A I B I’mC It’s D It
第Ⅱ卷(60分)
Ⅲ 词汇运(20分)
(Ⅰ)根句意首字母汉语提示完成单词(10分)
1 Seven and eight is f
2 —Good morning Miss Liu
—Good morning class Sit dplease
3 Don’t othe window It’s raining hard
4 There are two(桌子)in my room
5 What’s your room(号码)
(Ⅱ)方框中选词适形式填空(10分)
listen here new thirteen hand
6 Come boy Give you the food
7 I’m astudent
8 We can write with our
9 I liketo the rock music(摇滚乐)
10 There areclasses in our school
Ⅳ 句型转换(10分)
1 Martin and Jim are in Class 1 (画线部分提问)
Martin and Jim in
2 There are four people in my family (画线部分提问)
people are there in your family
3 Mike is 14 (画线部分提问)
is Mike
4 Her telephone number is 423 665 (画线部分提问)
telephone number
5 Draw a picture please (改否定句)
a picture please
Ⅴ 补全话 空词(10分)
Miss Gao Good afternoon class
Students 12 Miss Gao
Miss Gao 34our new classmate Mary
Mary Hello everyone Nice to meet you
Students Nice to meet you 5
Student A Who is that man
Mary 6is my father By the way 78students are there in our class
Students 910thirty
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
Ⅵ 书面表达(20分)
假Alice朋友 表提供关Alice信息 请写篇文章介绍Alice词数 40左右
姓名
性
年龄
电话号码
班级
班级数
Alice Green
girl
13
323 7768
Class 2 Miss Brown’s class
20
(boys 11
girls 9)
This is my friend __________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Starter Module 2检测卷
参考答案
Ⅰ 1 解析选C题考查固定句式答语15岁 选 How old 选C
2 解析选D题考查情景交际第句句意 请问身份证号少答语It’s 选D
3 解析选C题考查固定搭配方面 表示班介词in 方面 class首字母写 three首字母写阿拉伯数字 选C
4 解析选B题考查数词辨析句意 十加九等十九选B
5 解析选B题考查固定句式there be结构遵循原 该句中离bea bag 谓语动词单数is 选B
6 解析选C题考查固定句式第句语he he回答 选C
7 解析选D题考查固定句式祈句否定结构Don’t+do 选D
8 解析选A题考查名词格句意 安电话Ann’s意安 选A
9 解析选C题考查固定搭配句意 少牛奶how much面加数名词 选C
10 解析选D题考查动词词义辨析stand站 put放 open开 close关 合前句句意 进行考试 句合书 选D
Ⅱ 1 解析选B题考查固定搭配stand up意起立 选B
2 解析选D题考查语境理解文知课堂师生问候 选D 意学 早 选D
3 解析选A题考查固定搭配sit down意坐 选A
4 解析选B题考查代词辨析文知询问年龄 选B
5 解析选D题考查代词辨析应it代指school ID card number(学生证号) 选D
Ⅲ (Ⅰ)答案 1 fifteen 2 down 3 open 4 desks 5 number
(Ⅱ) 答案 6 here 7 new 8 hands 9 listening 10 thirteen
Ⅳ 答案 1 What class are2 How many3 How old
4 What is her5 Don’t draw
Ⅴ 答案 1 Good2 afternoon3 This4 is5 too
6 He7 how8 many9 There10 are
Ⅵ 参考范文
This is my friend Alice Green She is a nice girl She is thirteen Her telephone number is three two three seven seven six eight She is in Class 2 Miss Brown’s class There are eleven boys and nine girls in her class
Starter Module 3检测卷
第Ⅰ卷(45分)
Ⅰ 单项选择(25分)
1 —What’s this
—
A This’s a cat B That’s a cat
C Its a cat D It is a cat
2 This isorange It’sorange
A a a B an C an an D an
3 —Kevin can you help me please
—
A Thank you B I’m fine
C Of course I can D No I can’t
4 —colour is the pen
—It’s
A What green B How a green
C What’s green D What a green
5 Jack can you tell me what’s thatEnglish
A on B in C at D of
6 Miss Chen can help
A I B she C he D you
7 Pleasegoodbye to your friends
A tell B say C speak D ask
8 What colourthe flowers
A do B is C are D be
9 Miss Li I’m late
A Good morning B How are you
C Thanks D Sorry
10 —Thank you Daming
—
A Thank you B Goodbye
C You’re welcome D OK
Ⅱ 完形填空(20分)
A How1you
B Fine 2 And you
A I am fine too
B Can you3me please
A 4 of course
B 5that in English
A 6a bird
B 7is it
A It’s8green
B Can you spellgreen please
A Yes It’s GREEN
B Can you say9again
A Yes It’s GREEN
B 10
A You are welcome
1 A is B am C areD be
2 A thank B thanks you
C OK D thanks
3 A help B spell C write D thank
4 A No B Yes C Sorry D Good
5 A What B What’s C How D How is
6 A This’s B That’s C It are D It’s
7 A What colour B How
C What D What’s
8 A an B a
C D the
9 A this B me
C its D that
10 A Bye B OK
C Thank you D Good
第Ⅱ卷(55分)
Ⅲ 根句意汉语提示完成单词(10分)
1 I clean the(黑板)every day
2 My father bought three new(钢笔)for me yesterday
3 The wall is(白色)
4 Please write it(次)
5 Do you(知道)the boy’s name
Ⅳ 完成句子(15分)
1 英语说
that
2 样拼写apple
theyapple
3 起 戴维 知道
Sorry David
4 球什颜色
these balls
5 谁帮助
Whome
Ⅴ 书面表达(30分)
模块学询问物品句型编写12组话
1 A
B
2 A
B
模块学询问颜色句型编写34组话
3 A
B
4 A
B
Starter Module 3检测卷
参考答案
Ⅰ 1 解析选D题考查情景交际答语中it代this 选D
2 解析选B题考查冠词辨析句意 橘子橘黄色第空orange元音音素开头 an 第二空颜色前面加冠词 选B
3 解析选C题考查情景交际句意 ——凯文 帮——然选C
4 解析选A题考查固定句式颜色提问What colour 回答时 颜色前面冠词 选A
5 解析选B题考查固定搭配in English英语 选B
6 解析选D题考查代词辨析I she he格 作宾语宾格 选D
7 解析选B题考查动词词义辨析句意 请朋友说见tell告诉 say接说容 speak接语言 ask问 求 选B
8 解析选C题考查固定句式what colour be+语询问颜色句型 语the flowers复数 谓语动词复数 选C
9 解析选D题考查情景交际句意 起 李老师 迟选D
10 解析选C题考查情景交际回答Thank youYou’re welcome 选C
Ⅱ 1 解析选C题考查be动词语you 谓语动词are 选C
2 解析选D题考查情景交际谢谢()正确表达Thanks Thank you
3 解析选A题考查动词词义辨析句意 请帮帮help帮助 spell拼写 write写 thank感谢 选A
4 解析选B题考查情景交际of course知意帮忙 选B
5 解析选B题考查固定句式What’s that in English英语说什选B
6 解析选D题考查情景交际What’s thisthat回答It’s
7 解析选A题考查固定搭配询问物品颜色What colour 选A
8 解析选C题考查冠词辨析颜色作表语时前面加冠词 选C
9 解析选D题考查代词词义辨析that指代文提单词拼写 选D
10 解析选C题考查情景交际通文答语You are welcome 知该题选C
Ⅲ 答案 1 blackboard2 pens3 white4 again 5 know
Ⅳ 答案 1 What’s in English2 How do spell
3 I don’t know4 What colour are5 can help
Ⅴ 答案
1 —What’s this in English
—It’s a chair
2 —What’s this in English
—It’s a telephone
3 —What colour is the car
—It’s yellow
4 —What colour are the bags
—They’re red
Starter Module 4检测卷
Class____________ Name_____________
书写体正确抄写句子：(8分)
1Can you help me please 2What colour is it
3I’m in Mr Chen’s class 4Close your book
二 根首字母写出图片相关两单词：（24分）
1w____________ 2 c___________ 3s_____________ 4w ___________
5a____________ 6c __________7s______________8 h___________
9p___________10b___________11f____________12s_________
三单项选择：(20分)
1 What’s this
It’s _____________red car
A a B an C
2 What class ______________Tony in
Class Seven
A am B is C are
3____________open your book close it
A Don’t B isn’t Caren’t
4Can you spell cat
_____________I can’t
AYes B OK C Sorry
5How many students___________there in your class
A are B am C is
6Today is Friday what day is it tomorrow
______________
A Thursday B Friday CSaturday
7It’s_______________in winter
A hot B cool C cold
8What’s the weather_______________in London in autumn
It’s cool
A like B C on
9Do you like swimming
_____________________I swim with my friends every Sunday
A Yes I am B Yes I do C No I don’t
10It’s time to ______________basketball let’s go
A play B playing C plays
四．be动词（am is are填空）（6分）
1 There ___________some books on the desk
2 Are you Tom No I’m not I_________John
3 This is my pencil where_____________your pencil
4__________you in Class 4 No I________in Class 6
5 What colour ____________your desk It’s brown
五．完形填空：（6分）
A Who’s that_______________
BShe’s a_____________student
A__________her name
BHer name is Betty She is in_________class
A____________is she
B She’s twelve
AIs her father a teacher
B___________ he is a worker
( ) 1A boy B girl C teacher
( ) 2A new B big C old
( ) 3A How’s B What’s C Who’s
( ) 4A Mr chen’s B Miss Chen’s C Miss Chen
( ) 5A This B What C How old
( ) 6A No B Yes C I don’t know
六．阅读理解：（10分）
Han Mei is a Chinese girl she is thirteen Her brother’s name is Han Lin He is fourteen Han Mei is a middle school student She is a good student Han Lin and Han Mei go to the same school Han Mei’s father is a doctor Her mother is an English teacher
( )1How old is Han Mei
A She is 13 B She is twelve C She is fourteen
( ) 2What’s her brother’s name
A Han Mei B Han Lin C Han Bing
( )3Who’s Han Lin
A He is Han Mei’s father B Yes he is C He is Han Mei’s brother
( )4Is their father a teacher
A Yes he is B No he isn’t C Yes he’s
( )5Is their mother a doctor
A No she is a teacher B Yes she is a doctor CYes she is a doctor
七．情景话：（6分）
AGood morningclass________________________________
BGood morning Miss Zhou Tomorrow is Saturday
AYes Tomorrow is Saturday September 10th Teachers’ Day
B_______________________ Miss Zhou
AThank you very much
B___________________________
AWhat day is it today B You’re welcome
C What day is it tomorrow D Happy Teachers’ Day
八．句子翻译：（10分）
1写书Write it_______________________________________
2帮帮？______________________________help me
3朋友韩伟____________________________my friend Han Wei
4海南冬天冷___________________________________in Hainan in winter
5明天星期六？____________________________Saturday
九．书面表达：（10 分）
英语写篇介绍短文60词左右包括姓名年龄班级喜爱科目运动等发挥
Starter Module 4检测卷
参考答案
．略
二．1winter 2cold 3spring 4warm 5autumn 6cool
7summer 8hot 9play 10basketball 11football 12 sport
三单项选择：ABACA CCABA
四．1are 2 am 3 is 4 Are am 5 is
五．BABBCA
六．ABCBA
七．CDB
八．1 on the blackboard 2 Can you 3 This is
4 It’s not cold 5 Is tomorrow
九 Hello my name’s Daming I’m 13 years old I’m a new student here I’m in Class 4 Mr Liu’s class I like English and PE basketball is my favourite sport My friend Li Ning likes basketball too We often play basketball after school
Module 1检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
I 听句子选出句子中包含信息（5题题1分计5分）
1 A name B cup C school
2 A number B name C nine
3 A what B white C eight
4 A I＇m Mary Green
B Her friend is Mary Green
C My last name is Mary
5 A That＇s map in English
B It＇s my map
C It＇s Tony＇s map
II 听话问题选择正确选项（5题题1分计5分）
6 A B C
7 A B C
8 A Green B Smith C Brown
9 A Alan B Jim C Alex
10 A Yellow B Blue C White
III 听短文填面容（5题题2分计10分）
11 Tony is
12 Tony＇s is red
13 Tony＇s pen is
14 Tony＇s telephone number is
15 Tony＇s is Li Lin
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 No news good news
A is B are C was D were
17 Tom like reading at all He interested in playing basketball
A doesn＇t is B doesn＇t were C is does D was is
18 This is mother and name is Mary
A her his B my her C your his D hishis
19 This is a girl name is Kate She is friend
A Her my B His you C His my D My her
20 you usually late for school
No
A Do I am B Does not C Are I＇m not D Are I aren＇t
21 How old your brother And how old you
A is are B are is C are are D is is
22 Where you
I＇m from Beijing
A are from B do from C are come
23 This is Kate Green Kate is her name and Green is her name
A first family B first first C family first D family last
24 I walk to school every day
A What about you do B What do you
C How about you D What about your
25 Hi My name＇s Tim It＇s my first time to be here
A Very well thank you B It＇s all right
C That would be very nice D Nice to meet you
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（5题5分）
26 We are from China and we are C
27 Ted is an A boy he comes from the USA
28 Washington DC is a beautiful modern city and it＇s the c of America
29 Is e here today
Yes we are
30 Brian is from the UK He has lived in E for twelve years
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（5题5分）
31 Do you know the (首) of France
Yes It＇s Paris
32 Her cousin comes from (英格兰)
33 I＇m From China I speak (汉语)
34 He is a lazy boy He never gets good (成绩)
35 () loves to have a trip there
五完形填空（10题15分）
Peter likes sports He often 36 sports with his friends It is fun 37 him He likes wearing(穿) Tshirts 38 he doesn＇t like washing(洗) them He buys 39 Tshirts for a week So he doesn＇t 40 to wash them every day Three are 41 three are yellow and 42 is green His favorite is the green one They are 43 Lisa＇s store Each one is at a good 44 Peter likes them and you can see them on the sofa in 45 room
36 A comes B goes C takes D plays
37 A with B for C at D in
38 A And B Because C But D Or
39 A five B six C eight D seven
40 A need B go C like D want
41 A red B nice C small D bad
42 A two B one C three D four
43 A from B at C on D in
44 A sale B price C look D name
45 A her B my C his D its
六阅读理解（19题38分）
A
Bill Jack and I are in the same class at Chongqing No 2 High School now We are good friends but we are from different countries(国家) Bill is from England He likes Chinese noodles very much Jack＇s favorite food is hamburgers They look like twin(双胞胎) brothers but they are not Jack is from Canada I come from China I like Chongqing food very much They like singing very much and I like playing soccer (踢足球) a lot
46 We are in now
A Beijing B Chongqing C America
47 We are from countries
A same B different C all
48 Jack likes very much
A Chinese noodles B eggs C hamburgers
49 Jack is Bill＇s
A friend B brother C teacher
50 My favorite sport is
A driving B singing C soccer
B
I＇m Ms Yang I＇m a teacher in No 1 Middle School This is Li Lei He is Chinese He is in Class 2 Grade 1 He is my student and my son too He is 12
That girl is Jean She is English She is 11 And that boy is Jack He is American He is 10 They＇re Li Lei＇s classmates
I＇m their Chinese teacher All the students and the teachers in our school have two names an English name and a Chinese name My English name is Mary Li Lei＇s English name is Tom Jean＇s and Jack＇s Chinese names are Wei Wei and Zhang Li Their English teacher Miss Jin＇s English name is Sue
51 Who is Ms Yang
A She is an English teacher B She is Li Lei＇s mother
C She is Sue D She is American
52 Where does Jack come from
A China B England C America D Japan
53 Ms Yang＇s English name is
A Mary B Sally C Jean D Sue
54 What is Miss Jin
A A doctor B A teacher C A student D A boy
55 Jean＇s Chinese name is
A Wei Wei B Zhang Li C Jean Jin D Jean Zhang
C
Most(数) English people have three names a first name a middle name and a family name For example (例) my full name (全名) is Ann Alan Green Ann is my first name Alan is my middle name Green is my family name People don＇t use() their middle names very much So we can say Ann Green We can say Miss or Mrs Green But we can＇t say Miss Ann or Mrs Ann It＇s different from () Chinese names In China the family name is in front of the given name
56 In China the is in the front
A given name B family name C middle name
57 In England the last name is the
A given name B middle name C family name
58 The man＇s name is John Alan King you can say
A Mr John B Mr Alan C Mr King
59 The teacher＇s name is Mary Joan Readyou can say
A Miss Read B Miss Mary C Miss Joan
D
Hello I am Eric My first day at school was unforgettable(难忘)
I was so excited that I didn＇t sleep well the night before My mother took me to school on the first day A teacher came and took me and other children to the classrooms Some children began to cry because their parents couldn＇t go into the classrooms with them I didn＇t cry because I had been to a kindergarten before My mother went home a few minutes later
When I entered the classroom one of my classmates came to talk to me It was a happy time for me to make new friends We laughed and played happily
Finally the bell rang and we walked out of the classroom I was glad to see my mother waiting for me at the school gate It was a wonderful first day at school
60 Why didn＇t Eric sleep well on the night before he went to school
A He was sad B He was scared
C He was excited D He was too young
61 Who took Eric to school on the first day
A His mother B His father C His grandma D His sister
62 Eric was happy to new classmates
A get home B get to know C get up D get out of
63 The underlined word kindergarten in the passage means in Chinese
A 中学 B 学 C 幼园 D 学
64 What＇s the best title of the passage
A My Teacher B I Was Happy at School
C My First Day at School D One of My Classmates
七阅读表达(判断式)（5题10分）
Dear Anna
How＇s it going with you
It＇s snowing again in Japan But we＇re having a great time here—skiing and snowboarding (滑雪板运动) That sounds great right Hope you＇re having a good time
Love
Sandy
Dear Brian
How are you
I＇m fine The weather in London is great—hot and very sunny I often go swimming But it isn＇t windy so I can＇t do much windsurfing(帆板运动) Life is OK
I＇m sitting by the pool and reading a fantastic book
Write to me soon
Simon
根短文容判断正误正确T错误F
65 Sandy is in Japan It＇s raining there
66 Sandy is having a good time
67 It＇s hot and sunny in London And it＇s windy too
68 Simon is doing some reading by the pool
69 Simon often goes swimming and does much windsurfing
八补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A Good afternoon Mike
B Good afternoon Linda 70
A I＇m fine thanks Is this your friend
B No 71
A Oh nice to meet you Tom
C 72 Your bag is nice
A 73 What＇s your telephone number
C It＇s 5509233
A 74 Call me
C OK
A Thank you B How are you
C Nice to meet you too Linda D This is my brother Tom
E My phone number is 6593341
Module 1检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 C 2 B 3 C 4 A 5 C
6 C 7 B 8 C 9 A 10 B
11 English
12 ruler
13 green
14 5206358
15 friend
听力原文
I 听句子选出句子中包含信息
1 This is my school
2 My friend is in China His name is Yuan Yu
3 His number is eight
4 Hello my name is Mary Green
5 It is a map It＇ s Tony＇ s
II 听话问题选择正确选项
6 W What＇ s your telephone number Jack
M It＇ s 3029865
Q What＇ s Jack＇ s telephone number
7 M Hello Linda What＇ s your friend＇ s name
W Hello Bill My friend is Jenny
Q Who is Linda＇ s friend
8 W Hello I＇ m Mary Brown What＇ s your name
M I＇ m Dale Green
Q What is Mary＇ s last name
9 W My name is Gina What＇ s your name
M I＇m Alan
Q What is the boy＇ s name
10 M What color are U and V
W U is yellow V is blue
Q What color is V
III 听短文填写表格
My name is Tony Brown I＇ m English What＇ s
my first name Oh yes It＇ s Tony And my last name
is Brown This is my ruler It is red This is my pen It
is green What＇s my telephone number Er it is
5206358 Li Lin is my friend He is in China
二单项选择
16 A 17 A 18 B 19 A 20 C
21 A 22 A 23 A 24 C 25 D
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 Chinese
27 American
28 capital
29 everybodyeveryone
30 England
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
31 capital
32 England
33 Chinese
34 grades
35 Everyone
五完形填空
36 D 37 B 38 C 39 D 40 A
41 A 42 B 43 A 44 B 45 C
六阅读理解
46 B 47 B 48 C 49 A 50 C
51 B 52 C 53 A 54 B 55 A
56 B 57 C 58 C 59 A 60 C
61 A 62 B 63 C 64 C
七阅读表达(判断式)
65 F
66 T 67 F 68 T 69 F
八补全话(选择)
70 B
71 D 72 C 73 A 74 E
Module 2检测卷
第部分听力（10分）
Ⅰ录音中五句子听遍选择佳答语
1 A Yes she is
B No they are
C Yes they are
2 A Yes he is
B He is my uncle
C She is my aunt
3 A An apple
B American
C A manager
4 A Yes he is
B Yes she is
C He is at school
5 A He is eleven
B He is Chinese
C He is from China
Ⅱ录音中篇短文听两遍补全图中缺信息
6 Dick is Tom’s 7 Helen is Tom’s 8 Jeff is a ______
9 Lucy is years old 10 Jim is years old
第二部分笔试（90分）
Ⅲ单项选择（20分）
1 Is Tan Ya ______ Chinese girl
No she’s ______ American girl
A an a B a an C a a D an an
2This is a map ______ China
A on B at C in D of
3There is a hospital ______
A on right B on right of C on the right on the right of
4Bill and Tom are my uncles They are ______
A farm workers B farm worker C farm’s workers D farm’s worker
5 Tony’s parents like red
Right Red is ______ favorite color
A her B your C his D their
6 Are these your ______
Yes They are my uncle’s sons
A cousins B aunts C grandparents D brothers
7Are ______ Gina’s ______
A that friend B those friends C those friend D that friends
8______ my dad and ______ my mum
A This’s that’s B This is that’s C This’s that D This is that
9 Who’s this girl
______
A She is in Class 2 B She is good C She is my sister D She is twelve
10 What’s your sister’s job
______
A She is a teacher B She is nine C She is from Hainan D She is Mary
11This is a photo ______ my family
A in B on C of D at
12 What are these
______ are beautiful flowers
A These B Those C this D They
13 Are you in the ______ class
Yes we are We are all in Class One
A old B last C same D big
14There are () two stone lions (石狮子) ______ the door
A behind B in front of C in the front of D next to
15______ great picture
A How B What C How a D What a
16Lily this is Jim Jim ______
A this is Lily B it’s not Lily C I am Lily D you are Lily
17This is a girl ______ name is Lily
A His B She’s C Her D She
18His name is Tony Hand His ______ name is Hand
A family B first C number D given
19列组字母中含相音素组______
A A K S B H I Y C F M X D O P Q
20 Do you know how to ______ this word
Yes BALL
A spell B read C see D meet
Ⅳ阅读理解
A
My name is Linda I am thirteen years old Here＇s a photo of my family The old man is my grandfather His name is Jack Smith He is my mother’s father My parents are on the left of my grandfather My mother’s name is Alice and she is a teacher My father’s name is John and he is a manager of a hotel My uncle David is on the right of my grandfather He is 32 years old He is a policeman His wife(妻子) Anna is next to him She is a doctor Jenny and Tom are my cousins They and I are in front of my grandfather We are students
1How old is Linda
A 12 B 13 C 14 D 15
2Jack is ______ father
A Linda’s B Alice’s C Jenny’s D Tom’s
3What’s John’s job
A He’s a teacher B He’s a policeman C He’s a doctor D He’s a manager
4______ is next to David in the photo
A Jenny B Tom C Alice D Jack
5面陈述项正确
A Anna works in a hospital
B Jenny’s mother is Alice
C John is 32 years old
D David is a student
B
My name is Betty Rion I’m American These are my parents My father is a teacher at Beijing International School He teaches English He often helps the students learn English in the evening He loves his work and his students And the students love him very much My mother works at Beijing International School too Do you know what does she do She is a secretary(秘书)
6Betty is from _______
A England B America C China D Shanghai
7What’s her father’s job
A He is a worker B He is a doctor C He is a teacher D He is a secretary
8 They are in ______
A Beijing B America C Shanghai D Liaocheng
9 Is her mother a secretary
A Yes she is B Yes she does C No she does D No she doesn’t
10What’s her family name
A Betty B Rion C Betty Rion D Rion Betty
Ⅴ完成句子(20分)
1家挨着家图书商店
My house is ______ ______ a book shop
2丽莎父亲公汽车司机？
Is Lisa’s father a ______ ______
3美国学生星期星期五学
______ ______ students go to school from Monday to Friday
4叔叔什名字？
What’s ______ ______ name
5哥哥姐姐
______ ______ my brother and my sister
6张李磊家片
This is a ______ ______ Li Lei’s family
7坐前面？
Can I sit ______ ______ ______ you
8明妈妈左边
Daming’s mother is ______ ______ ______
9家庭？
Do you have a ______ ______
Ⅵ根首字母汉语提示完成单词（10分）
1These________(妇女) aren’t teachers
2Betty’s father and mother are________(工)
3Mark is Linda’s________(丈夫)
4This is my dog________()name is David
5The two________ (公汽车) are new
6My father and mother are my p______
7Mr Li works in a school He is a t______
8Mr Green has three children two sons and a d______
9My mother has a brother He is my u______
10My aunt’s son is my c______
Ⅶ补全话（10分）
A Oh I see
B Good morning Paul
C Yes it is
D Is this your sister
E Who are they
AGood morning Kate
B1____________
AIs this your family photo Kate
B2____________I’m here
AOh you are cute (爱)
BThanks
A3____________
BThey are my father and mother
A4____________
BNo it isn’t She is my aunt
A5____________It is a nice photo
Ⅷ书面表达（10分）
请My family题写篇英语短文学介绍家庭包括家庭成员职业爱等60词左右
Module 2检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力
15 CBCAC 6grandpa 7mother 8worker 9fourteen 14 10eight 8
第二部分笔试
单项选择15 BDCAD 610 ABBCA 1115 CDCBD 1620 ACACA
阅读理解15 BBDDA 610 BCAAB
完成句子1next to 2bus driver 3In America 4your uncle’s 5These are 6photo of
7in front of 8on the left 9 big family
完成单词1women 2workers 3husband 4Its 5buses 6parents 7teacher 8daughter 9uncle 10cousin
补全话15 BCEDA
书面表达
My name is Mary I am thirteen years old There are five people in my family They are my grandparents parents and I These are my grandparents They are teachers They are at home now They like reading books very much My father is a doctor and my mother is a teacher They like watching TV I am a student I like playing football very much
This is my family I love my family very much
Module 3检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
听力理解（题15题题1分15分）
A）列题听句子供选择ABC三幅图画找出听句子容相匹配图画
1 A B C
2 A B C
3 A B C
4 A B C
B）面听五组话组话问题根话容组ABC三选项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 What have they got
A Some carrots B Some meat C Some apples
6 What＇s Ben＇s favourite food
A Bread B Noodles C Chicken
7 How many bananas are there
A Seven B Eight C Nine
8 What lesson do they have on Thursday
A History B IT C Art
9 Where do they go for lunch
A To the dining hall B To the restaurant C To Mike＇s home
C）听面长话独白段长话独白三问题题中ABC三选项中选出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
10 Where is Mary from
A The UK B The USA C Canada
11 What does Mary look like
A She has brown hair and blue eyes
B She has blond hair and a wide mouth
C She has blond hair and blue eyes
12 What colour is Mary＇s coat
A White B Red C Green
听面段材料回答第13第15题
13 Where is the radio
A It＇s in the bag B It＇s under the book C It＇s on the desk
14 How many dictionaries are on the sofa
A Two B Three C Four
15 What＇s in the schoolbag
A The computer game B The model plane C The ID card
二单项选择（5题5分）
16 There a desk two beds and four chairs in the room
A is B are C has D have
17 There lots of sheep and pigs on my uncle＇s farm now
A was B were C is D are
18 there lots of bread in the fridge
Sorry we don＇t have any
A Is B Are C Has D Do
19 Excuse me Is there a pay phone near here
No Maybe you can ask the police
A there isn＇t B it isn＇t C they aren＇t D that isn＇t
20 How many books in your bag
A has B have C are there D is there
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
21 I don＇t know what the book is without p
22 My class has t students ten girls and twenty boys
23 There are f students in our class twenty girls and twenty boys
24 What＇s sixty and twenty
It＇s e
25 Though my grandma is over n she is in good health
26 What is your favourite subject
It＇s s
27 Where is Lucy＇s bag
It＇s b the chair
28 In our school students often read books in the school l
29 We can eat meals in the d hall in our school
30 There are a lot of t in the forest(森林)
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
31 I have a (图) of the world
32 In the (中心) of the park there is a playground
33 There is a garden (…面) the house
34 Wang Yaping gave a (科学) class from above the earth
35 We have two (图书馆) in our school
36 This is the teachers＇ (办公室)
37 There are lots of new (建筑物) in Dongtai now
38 I＇m going to send an email but there＇s something wrong with the mouse of my (电脑)
39 His family is very poor so there isn＇t any (家具) in his home
40 I have three (片) about my school
五完形填空（10题15分）
Next to our school there is a store It＇s 41 but there are lots of school things 42 it Do you and your friends 43 books pens or 44 Please come to the store They 45 those things at a very good 46 Big erasers are just two yuan 47 And small erasers are only one yuan The pens are just on sale 48 three yuan Oh I like that cartoon pencil sharpener 49 at the price It＇s only two yuan I＇ll take 50 Do you want school things Just come here and see for yourself
41 A short B small C long D big
42 A in B of C on D under
43 A have B take C need D look
44 A pencils B watches C clothes D fruit
45 A like B buy C sell D need
46 A store B price C table D school
47 A one B every C each D two
48 A for B at C to D of
49 A Look B Watch C See D Look at
50 A them B it C me D you
六阅读理解（19题38分）
A
Welcome to Class 4 Grade 7 This is our classroom There are fortyfive small desks and chairs in the classroom Twentythree of them are for boys and twentyone of them are for girls There is a desk and a chair in the front of the classroom They are for teachers There is a big blackboard on the front wall and a blackboard on the back wall There are two maps on the wall One is a map of China and the other is a map of the world There are some photos about our school life on the wall too There are some flowers by the windows What a beautiful classroom it is We all like it
51 The passage tells us something about
A a school B a classroom C a library D a house
52 There are students in Class 4 Grade 7
A fortyfive B fortyfour C twentythree D twentyone
53 Where is the desk for teachers
A It is in the front of the classroom
B It is at the back of the classroom
C It is in the middle of the classroom
D It is behind the classroom
54 There is (are) blackboard(s) and map(s) in the classroom
A one two B two one C two two D one one
55 The classroom of Class 4 Grade 7 is very
A clean B small C new D beautiful
B
We have a great hall in our school There are beautiful curtains(窗帘) in it We do some activities there
Our classrooms are very large There is a computer and a blackboard in every classroom We also have a library in our school Every week we go there I often read books there at lunchtime
We are very lucky to have a large playground in our school We have our P E lessons there We play balls games and many other sports in our playground We always have a good time there
I like my school life very much
56 There are beautiful curtains
A in the classroom B in the library
C in the school hall D in the teaching building
57 The author usually at lunchtime
A plays balls in the playground
B does some activities in the classroom
C reads some books in the library
D plays computer games in the classroom
58 The author thinks they are very lucky to
A do many sports often B have PE lessons
C have a good time in school D have a large playground
59 We can infer(推测) that the author has a school life
A hard B tiring C boring D happy
60 The best title of the passage is
A Our Classroom B Our Library
C Our School Hall D Our Great School
C
Hello I＇m Anne I come from England I＇m fifteen years old My sister is Susan She is an English girl too She＇s twelve We are both students We study in No 6 Middle School It＇s 7 o＇clock now and we are having our breakfast And we must go to school at 730 Our school is very big My classroom is beautiful and clean There are some pictures on the wall And there are some flowers on the floor I like my school and my teachers But I don＇t like getting up so early
61 Anne is a(n) girl
A English B Chinese C Japanese D Canadian
62 How old is Anne＇s sister
A 5 B 10 C 12 D 15
63 Anne and Susan must at 730 in the morning
A get up B go to bed
C go to school D have breakfast
64 Anne and Susan＇s school is
A beautiful B big C far D clean
65 Anne doesn＇t like
A her teachers B her sister
C going to school D getting up early
D
Look at the poster(海报) below
Tickets sold at canteen
Fancy dress—come as your favourite TV character
Prizes to be won
Canteen open for snacks and soft drinks
Notes
● High schools in England hold dances called socials about once a term They are called socials because students are socializing with each other
● Snacks include food like chips and chocolate bars Soft drinks are fizzy drinks like lemonade and coca cola
● Fancy dress is when you get dressed up as somebody or something else You don＇t get dressed in your normal clothes Fancy dress parties are common for both young and older people
66 The poster mainly talks about
A a new movie at school B a dance party at school
C an outdoor activity D a fashion show at school
67 Which of the following is Not true in this Social
A You can dance and make friends
B You can buy snacks or coke as you wish
C You can see movies there
D You can win the prizes in the party
68 Where can you buy the ticket
A At the schoolyard B At the cinema
C At the Students＇ Club D At the canteen
69 What do you have to wear
A Jeans B Fancy dress
C School uniforms D Party dresses
七阅读表达(判断式)（5题10分）
A shop owner(者) closed his shop and went home He was very tired but just as he went to bed the telephone rang A man asked What time do you open your shop The shop owner was unhappy about this phone call He put down the receiver without answering and went upstairs to bed A few minutes later the telephone rang once again and the man asked the same question The shop owner became very angry and he shouted You needn＇t ask me when I open the shop for I won＇t let you in Oh no I don＇t want to get in the man said I want to go out
根短文容判断正误正确T错误F
70 The shop owner didn＇t answer the telephone
71 The man was out of the shop
72 The man wanted to buy something in the shop tomorrow morning
73 The shop owner told the man what time he would open his shop
74 The shop owner was angry because he was too tired and didn＇t want to talk with the man
八补全话(选择)（4题8分）
Tom Hi Anna 75
Anna That＇s my father And that＇s my mother with him
Tom 76
Anna Hi mom and dad 77
Mr and Mrs Green Hi Tom 78
Tom Nice to meet you too
A May I call your parents B Who＇s that over there
C This is my friend Tom D I＇d like to meet them
E Nice to meet you
Module 3检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 B 2 A 3 C 4 A 5 B
6 B 7 C 8 B 9 A 10 A
11 C 12 B 13 C 14 B 15 C
听力原文
听力理解 (15分题1分)
A)列题听句子供选择ABC三幅图画找出听句子容相匹配图画
1 Hamburgers are my favourite food
2 She has got some chicken
3 We have PE and maths on Wednesday
4 Let＇ s go to the park Bill
B)面听五组话组话问题根话容组A B C三选项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 W Let＇ s get some meat Tom
M No Jenny We have got some meat
6 W Rice is my favourite food What about you Ben
M I don＇ t like rice I like noodles Lily
7 M What are those Mary
W They＇ re bananas There are nine bananas
8 W Do we have IT today Bob
M No we don＇ t We have IT on Thursday
9 M It＇ s twelve o＇ clock Let＇ s go to the dining hall for lunch Lucy
W OK Mike
C) 听面长话独白段长话独白三问题题中A B C三选项中选出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
W Excuse me Mike Do you know Mary
M Yes
W Does she come from the USA
M No She comes from the UK
W What does she look like
M She has blond hair blue eyes and a small mouth
W Is she in a red coat now
M Yes she is
听面段材料回答第13第15题
I＇ m Sam This is my room A nice radio is on the desk My baseball
is under the chair My jacket and notebook are on the bed Three dictionaries are on the sofa under the hat My ID card is in my school bag The computer game is on the desk
二单项选择
16 A 17 D 18 A 19 A 20 C
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
21 pictures
22 thirty
23 forty
24 eighty
25 ninety
26 science
27 behind
28 library
29 dining
30 trees
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
31 map
32 middle
33 behind
34 science
35 libraries
36 office
37 buildings
38 computer
39 furniture
40 photospictures
五完形填空
41 B 42 A 43 C 44 A 45 C
46 B 47 C 48 A 49 A 50 B
六阅读理解
51 B 52 B 53 A 54 C 55 D
56 C 57 C 58 D 59 D 60 D
61 A 62 C 63 C 64 B 65 D
66 B 67 C 68 D 69 B
七阅读表达(判断式)
70 F
71 F 72 F 73 F 74 T
八补全话(选择)
75 B
76 D 77 C 78 E
Module 4检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
Ⅰ 听句子选择佳应答语（题1分5分）
1 A Yes I am B I like icecream C No I don＇t
2 A What do you have
B I like pears
C I don＇t eat breakfast
3 A Yes he does B It＇s fun C He likes chicken
4 A Hamburgers B Basketball C Lunch
5 A Sounds good
B Let＇s think about the food
C What about your breakfast
Ⅱ 听话选择佳答案（题1分5分）
6 What fruit does Tony like
A Apples B Oranges C Pears
7 Who likes salad
A Alice B Ann C Alex
8 What does Dave eat for lunch
A Chicken and vegetables
B Chicken and fruit
C Fruit and vegetables
9 What sport does Mona play in the morning
A Volleyball B Basketball C Baseball
10 What＇s in the bag
A Eight apples B Eight eggs C Six eggs
Ⅲ 听短文选择佳答案（题2分10分）
11 Alice is
A 8 B 9 C 10
12 Alice eats for breakfast
A an egg and a carrot B an egg and an apple C an apple and a carrot
13 Alice eats and rice for dinner
A oranges B pears C bananas
14 Alice doesn＇t eat
A salad B bread C icecream
15 Alice likes to play
A pingpong B volleyball C basketball
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 the girl a letter from her friend recently
A Do get B Did get C Has got D Have got
17 his sister a pen friend
A Have got B Has got C Do got D Does got
18 Reading more is good your writing
A at B for C with D to
19 Could you give me money
Sorry I don＇t have with me
A some any B little some C any some D little any
20 Shall we stop and have tea now
All right
A any B some C little D a bit
21 What＇s in the
There are some in them
A photos potatoes B photoes potatos
C photoes potatoes D photos potatos
22 What can I do for you
Err I want a glass of milk some bread and
A some chickens B any chickens C some chicken
23 Do you know how many a horse has and how many a bee (蜜蜂) has
A teeth feet B tooth foot C tooth feet D teeth foot
24 The are playing games with their on the playground
A child woman teachers B children women teacher
C children women teachers D childs womans teachers
25 She only eats for dinner
A some fish B some fishes C a fish D many fish
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 It is very i for us to learn English well
27 Please r to close the window when you leave the room
28 I get up at 600 in the morning and have b at 630
29 Peter doesn＇t like eating chocolate It tastes too s
30 Everyone enjoys living a h life so we should do more exercise and eat a balanced diet
31 The food is very d I like it
32 Would you like to go s with me I want to buy some bananas and eggs
33 Children should eat lots of v
34 We can＇t eat too much c It＇s bad for our health(健康)
35 You can only drink tea at tea time not c or juice
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 He is very (劳累) today
37 It＇s very (重) to sleep well
38 Who is that boy I don＇t (记住) his name
39 His father looks (健康) but he is often ill
40 We need more (饮料) and snacks Could you buy some
41 The Chinese food is very (美味) I like it very much
42 If you＇re not () by then I＇ll take you to see the doctor
43 Susan plays the piano very ()
44 I have no time to have (早餐)
45 Do you like (甜) fruit
Yes I do
五完形填空（10题15分）
In the world today more and more 46 are interested(感兴趣) in sports and games In our hometown football basketball and table tennis 47 the favourite sports and games Because of the sports and games we all very happy and relaxing
Early 48 the morning I can see many people 49 sports in the park 50 my home Some are 51 some are dancing some are playing Taiji As we 52 know sports and games can help people keep 53 and they can help us 54 our work better 55 take part in (参加) sports and games
46 A students B people C men D women
47 A are B is C was D were
48 A at B in C on D to
49 A keep B make C play D get
50 A at B in C near D from
51 A run B running C runing D ran
52 A also B are C don＇t D all
53 A healthy B difficult C dangerous D moody
54 A doing B do C did D does
55 A Let＇s B Let us C Let we D We are
六阅读理解（20题40分）
A
We all need to exercise Doctors say it is good for us It makes our bodies strong It also gives us more energy(量) and we will feel better It＇s best to exercise twice a week Twenty minutes each time is enough
There are many ways to exercise We can walk run play sports or swim Many people go to special places to exercise These places are called fitness centers These places have a lot of equipment(器材) Some people buy equipment for their homes but it is very expensive
Exercising can be fun Friends can exercise together at a fitness center or they can play sports together How do you exercise
56 What is the main idea of the passage
A Exercise equipment is expensive
B Playing sports is a good way to exercise
C Every person should exercise
D Fitness centers are popular
57 We should exercise
A every day B 20 minutes a week
C twice a week D twice a month
58 At fitness centers
A you can buy expensive equipment
B people can do many kinds of exercise
C it is very expensive to do sports
D exercising is not fun
59 Which of these kinds of exercise is not mentioned(提) in the article
A Walking B Swimming C Running D Dancing
60 Which of the following sentences about exercise is TRUE
A Exercising is expensive
B Exercise is good for your body
C Only young people exercise
D Friends can exercise together only at a fitness center
B
More and more middle school students in Beijing are getting shorter sleeping time Most students sleep fewer than nine hours every night because they have much homework to do
Some homework is given by school teachers and some by parents Also some students don＇t know how to save time They are not careful enough while doing their homework so it takes them a lot of time Some students have to get up early every morning on weekdays to get to school on time by bus or bike It can be a long way from home to school
Schools and parents should cut down some of homework so that the children can enjoy not less than nine hours of sleep every night for their health
61 Why are the middle school students in Beijing getting shorter sleeping time Because
A they go to sleep too late
B they have too much homework to do
C they don＇t want to sleep too long
D they watch TV too late
62 Why does it take them a lot of time to do their homework Because
A they want to save time
B they don＇t know how to save time
C they are careful enough
D the time is too short
63 Besides too much homework what is the other reason for their shorter sleeping time
A They have to get up early to go to school on time
B They go to school too slowly
C They don＇t like go to school
D There are too few buses
64 Who should do something (采取措施) to let the school children sleep longer
A The government B The school
C The parents D The school and the parents
65 The best title of the passage is
A Do Less Homework B Get Up Later
C We Don＇t Like School D Let Them Sleep Longer
C
Mr and Mrs Green come from Australia They are in Beijing now Mr Green is a teacher in a high school
He teaches English He likes reading and running He isn＇t good at cooking His son Jim is a student He is in the school football team He likes playing football very much He is the best football player in his class He likes school too He does his homework every day Mrs Green is a teacher too She can speak a little Chinese She likes Chinese food She doesn＇t like doing housework at all But she likes cooking They all like China very much
66 Mr and Mrs Green are
A Japanese B Americans C Chinese D Australians
67 don＇t doesn＇t do well in cooking
A They B Mr Green
C Mrs Green D Mr and Mrs Green
68 can speak a little Chinese
A Jim B Mr Green C Mrs Green D They
69 Mrs Green doesn＇t like at all
A Chinese food B teaching
C doing housework D doing homework
70 They all like very much
A China B Chinese food C playing D football
D
My name is Li Han I＇m Chinese but I live in the United States with my parents now I＇m in a middle school At school I have a lot of new friends They are from different countries I have breakfast at home I eat an egg and two pieces of bread and drink a glass of milk for breakfast I have no time to go home at noon So I have to eat lunch at school The food is good but I don＇t like it I don＇t like American food I like dinner best Mum can cook Chinese food in the evening We eat rice fish meat and different vegetables Sometimes we have noodles and dumplings Sometimes we go out to eat with our friends
71 Li Han studies in middle school
A a Chinese B an English C an American D a Japanese
72 His parents live in
A China B America C England D Japan
73 The students in the middle school are from countries
A different B difference C same D other
74 Li Han doesn＇t think American food is
A bad B terrible C good D great
75 Li Han doesn＇t eat for breakfast
A bread B milk C egg D rice
七短文7选5(5选5等)（4题8分）
Today is Monday We have six classes today It＇s five o＇clock in the afternoon 76 But we have to clean our classroom There are five students in our group Now there are only three in the classroom 77 He looks very happy Lin Tao is eating an apple 78 I say to them It＇s late Let＇s clean our classroom We start to work Li Hong and Lin Tao sweep the floor and I clean the desks At half past five we finish our work 79 They are playing football on the playground
A Li Hong is talking on the phone
B Where are the other two students in our group
C It＇s time to go home
D He likes apples a lot
E How many people is our group made up of
八阅读表达(问答式)（5题10分）
My name is Alice I am 14 years old I have good eating habits(饮食惯)
For breakfast I have two eggs and some bread I don＇t like milk but I have some milk too Because milk is healthy For lunch I have rice with meat and vegetables Chicken is my favourite meat Carrots are my favourite vegetable They are very healthy I have vegetables and noodles for dinner After dinner I eat some fruit Bananas and apples are my favourite fruit What food don＇t I like Hamburgers They aren＇t healthy
Good eating habits help me to be healthy
根短文容完成列题
80 How old is Alice
81 What＇s Alice＇s drink in the morning
82 What＇s Alice＇s favourite vegetable
83 Are oranges Alice＇s favourite fruit
84 What food doesn＇t Alice like
九补全话(选择)（5题10分）
Frank Good morning Bob
Bob 85
Frank 86
Bob I＇m fine thanks And you
Frank 87
Bob Is this your pen Frank
Frank 88 My pen is not red
Bob 89
Frank It＇s black
A I＇m OK B Good morning Frank
C What color is it D How are you
E No it isn＇t
Module 4检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 C 2 B 3 A 4 A 5 B
6 B 7 B 8 A 9 C 10 B
11 C 12 B 13 C 14 C 15 A
听力原文
Ⅰ 听句子选择佳应答语
1 Do you like bread
2 What fruit do you like
3 Does Bill eat eggs for breakfast
4 What food do you like
5 Tina＇ s birthday dinner is next week
Ⅱ 听话选择佳答案
6 W Tony do you like apples
M No I don＇ t I like oranges
7 M I don＇ t like saladAnn
W But I like itAlex
8 W What do you eat for lunch Dave
M I eat chicken and vegetables
9 W Gina is fat but her sister Mona is healthy
M Yes Mona likes sports She plays baseball in the morning
10W What＇ s in the bag
M Eight eggs
Ⅲ 听短文选择佳答案
Hello I＇m Alice Green I＇m ten I＇m a healthy girl I eat an egg and an apple for breakfast And I eat chicken and tomatoes for lunch For dinner I eat two bananas and some rice I like icecream But I don＇ t eat it It isn＇t healthy I want to be a sports star I like pingpong I play it after breakfast
二单项选择
16 C 17 B 18 B 19 A 20 B
21 A 22 C 23 A 24 C 25 A
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 important
27 remember
28 breakfast
29 sweet
30 healthy
31 delicious
32 shopping
33 vegetables
34 chocolate
35 coffee
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 tired
37 important
38 remember
39 healthy
40 drinks
41 delicious
42 well
43 well
44 breakfast
45 sweet
五完形填空
46 B 47 A 48 B 49 C 50 C
51 B 52 D 53 A 54 B 55 A
六阅读理解
56 C 57 C 58 B 59 D 60 B
61 B 62 B 63 A 64 D 65 D
66 D 67 B 68 C 69 C 70 A
71 C 72 B 73 A 74 C 75 D
七短文7选5(5选5等)
76 C 77 A 78 D 79 B
八阅读表达(问答式)
80 She is 14 years old
81 Milk
82 Carrots
83 No they aren＇t
84 Hamburgers
九补全话(选择)
85 B
86 D 87 A 88 E 89 C
Module 5检测卷
第部分听力（10分）
Ⅰ录音中五组话五问题听遍选择佳答案
1 A At 800 B At 1030 C At 1100
2 A Math and science B English and science C English and Chinese
3 A At 500 B At 600 C At 700
4 A At 730 B At 630 C At 830
5 A He does his homework B He watches TV C He has dinner
Ⅱ录音中篇短文听两遍填写面表格
Time
Subject
800
6____________
900
7____________
1010
8____________
1110
9____________
1200
1400
10____________
第二部分笔试（80分）
Ⅲ单项选择
1 Let’s have ______ break
That’s ______ good idea
A a the B the a C the the D a a
2It ______ at eleven o’clock in the morning
A am B is C are D be
3We have noodles fish and vegetables ______ lunch
A of B with C for D in
4I read English ______ then watch TV on Sunday afternoon
A but B so C before D and
5 It’s twelve o’clock It’s time to ______
OK Let’s go to the dining hall
A go to school B get up C have lunch D go to bed
6They ______ an English lesson in the afternoon
A do B say C have D read
7We don’t have ______ lessons ______ Saturday
A any on B some on C any in D some in
8 Do you like red
______ I have many red pencils
A No I don’t B Yes I do C Yes I am D No I’m not
9 What’s the time
It’s ______
A four o’clock B half past four C six twenty D twenty past five
10 ______ is your art lesson
It’s at 1020
A Who B What C Where D When 9题图
Ⅳ阅读理解(30分)
A
My name is Jim Every morning I get up at about six o＇clock I have breakfast on my way to school I often have a big hamburger and a carton（盒）of milk I get to school at twenty to seven I begin to read books at ten to seven
In the morning I have five lessons They are Chinese maths English and two other ( ) subjects After the five lessons I go to the dining room for lunch In the afternoon I have three lessons Of all the subjects I like math and English best ( ) School is over at about half past four I often do sports on the playground for half an hour
Then I go home I do my homework before ( ……前 )dinner After dinner I usually watch TV for about half an hour
1Jim usually has ______ for breakfast
A noodles and some fruits B some bread and vegetables
C rice and juice D a hamburger and milk
2What time does Jim get to school every morning
A At 600 am B At 620 am C At 640 am D At 720 am
3 Jim has ______ lessons a day
A three B five C seven D eight
4______are Jim’s favorite subjects
A Chinese and math B Math and English C English and geography D Chinese and art
5 Jim has dinner ______
A at school B at home C before doing his homework D after watching TV
B
Hi my name’s Alan I’m fourteen years old I go to Canyon Middle School in America I go to school on weekdays but not on Saturday or Sunday I usually have breakfast at eight o’clock I enjoy some bread and milk for breakfast My class starts at half past eight My friend Lisa sits in front of me and my friend Peter sits next to me We have three lessons in the morning and we usually have English maths in the morning In the afternoon we usually have a PE lesson and we often play basketball That’s my favourite I don’t like history or geography because they are difficult After school I usually go back home at once On Saturday and Sunday I enjoy watching TV in the evening
6 What does Alan like for breakfast
A cakes and milk B bread and milk C eggs and milk D fruit and milk
7 Alan’s class starts at ______
A 8 00 B 8 30 C 8 50 D 9 10
8 What lessons does Alan usually have in the morning
A English and Chinese B English and history
C Geography and maths D English and maths
9 Why doesn’t Alan like geography
A Because it’s very long B Because it’s too easy
C Because it’s difficult D Because it’s not funny
10 Which of the following is TRUE
A Alan usually spends six days at school
B Lisa Peter and Alan are studying in the same class
C Alan likes art best but he doesn’t like history
D Alan watches TV in the evening every day
C
Life in Britain
Homes and families
Many British people live in houses not flats (公寓) Most houses have gardens
Daily life (日常生活)
Most office (办公室) workers start work at about nine in the morning and finish (结束) at about five or six in the afternoon Most people don＇t go home for lunch and they just have a quick meal
School life
Children start school at about nine am and finish at about three thirty pm Most children have lunch at school All children go to school when (……时候) they are four or five years old and leave (离开) when they are sixteen or seventeen
Shops
Most shops open at about nine am and close at about six pm Usually they don＇t close for lunch
11 Many British people live in ____
A flats B parks C houses D gardens
12 Most offices start work at about ____
A ten B nine in the morning C eight D seven
13 Most office workers and school children don＇t have lunch ____
A in the garden B in the shop C at home D at school
14 The children in Britain usually study at school for____
A sixteen or seventeen years B twelve or thirteen years
C four or five years D four years
15 Can you buy things in the shops at lunchtime
A No They close for lunch
B Yes But there are no people in the shop
C No Shops open at 1 pm
D Yes They don＇t close for lunch
Ⅴ补全话（10分）
面话空白处填入适句子话通合理
Ben Hi Dick 1_____________________________
Dick It’s 710 It’s time to go to school
Ben 2_____________________________
Dick At eight o’clock And it is over at 845
Ben 3_____________________________
Dick Four 4_____________________________
Ben Really I like English too
Dick Let’s do our homework together after school
Ben 5_____________________________
Ⅵ单词拼写（10分）
根句意括号汉语音标提示写出单词正确形式空词
1Some trees and flowers are behind his ____________ ( 房子 )
2Sally is very busy ____________ ( 繁忙 ) this Saturday
3This book is very ____________ ( 趣 )
4My parents like to walk in the ____________ ( 公园 ) after dinner
5 I play basketball for fifty ____________ ( 分钟 ) every afternoon
6Morning classes ____________ [stɑːt] at ten past seven every day
7Do you like ____________ [ˌpiːˈiː]
8I like ____________ [dʒiː＇ɒgrəfɪ] very much
9I do my ____________ [＇həʊmwɜːk] at 700
10My brothers have beef soup in the ____________ [＇iːvnɪŋ]
Ⅶ句型转换（10分）
1 It’s 1030 now (改义句)
It’s ______ ______ ten
2 I have history this afternoon (改否定句)
I ______ ______ history this afternoon
3 My parents have breakfast at home (改般疑问句)
______ ______ parents have breakfast at home
4 I get up at six I have breakfast at seven (合成句)
I get up at six ______ ______ have breakfast at seven
5 Our English lesson is in the morning (画线部分进行提问)
______ ______ your English lesson
Ⅷ书面表达（20分）
My School Day题根列提示写篇短文求语句通书写整洁
提示：1早630起床730学
2800开始课午四节课学校吃午饭
3午三节课 430放学回家放学踢足球
4晚600吃饭饭做家庭作业约930睡觉
求：1少60词文章开头已出计入总词数
2容包括提供信息点适发挥
My School Day
My name is Li Hua I study in No 1 Middle School I am in Class One Grade Seven
Module 5检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力
15 BBBAB 6 English 7IT 8maths 9PE 10music
第二部分笔试
单项选择15 DBCDC 610 CABBD
阅读理解15 DCDBB 610 BBDCB 1115 CBCBD
补全话1What’s the time What time is it
2When What time is your first lesson
3How many lessons do you have in the morning
4My favourite subject is English I like English
5Good idea
单词拼写1house 2busy 3interesting 4park 5minutes
6start 7PE 8geography 9homework 10evening
句型转换1half past 2don’t have 3Do your 4and then 5When is
书面表达
My School Day
My name is Li Hua I study in No 1 Middle School I am in Class One Grade Seven
Every day I get up at 630 in the morning and then have breakfast I go to school at 730 Lessons start at 800 I have four lessons in the morning and I have lunch at school In the afternoon I have three lessons I go home at 430 I play football after school I have dinner at 600 in the evening After dinner I do my homework I go to bed at about 930
My school day is busy but I feel very happy
Module 6检测卷
第部分听力部分（20分）
Ⅰ听句子选出列物喜欢动物句子读两遍
A B C D E
1Ann______ 2Tom______ 3Tony______ 4Daming______ 5Lingling
Ⅱ听句子选出听容意思相相选项句子读两遍
（）6 A There are different kinds of animals from all over the world in the Beijing zoo
B There are many animals in the world
C The animals in the Beijing zoo are all around the world
（）7 A The camel in the desert never drinks water
B The camel in the desert doesn’t drink water
C The camel in the desert doesn’t always drink water
（）8 A The cat often runs after the mice
B The cat likes running after the mice
C The cat is good at running after the mice
（）9 A The birds live in the forest
B Few birds live in the forest
C The forest has many birds
（）10 A What about watching the fashion show
B I don’t want to watch the fashion show
C Do they like to watch the fashion show
Ⅲ 听句子选择佳答案句子读两遍
（）11 A I am from China
B He is from Europe C She is from Japan
（）12 A I live in Beijing
B She lives in Guangzhou C He lives in Tianjin
（）13 A Yes there is
B Yes there are C No there isn’t
（）14 A Yes it is
B Yes it does C No it doesn’t
（）15 A Thank you
B Here you are C That’s all right
Ⅳ听短文回答列问题短文读两遍
16 Who likes animals best
________________________________________________________
17 Where can we usually see elephants tigers and pandas
____________________________________________________________
18 Who takes the children to the zoo
____________________________________________________________
19 What do children give the animals to eat
____________________________________________________________
20 Are they happy in the zoo
____________________________________________________________
第二部分笔试部分（100分）
单项选择（20分）
ABCD中选择填入句中空白处佳答案
( )1 There isn’t European snake in the zoo
A a B an C the
( ) 2 Camels live ___ the desert
A in B on C from D at
( )3 student in our class likes seeing films
A Many B Some C Every
( ) 4 Is ____ polar bear your favourite animal
Yes that’s right It lives in _______ Arctic
A a B the an C the D the the
( )5 Camels live the desert
A in B at C on
( ) 6 ______ student in our class likes going to the zoo
A Many B Some C Every D Any
( )7 There are about animals in that zoo
A thousands B two thousands C two thousand
( ) 8 David _____ water but he _____ milk
Alike likes B doesn’t like likes
C likes like Dlike doesn’t like
( )9 Let’s Beijing Zoo with our friends
A to visit B visits C visit
( ) 10 ____ the panda eat meat No it_____
A Do don’t B Do doesn’t C Does doesn’t D Does don’t
( )11 Our English teacher America
A comes from B come from C is come
( ) 12 Do you like a trip ____ the forest Yes I do
A in B to C from D at
( )13 the tiger meat
A Do eat B Does eat C Does eats
( ) 14 There are about five_____ animals in the zoo
A thousand B thousands C thousands of D thousand of
( )15 Do giraffes eat meat
No they They eat leaves
A don’t B doesn’t C aren’t
( )16 The singers at the concert are from all ____ the world
A to B in C on D around
( )17 Where you come from I come from America
A do B have C are
( ) 18 This is an ____ tiger It comes from India
A African B European C American D Asian
( )19 —Would you like to go to the zoo with us
— But I have a lot of work to do
A I’m not B I’d love to C I’m fine
( ) 20 Where is my schoolbag Look there _____
A is it B it is C it does D does it
二完形填空（10分）
请先通读短文掌握意然题三选项中选择佳答案填空
The zoo in my city is very big There are all kinds of 1 in it Many people come to visit it every day The 2 of a ticket for an adult is 50 yuan A 3 over 110 meters can pay(花费) only 25 yuan 4 of the price for an adult and a child under 110 5 go into the zoo free The zoo is 6 from 830 to 500 from Monday to Friday and from 800 to 530 7 Saturday and Sunday
When you visit the zoo don’t 8 the animals food and don’t get too 9 to them or even touch them It’s very dangerous Please keep the zoo clean Then you will have a good 10 here and the animals in it will be very happy
( )1 A plants B rivers C animals
( )2 A money B price C number
( )3 A child B boy C girl
( )4 A all B one C half
( )5 A do B is C can
( )6 A open B start C finish
( )7 A in B on C at
( )8 A give B take C make
( )9 A near B far C small
( )10 A meal B break C trip
三阅读理解（20分）
A
It is summer An ant(蚂蚁) works all day long Now she is carrying(搬运) some cakes to her home near a big tree A cicada(蝉) is in the tree He says to the ant How do you do Ant Why are you working so hard today Look the sun is good and the sky is blue It’s warm and fine Have a rest Come and play together(起) But the ant says No I have to work Winter will come and it will be cold Where can I get the food then
You can work in autumn too I sing every day How happy I am
Summer and autumn go Now winter comes There is snow everywhere
The cicada doesn’t have any food So she goes to the ant’s house to eat some food
( ) 1 The ant works all day long in ______
A spring B summer C autumn D winter
B ( ) 2 The ant lives ______ a tree
A on B in C far from D near
( ) 3The cicada_______ when the ant works
A plays B works C sings D sleeps
( ) 4 The cicada asks the ant to _________
A play with him B work together C sleep D eat leaves
( ) 5 The cicada goes to the ant’s house for______
A playing with the ant B saying sorry to the ant
C some food D the ant’s party
B
A Hi Peter Can you see the elephant under that tree
B Yes she’s Betty She’s very cute Let’s play football with her
A Can the elephant play football
B Yes In Thailand lots of elephants can play football
A Great What other things can she do
B She can also play the piano and draw
A Can Betty play basketball
B Sorry I don’t know You can go and ask Mr Black He knows a lot about Betty
A Where’s Mr Black
B Look He is over there He’s in a red coat
( ) 6 What is Betty
A It’s a giraffe B It’s a panda C It’s an elephant D It’s a lion ( ) 7 What does Peter think of Betty
A It’s cute B It’s dangerous C It’s funny D It’s beautiful
( ) 8 Where is Betty from
A Australia B Thailand C China D South Africa
( ) 9 Peter doesn’t know if (否) Betty can ______
A play the piano B play football
C draw pictures D play basketball
( ) 10 Which of the following is NOT true
A Betty is under the tree now B Betty can play football
C Mr Black wears a red coat D Mr Black knows little about Betty
四单词适形式填空（5分）
1 My brother often ____________(play) computer games on Sunday
2 __________ (do) the snake __________(come) from Africa
Yes it does
3 My father usually ____________(watch) football games on TV
4 Tony ___________(not eat ) meat every day He __________ (eat) vegetables and fruit
5 Bob _____________(like) to see animals in the zoo on Sunday And he also usually __________(go)to the park
五根句意汉语提示完成句子空限填词（5分）
1 That panda is very ________ (爱)
2 My grandfather likes telling us ________ (趣) stories
3 Nile is an ________ (非洲) river
4 How many ________ (狮子) are there in the picture
5 I think bears are ________ (危险)
六求完成列题空词（题2分10分）
1 The snake comes from America（改般疑问句）
_________ the snake ________ from America
2 There are two thousand students in our school (划线部分提问）
________ ________ students are there in your school
3 She has vegetables and rice for breakfast（改否定句）
She ________ ________ vegetables _______ rice for breakfast
4 She comes from America (写出义句)
She _____ _____ America
5 The kangaroo lives in the grassland (划线部分提问)
_________ _________ the kangaroo live
七 完成句子(10分题2分)
根题括号求完成列题空词（含缩略形式）
1 The tiger eats meat (改否定句)
The tiger _______ _______ meat
2 The elephant lives in Africa (改般疑问句)
_______ the elephant _______ in Africa
3 The zoo has four hundred animals (改义句)
_______ _______ four hundred animals in the zoo
4 The panda is black and white (划线部分提问)
_______ _______ is the panda
5 The tiger comes from Asia (划线部分提问)
_______ _______ the tiger come from
八情景交际(5分)
方框中选择恰句子完成话余选项
A Hi Jin Ling (1) _______
B That’s a good idea Where’s the film
A (2) _______
B Good Brown Cinema is in front of my home (3) ______
A It’s in the evening
B (4) _______
A It’s Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows Part 2 (哈利•波特死亡圣器 ()) It’s an Emma Watson film
B Great Emma Watson is my favourite film star Well Sun Xuan likes films too (5) _______
A That’s a good idea
A It’s at Brown Cinema
B What’s on
C Let’s ask her to go with us
D Would you like to go to the cinema with me
E Who’s your favourite film star
F When’s the film
九书面表达（15分）
熊猫国家国宝请My favourite animal题英语写篇作文学介绍知道关熊猫知识Name Panpan
From Sichuan China
Age two years old
Colour black and white
Food bamboo
Why cute
Module 6检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力部分（20分）
15 BECAD 610 ACBCA 1115 BABAA
16Children 17In the zoo 18Their parents
19All kinds of food 20Yes they are
第二部分（100分）
单项选择（20分）
1—5AACDA 6—10CABCC
11—15ABBAA 16—20DADBB
二完形填空（10分）
1—5CBACC 6—10ABAAC
三阅读理解（20分）
1—5BDCAC 6—10CABDD
四单词适形式填空（5分）
1 plays 2 Does come 3 watches 4 doesn’t eat eats 5 likes goes
五根句意汉语提示完成句子空限填词（5分）
1 cute 2 funny 3 African 4 lions 5 dangerous
六求完成列题空词（题2分10分）
1 Does come 2 How many 3 doesn’t have or
4 is from 5 Where does
七 完成句子(10分题2分)
1doesn’t eat 2 Does live 3 There are
4 What colour 5 Where does
八情景交际(5分)1—5DAFBC
九书面表达（15分）
My favourite animal
The panda is the favourite of all over the world And it is also my favourite animal Its name is Panpan It is from Sichuan China It’s two years old It’s black and white It likes eating bamboo It eats about 30 kilos of bamboo a day I like it because it’s cute Do you like it
Module 7检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
听力部分 (15分)
()听句子选择正确图片句子读遍(5分)
(二)听话判断列句子正(T)误(F)段话读两遍(5分)
6 The computer is on the teacher＇s desk
7 There are forty students in the boy＇s class
8 Jim is in the library
9 There is a television in Tom＇s classroom
10 The dining hall is in front of the science lab
(三)听短文选择正确答案短文读两遍(5分)
11 Mr Zhang＇s room is
A big and new B big and old C small and new
12 There are on the table
A some books and a television
B some books and a computer
C some flowers and some books
13 The computer is
A on the table B on the chair C on the desk
14 There is a chair
A behind the desk B next to the wall C behind the table
15 are on the wall
A A map of England and some pictures
B A map of China and some pictures
C A map and a kite
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 What does your sister
She a basketball
A have has B has has C have have D has have
17 Where does your pen pal
He in Tokyo
A live lives B live live C lives live D lives lives
18 he go to work
By bus
A What is B Where is C How is D How does
19 How many pens Mary
Five
A does have B do have C does has D do has
20 What time she usually lunch
At about eleven thirty
A does has B does have C do eat D does eats
21 When does your school
A over B finishes C end D begins
22 What time up
I get up at seven o＇clock
A did you get B do you get
C are you getting D you will get
23 What the girl in her box
A do has B does have C do have D does has
24 She likes her joy her friends
A share with B sharing with C share for D sharing for
25 When they our city they went to some schools and talked with the students
A called B heard C took D visited
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 Could you s the room with me tonight
27 We can get some i we need on the Internet easily
28 With the help of satellites China can s its TV and radio programmes to the other side of the world
29 You should(应) c your homework Perhaps(许) there are mistakes(错误) in it
30 You can l a lot about Chinese h
31 My mother is a doctor She s many people＇s lives every year
32 Rick＇s dream is to t around the US and he can see a lot of great things there
33 S she reads novels(说) on the Internet but she never plays games
34 Tom didn＇t v his grandpa last weekend he went to summer c with his classmates
35 First you should connect the s to the computer
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 He often (拜访) his friends on Sundays
37 Yesterday they went to the post office and (邮寄) the presents
38 You should (分享) the happiness(快乐) with others
39 He is a volunteer and often (检查) computers for others
40 Summer (假期) is coming What are you going to do
I＇m going to Beijing
41 Is the keyboard (连接) to the computer properly
42 The boy (时) gets up late
43 Please ask Mrs Liu for (信息)
44 You can use the mouse and (点击) new document
45 Don＇t put your (衣服) here Put them away
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)（5题10分）
46 周电脑查找信息
I use my computer every week
47 请开电视
Please the TV
48 朋友应该享快乐
A good friend with you
49 请帮收音机开(词数限)
Would you mind
50 正寻找丢失行车
I＇m my lost bike
六完形填空（10题15分）
Mingming has a computer He likes 51 very much He often uses the Internet
He 52 music from the Internet He often visits websites(网站) to get 53 for 54 homework He also 55 emails to his good friends He makes many good friends from all 56 the world with the help of his computer He likes travelling very much so he often 57 travel plans on the computer 58 he never() downloads games 59 the Internet because he 60 like computer games at all
51 A him B it C its D them
52 A makes B visits C download(载) D downloads
53 A information B questions C answers D books
54 A his B her C he D she
55 A sends B send C buy D buys
56 A for B over C in D on
57 A takes B makes C buys D has
58 A And B Because C But D So
59 A in B from C to D at
60 A don＇t B can＇t C doesn＇t D isn＇t
七阅读理解（17题34分）
A
One morning Dave doesn＇t have to go to school He wants to play basketball but he didn＇t bring the basketball home It is under his desk in the classroom
Dave doesn＇t like watching TV He wants to play computer games The computer is in his parents＇ room They don＇t let him play games in the morning
Dave calls 5439521 He says Paul I＇m coming over I want to play computer games Paul says My parents aren＇t at home We can play games now Dave is happy and goes to Paul＇s home
61 Dave＇s basketball is
A at the door B on the table
C in the classroom D under his bed
62 There is a in Dave＇s parents＇ room
A computer B telephone C TV D bike
63 5439521 is telephone number
A Dave＇s B Paul＇s
C the school＇s D Dave＇s parents＇
64 In the morning Dave and Paul
A play computer games B play basketball
C watch TV D go to school
B
Dear Eric
How are you This is a picture of my room You can see a nice computer on my desk It is my birthday present (生日礼物) from my uncle A tape player is next to the computer and some tapes are on the computer My schoolbag is on the chair My pencilbox and two books are in the schoolbag And you can see a set of keys in the schoolbag too My bed is blue and my green quilt is on it Under the bed you can see a baseball and I can play it well My books are in the bookcase and my white model plane is in it too My room is tidy isn＇t it
Do you have a room Can I have a picture of your room
Yours
Liu Peng
65 Who is the computer from
A Liu Peng＇s father B Liu Peng＇s uncle
C Eric＇s uncle D Eric＇s father
66 What is on the computer
A A tape player B A computer game
C Some tapes D Some books
67 What isn＇t in the schoolbag
A A notebook B A pencilbox
C Two books D A set of keys
68 Which of the following is TRUE
A The tape player is on the computer
B The schoolbag is under the chair
C The bed is green
D A baseball is under the bed
69 What is the article(文章) about
A A picture of Eric＇s room B A picture of Liu Ping＇s room
C A picture of Eric D A picture of Liu Peng
C
One day a very rich family went on a trip to the countryside The father wanted to show his son how poor people lived so they spent a day and a night on the farm of a very poor family
When they got back from their trip the father asked his son My dear son how was the trip Very good dad Did you see how poor people lived the father asked Yeah And what did you learn The son answered We have a dog at home and they have four We have a pool that is in the middle of the garden and they have a river that has no end We have very expensive lamps in the garden and they have the stars When the little boy finished his father was speechless
70 How long was their trip to the countryside
A About 24 hours B About 12 hours
C About 48 hours D Less than 12 hours
71 The father wanted to show his son
A how poor their family was B how rich their family was
C where the poor lived D how the poor people lived
72 The word speechless means
A 寡言少语 B 毫兴趣 C 话说 D 胸点墨
D
Sam Hey Maria and John This Thursday is Bill＇s birthday Let＇s think about the presents
Maria Sure Sam I want to give him a computer game
Sam No Bill never plays computer games
John I want to buy a CD of his favourite songs
Sam Good idea Bill likes listening to music
Maria How about buying a birthday cake for him
Sam Oh you don＇t have to do it His mother usually buys a birthday cake for him
Maria How about buying him a cinema ticket I remember Bill likes watching films
Sam That sounds a good idea
Maria & John What about you What would you like to buy for Bill Sam
Sam It＇s a secret
73 Bill＇s birthday is
A this Sunday B this Saturday C this Friday D this Thursday
74 From the conversation we know Bill doesn＇t
A watch films B like music
C play computer games D like birthday cakes
75 Bill＇s mother usually buys for Bill on his birthday
A a cinema ticket B a birthday cake
C a CD D a concert ticket
76 wants to give Bill a cinema ticket
A John B Bill＇s mother C Maria D Sam
77 Which of the following is TRUE
A Bill likes playing computer games
B Maria wants to buy a CD for Bill
C They would sing a Chinese song for Bill
D We don＇t know Sam＇s present for Bill
八短文7选5(5选5等)（5题10分）
I＇m Jim 78 It is Sunday today I don＇t go to school My mother and father don＇t go to work I have a sister 79 She is two years old What is she doing She is playing with a toy car I have a brother His name is Bill 80 He is playing games My sister my brother and I like dumplings My father is tall He is a bus driver 81 She is a worker What are my mother and my father doing 82 My grandfather and my grandmother are old What are they doing They are making dumplings too
A What is he doing B They are making dumplings
C My mother is short D I＇m a student
E Her name is Helen
九阅读表达(判断式)（5题10分）
Do you like to exercise I think everyone likes to exercise It＇s good for studying Everybody knows exercising is important
The students in our school love to exercise Every morning after we get up we run and then do morning exercises After the second class we do eye exercises We have PE classes three times a week In the afternoon we play sports The most popular sport is football The boys enjoy it and some of the girls like it too Another popular sport is volleyball In every class there are a lot of volleyball fans We often swim on weekends too
Exercising can help us study better
根短文容判断正误正确T错误F
83 No one wants to exercise
84 Every morning after we get up we do eye exercises
85 We have PE classes three times a week
86 We often play basketball on weekends
87 Exercising can help us study better
十补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A 88
B My hobby is making model ships I make them myself I joined a ship club 89
A Have you ever won
B 90 I got a prize
A 91
B About twenty
A Can you show them to me
B 92
A Of course But I have used them many times Some of them are broken
B Do you have a hobby
C Yes My ship went fastest last month
D What＇s your hobby Bill
E Who wins
F We compete every month
G How many model ships have you made
Module 7检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 D 2 A 3 E 4 B 5 C
6 T 7 F 8 T 9 F 10 F
11 A 12 C 13 C 14 A 15 B
听力原文
Module 3综合测试
()听句子选择正确图片句子读遍
1 There is a pear and two apples on the desk
2 Is there a picture on the wall
3 My bike is in front of the house
4 Daming is next to Betty
5 There is a computer on the desk
(二)听话判断列句子正(T)误(F)段话读两遍
6 W Jimwhere is the computer
M It＇s on the teacher＇s desk
7 W How many students are there in your class
M Ohthere are twenty boys and twentytwo girls
8 W Where is Jim
M He is in the library
9 W Tomis there a television in your classroom
M Nothere isn＇t
10 W Jackwhere is the dining hall
M It＇s behind the science lab
(三)听短文选择正确答案短文读两遍
This is Mr Zhang＇s roomIt＇s very new and bigYou can see some flowers on the tableSome books are on ittooNext to the tablethere is a deskOn the deskthere is a computerBehind the deskthere is a chairUnder the chairthere is a basketballMr Zhang can play basketballHe likes it very muchThere is a map on the wallIt＇s a map of ChinaThere are some pictures on the walltoo
二单项选择
16 A 17 A 18 D 19 A 20 B
21 C 22 B 23 B 24 B 25 D
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 share
27 information
28 send
29 check
30 learn history
31 saves
32 travel
33 Sometimes
34 visitcamp
35 screen
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 visits
37 sent
38 share
39 checks
40 holiday
41 connected
42 sometimes
43 information
44 click
45 clothes
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)
46 to search for information
47 turn on
48 should share joy
49 helping me turn on the radio
50 searching for
六完形填空
51 B 52 D 53 A 54 A 55 A
56 B 57 B 58 C 59 B 60 C
七阅读理解
61 C 62 A 63 B 64 A 65 B
66 C 67 A 68 D 69 B 70 A
71 D 72 C 73 D 74 C 75 B
76 C 77 D
八短文7选5(5选5等)
78 D 79 E 80 A
81 C 82 B
九阅读表达(判断式)
83 F 84 F 85 T
86 F 87 T
十补全话(选择)
88 D 89 F 90 C
91 G 92 A
Module 8检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
Ⅰ 听句子选择听容相符图片句子读遍
II 听话问题选择正确答案段话读两遍
6 A At schools B At home C In the libraries
7 A By radio B By mail C By email
8 A Because it＇s expensive but comfortable(舒适)
B Because it＇s cheap and comfortable
C Because it＇s cheap and safe(安全)
9 A Yes he will B No he won＇t C Robots will do it
10 A Do her homework B Do the housework C Go shopping
III 听短文选择正确答案完成表格短文读两遍
Life in 20 Years
Name
Age
Wants to be
Mary
11 years old
A singer She can play 12 very well
David
Ten years old
A 13 player He will go to a 14 school next year
Cindy
Ten years old
She likes 15 She is going to write books for children
11 A Nine B Ten C Eleven
12 A the piano B basketball C table tennis
13 A basketball B football C tennis
14 A music B sports C high
15 A singing B drawing C reading
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 Linda has been to Disneyland has she
A never B ever C already D even
17 He gets up early but late
A always sometimes B always often
C often always D usually sometimes
18 English is too difficult for me I can＇t learn it well
Don＇t give up Nothing is difficult if you work hard
A seldom B never C usually D always
19 How often do you exercise
ever Because I am very busy with my work
A Hardly B Nearly C Always D Almost
20 Peter you got to school by taxi
Oh I take a taxi to school but my bike needs repairing today
A usually B sometimes C never D seldom
21 He doesn＇t know anything about Greece because he has gone there
A ever B always C never D often
22 I＇m afraid I can＇t go to the party tomorrow
you told me you would What＇s happened
A And B So C Or D But
23 She likes music she often goes to concerts
A because B but C so D or
24 I don＇t think it is good for young people to too much time online
A spend chatting B take chatting
C spend to chat D take chat
25 Could you please help me choose an MP4 player online
My computer doesn＇t work
A I don＇t agree B I hope so C I＇m afraid I can＇t
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 On her tenth birthday she received(收) lots of beautiful p
27 This is a s building not a common one
28 There are two new bicycles and you can c one of them
29 The boy is shy He is a of speaking English in front of his classmates
30 Now parents are (花费) more and more money on their children＇s education
31 I want to buy the car but it is very e
32 The students are supposed to w school clothes to school on weekdays
33 H birthday to you
Thank you
34 We often get information by reading newspapers m and all kinds of books
35 We could hear the girls s songs in the next room
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 He (总) helps his sister with her English
37 I buy a nice (礼物) for my best friend
38 I＇ll give you something (特殊) to eat at the party
39 What do you often do on (周末)
40 The skirt is too (昂贵) in that shop I have not enough money to buy it
41 There are many coats here it＇s hard for me to (选择)
42 The more (锻炼) you take the stronger you will be
43 I＇m (恐怕) I can＇t come early
44 It＇s a (秘密) between you and us Don＇t tell anybody about it
45 There will be three football (赛) this month in our school
五完形填空（10题15分）
Last Friday was Mary＇s 46 birthday Everything 47 ready for the party 48 the food was on the table Mary was very 49
When it was 50 past six she put the sandwiches(三明治) 51 the plates Mary waited until it was seven o＇clock The door bell rang She ran to the door Ann and Jane 52 outside Here＇s a present 53 you and 54 they said Thank you said Mary 55 happy they were
46 A fifteen B five C fifteen D fifteenth
47 A was B were C is D be
48 A Some B All C Any D Little
49 A sad B full C pleased D angry
50 A half B hour C minute D time
51 A in B at C on D with
52 A was B were C are D with
53 A to B in C at D for
54 A Happy Birthday B Happy New Year
C Merry Christmas D Happy Day
55 A What B Which C How D When
六阅读理解（20题40分）
A
Mr Smith has a present shop Every day many people go to his shop to buy presents for their friends
One day Jim goes to the shop Can I help you asks Mr Smith I want some presents for my friend Mike＇s birthday What about some flowers No he never buys flowers but he often listens to CDs You can buy him a CD He has many CDs I want to give him a special present Why don＇t you give him an interesting book Oh yes He always likes books Thank you Mr Smith Jim is very happy and he buys a book called(做) Alice＇s Adventures in Wonderland
56 What does Mr Smith have
A A bookstore B A zoo
C A present shop D A shoe shop
57 Who does Jim buy a present for
A Mike B His father C Mr Smith D Himself
58 How often (久次) does Mike listen to CDs
A Always B Often C Sometimes D Never
59 Why doesn＇t Jim buy a CD for Mike
A Because Mike never listens to CDs
B Because the CD is too expensive
C Because there is no CD in the shop
D Because Mike has many CDs
60 What does Jim buy for Mike
A Some beautiful flowers
B A pair of beautiful shoes
C A book called Alice＇s Adventures in Wonderland
D A CD of Justin Bieber
B
Mary wanted to buy a birthday present for her mother But she didn＇t have any money She was very sad She thought and thought She had an idea She could make a present by herself So she used a piece of paper to make a card On the front she drew a beautiful picture of birds and flowers On the back she wrote To dear mummy in the world Happy Birthday
On her mother＇s birthday Mary gave her the card After she saw the card a tear fell down her face Why are you crying Mary asked You don＇t like it right Of course not she said I love it very much I＇m the happiest mother in the world I have a great daughter like you
61 Mary
A was rich
B didn＇t like her mother
C never did nice things for other people
D wanted to buy something for her mother
62 What did she do with the piece of paper
A She made a card B She wrote a letter
C She did her homework D She drew a house
63 What present does Mary give her mother
A Mary B The bird C The card D The money
64 What did her mother think about the card
A She threw it away B She hated it
C She wanted another present D She liked it very much
65 Which of the following sentence is true
A Mary＇s mother only liked expensive presents
B Her mother was very happy
C She made her mother sad
D She was a bad daughter
C
England is a beautiful country and people there are very polite Here are the DOs and DON＇Ts
DOs
Stand in line when waiting for a bus
Take off your hat when going into a house( men only)
Say Excuse me Thanks you and Sorry a lot
Open doors for other people
Shake hands (握手) when you first meet someone Shake his or her right hand with your right hand
Drive on the left side of the road
Cover your mouth when you cough(咳嗽)
DON＇Ts
Greet people with a kiss English people only kiss their close friends or family members
Talk loudly in public Talking loudly in public is very rude
Speak with your mouth full of food
Ask a lady her age or weight
66 The passage mainly tells us
A why we can＇t ask a lady her age
B how we should greet others in England
C what we can and can＇t do in England
D when and how to begin a talk in England
67 From the passage we can know
A British people drive on the left
B it is polite to talk loudly in front of many people
C British people hardly say Excuse me
D a woman takes off her hat when going into a room
68 People in England kiss
A when they meet strangers
B when they see their good friends
C when they are very happy
D when they meet you the first time
69 When your mouth is full of food please don＇t
A cover your mouth B shake hand with others
C open door for others D talk with others
70 When you meet a lady in England you can＇t say
A Nice to meet you
B Your clothes are very beautiful
C What＇s the time please
D How much do you weigh
D
One day Liu Hong＇s class had an English exam The teacher marked(评分) the students＇ papers and then gave them back to the students Liu Hong got 80 marks Class was over The students all went out to play on the playground but Liu Hong still sat in the classroom He did the exercises again then gave the paper to the teacher This time he got all the exercises right One of his classmates said to him Why did you do the exercises again You can＇t get more marks for that Liu Hong answered I don＇t look at a thing in this way(种方式) I know how I can do the exercises now
71 This story is about
A a teacher B a class C a boy D a girl
72 went to play on the playground after class
A Everyone B Liu Hong
C The boys D Liu Hong＇s classmates
73 Liu Hong did the exercises again and got
A 80 marks B 95 marks
C nothing D everything right
74 said Liu Hong couldn＇t get more marks for that
A The teacher B Some boys
C His classmates D One student
75 From this article we learn that Liu Hong didn＇t study for
A himself B his father C his teacher D marks
七短文7选5(5选5等)（5题10分）
Two little boys were playing together One little boy saw a nut(坚果) on the ground 76 The first boy got angry and said Give me the nut 77 I saw it first
The other boy said It＇s mine 78 They began to fight with each other 79 After he heard the whole story he said Give me the nut and I＇ll help you 80 He took out the fruit seed(果实) Then he gave one half shell(壳) to one boy and the other half shell to the other He put the fruit seed into his own mouth and said This is for helping you solve your problem
A It＇s mine
B Just then a tall boy came over
C I took it
D He cut the nut into two parts
E Before he could pick it up the other boy took it
八阅读表达(问答式)（5题10分）
Dear Cindy
Thank you very much for your letter You want to know about my favorite sport and instrument(乐器) Now I tell you I can play volleyball and basketball I like swimming very much Swimming is my favorite sport I am good at chess too My favorite instrument is violin but I can＇t play the piano I like playing the violin on the weekend What about you What＇s your favorite sport Do you like to play the violin Please tell me I want to hear from you again
Yours
Mary
根短文容回答列问题
81 Who is the letter from
82 Does Mary like swimming
83 Can Mary play the piano
84 What does Cindy want to know
85 What sport and instrument does Mary like best
九补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A Excuse me 86
B Yes there is It＇s on the Fifth Street
A 87
B You can take a No 6 bus
A 88
B It will take five minutes
A 89
B Maybe fifteen minutes＇ walk
A Thank you very much
B 90
A How about walking
B Is there a bank near here
C With pleasure
D How long will it take to get there by bus
E How can I get there
Module 8检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 D 2 A 3 E 4 B 5 C
6 B 7 C 8 C 9 B 10 C
11 C 12 A 13 B 14 B 15 C
二单项选择
16 A 17 D 18 D 19 A 20 D
21 C 22 D 23 C 24 A 25 C
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 presents
27 special
28 choose
29 afraid
30 spending
31 expensive
32 wear
33 Happy
34 magazines
35 singing
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 always
37 present
38 special
39 weekends
40 expensive
41 choose
42 exercise
43 afraid
44 secret
45 matches
五完形填空
46 D 47 A 48 B 49 C 50 A
51 C 52 B 53 D 54 A 55 C
六阅读理解
56 C 57 A 58 B 59 D 60 C
61 D 62 A 63 C 64 D 65 B
66 C 67 A 68 B 69 D 70 D
71 C 72 D 73 D 74 D 75 D
七短文7选5(5选5等)
76 E 77 A 78 C 79 B 80 D
八阅读表达(问答式)
81 Mary
82 Yes she does
83 No she can＇t
84 She wants to know about Mary＇s favorite sport and instrument
85 Her favorite sport is swimming Her favorite instrument is violin
九补全话(选择)
86 B 87 E 88 D 89 A 90 C
Module 9检测卷
第部分听力（20分）
Ⅰ听句子选择适答语句子读两遍
1 A I’m from Canada B Yes I am C I don＇t know
2 A Thank you B Don’t say so C I like it
3 A Yes he can B No I can’t C No she can’t
4 A Good idea B You’re right C Some flowers
5 A Yes I do B Of course I can C In English
Ⅱ听话选择回答问题正确答案段话读两遍
6Where is John
A In the living room B In the bedroom C In the kitchen
7What is Peter doing
A Enjoying a school trip B Visiting his friend C Visiting his grandparents
8When is the woman’s birthday
A March 17th B March 18th C March 28th
9What’s on the table
A A hamburger B A cake C An ice cream
10What will the girl do at the party
A Dance B Sing C Play the guitar
Ⅲ听话根话容选择问题佳答案话读两遍
A)听第段话回答第11~12题
11 What’s Tony’s mother doing
A She is singing B She is dancing C She is talking
12Which girl is Tony’s sister
A The one in red B The one in yellow C The one in a hat
B) 听第二段话回答第13~15题
13 How old is the boy this Saturday
A Twelve B Thirteen C Fourteen
14 What does the boy want to do
A Have a lunch B Have a birthday party C See a film
15When is the birthday party
A At 600 pm B At 700 pm C At 600 am
Ⅳ听短文选择回答问题正确答案短文读两遍
16 What＇s Lily doing
A She is calling her friend B She is drawing C She is listening to music
17 What＇s Lily wearing
A A blue hat B Blue jeans C A white shirt
18 What is the boy doing under the tree
A He is dancing B He is reading a book
C He is talking with his friends
19 Is Mr Wu in the photo
A Yes he is B No he isn＇t C We don＇t know
20 Who is Mr Wu calling
A His parent B His friend C His son
第二部分笔试（100分）
Ⅴ单项选择(10分)
1 I usually watch _______ film at _______ night
A a B a C D a a
2 Please send your photos to me _______ email
A in B by C for D at
3 Only ________ students are in the classroom after class Most students go to the playground to do sports
A a few B a little C many D much
4 What’s your aunt doing ________ the moment
She is making travel plans ________ home
A in at B at in C at at D in in
5 Look Peter is _______ you at the school gate
A hearing from B waiting for C turning on D getting off
6 Do you want to drink coffee _______ cola
Coffee
A so B or C but D and
7 Do you enjoy _______ to music
A listens to B to listen to C listening to D listen to
8 Mike it’s time _______ dinner
A to have B have C having D has
9 _______ Li Ming _______ TV now
A Is watching B Does watch C Do watch D Are watching
10 John has got a new computer
_______ That’s great
A OK B Here you are C You’re welcome D Really
Ⅵ完形填空(20分)
A
Hi My name is Eric I am an English boy My 1 name is Li Mobai I live in 2 with my parents now I 3 in No 1 Middle School in Shanghai I’m in Class 1 Grade 7 I can 4 Chinese very well I 5 good at math and music I’m in the music club (俱乐部) I like 6 Chinese songs Zhang Jie is my favorite star I like sports too At weekends I usually play 7 basketball and table tennis Sometimes I go swimming with 8 parents I have many good friends at school I often 9 them with their English They think I’m a(n) 10 boy They all like me very much
Do you like me Do you want to make friends with me
1 A English B Chinese C first D last
2 A Australia B England C China D America
3 A sleep B study C play D do
4 A print B call C spell D speak
5 A am B are C be D is
6 A choosing B using C singing D drawing
7 A B a C an D the
8 A your B her C my D his
9 A know B meet C watch D help
10 A important B nice C interesting D healthy
B
It’s eight o’clock on Saturday evening Betty’s friends are 11 a small party with her at her home 12 are Daming Tony Lucy Alex and Meimei Daming can 13 and dance well Now he isn’t singing He 14 fruits for his friends because they like fruits 15 are the others 16 Tony is playing the piano Lucy 17 Alex are dancing 18 is Meimei Oh she is in the room She 19 her nice dress(连衣裙) She is going to dance with Betty 20 they have a good time
11 A sending B calling C having D doing
12 A He B They C You D We
13 A sing B play C wait D lie
14 A wash B washes C is washing D to wash
15 A What B Where C Why D How
16 A do B doing C does D is doing
17 A or B but C and D with
18 A Where B What C How often D How soon
19 A is making B is putting on C wearing D put on
20 A But B OK C Anyway D Good
Ⅶ阅读理解(20分)
A
It is Sunday morning The weather is fine Mr and Mrs Li take their son to the park near their home There are many people there Some women are drinking and talking under a tree Some men are fishing A girl is sitting in a boat She is reading a book She is very beautiful (漂亮) There are a lot of birds in the tree They are singing and some boys are playing football over there
根材料容判断列陈述正( T )误( F )
1Only Mr and Mrs Li go to the park
2Some women are reading books
3Some men are fishing in the park
4A beautiful girl is reading in a boat
5Some boys are playing games
B
What are they doing
Dave Beijing
DSP is very useful () now One of my friends is good at DSP He is from Australia Now I am writing an email to him I want to ask him some things about it
Lisa London
I have no work today and I’m at home I’m listening to music and singing My dog is next to me It is dancing
Clark Moscow
Now I am working in the office I’m checking all my emails After that I want to go home because my cat is sick and I have to look after (顾) it
Molly New York
I’m writing emails to my friends because they’re so far from me They’re in Australia and I’m in New York I live here My parents work here too
Selina Los Angeles
Now I’m using the computer My family want to make family rules (家规) My parents let me help them write the rules Do you have family rules What
are they
根材料容选择佳答案
6Where is Dave’s friend from
A America B China C Australia D England
7What animal does Lisa have
A A cat B A dog C A chicken D A bird
8划线单词sick汉语意思 ______
A 聪明 B 粗鲁 C 腼腆 D 生病
9What is Molly doing
A She is writing emails B She is listening to music
C She is singing and dancing D She is working in her office
10 Selina wants to get some good ideas about ______
A school rules B family rules
C birthday parties D birthday presents
Ⅷ阅读表达（10分）
It is half past eleven Mrs Black and her friends are not having lunch They are having morning coffee They are talking about their sons Mr White is wearing a big hat He says his son Tom is in America now．He is working in a big factory Mr Smith says his son Hand is a professor in Shanghai He is teaching in a university
Frank is Mrs Black’s son He is eating lunch at school now He always eats there A lot of students are standing in front of the dining hall They are waiting for their lunch
1判断句子正(T)误(F)
Mrs Black is a teacher in a university in Shanghai
2What are Mrs Black and her friends doing
3Who is Mr White’s son
4What is Hand doing
5文中画线部分翻译成汉语
Ⅸ单词拼写（10分）
根句意括号汉语音标提示写出单词正确形式空词
1 Jane often _______(跑) for a bus on Monday
2There are many _______ (明信片) on the table
3I have a lot of _______(事情) to do today
4Susan is _______(躺) in the sun now
5It’s six o’clock and people are _______(离开) work
6I want to go to that ______ [＇restrɒnt] every morning
7 _______ [＇enɪweɪ] I want to go to school tomorrow
8______ [məʊst] students in this class are fifteen
9Shall I ______ [kɔːl] you this afternoon
10I can’t remember the last ______ [pleɪs]
Ⅹ句型转换(10分)
根题括号求完成列题空词（含缩略形式）
1 They are talking to each other（改否定句）
They _______ _______ to each other
2 She is having lunch with her parents（改般疑问句）
_______ _______ having lunch with her parents
3 I like candy very much（改义句）
I like candy _______ _______
4 You are doing your homework （I作语改写句子）
I _______ doing _______ homework
5 Li Fei is taking photos with her friend（划线部分提问）
_______ is Li Fei _______ with her friend
Ⅺ情景交际 (10分)
根话容方框中选出填入空白处佳选项补全话
A The boy is eating an ice cream
B But my favourite animals are pandas
C It’s playing computer games
D They’re eating bamboo
E What’s the girl doing
A How interesting these pictures are
B Yes Look at this one 1__________
A Oh but so much ice cream is on his face
B Yes so funny Look at another one 2__________
A She is running after a dog But her dress is too long She can’t run fast (快)
B Look at this cute monkey 3_________
A Ha ha I want to play with it I like monkeys
B I like them too 4__________
A Here is a photo of pandas
B Oh yes 5__________ They’re very cute
Ⅻ书面表达(10分)
现星期天早9点朋友正方做事情请根面提示写篇英语短文描述活动容适发挥60词左右
Module 9检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力15 AACCC 610 CBBBA 1115 CABBA 1620 CABAB
第二部分笔试
单项选择15 ABACB 610 BCAAD
完型填空15 BCBDA 610 CACDB 1115 CBACA 1620 BCABC
阅读理解 15 FFTTF 610 CBDAB
阅读表达1F
2They are having morning coffee and talking about their sons
3Tom
4He is teaching in a university
5学生正站餐厅前
单词拼写1runs 2postcards 3things 4lying 5leaving 6restaurant 7Anyway 8Most 9 call 10place
句型转换1 aren’t talking 2 Is she 3 a lot 4 am my 5 What doing
情景交际15 AECBD
书面表达
It’s 900 am on Sunday Where are my friends What are they doing Look This is Ben He is taking photos in the park Linda is shopping in the shop now Bill is good at sports He is playing football in the playground Bob is reading a book in the library Ann is playing in her friend’s house
Module10检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
听力理解（题15题题1分15分）
A）列题听句子供选择ABC三幅图画找出听句子容相匹配图画
1 A B C
2 A B C
3 A B C
4 A B C
B）面听五组话组话问题根话容组ABC三选项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 What＇s Tom＇s mother doing
A She is watching a movie
B She is eating
C She is cleaning the house
6 What does Mike see
A A panda B A dragon C A tiger
7 Where is Bob＇s grandma
A In the shop B On a bus C In the kitchen
8 Whom is the food for
A Li Wen＇s uncle and aunt
B Li Wen＇s grandfather
C Li Wen＇s cousin
9 Does Wang Hai usually get a hongbao on Spring Festival
A Yes he does B No he doesn＇t C We don＇t know
C）听面长话独白段长话独白三问题题中ABC三选项中选出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
10 What class is Jenny in
A Class 2 B Class 3 C Class 7
11 Who is Jenny＇s English teacher
A Miss Zhang B Miss Wu C Miss Fang
12 How old is Jenny＇s English teacher
A 21 B 23 C 24
听面段材料回答第13第15题
13 How many people are there in the photo
A Seven B Eight C Nine
14 What colour are Wu Qi＇s grandparents＇ clothes
A Red B Black C Blue
15 Who is eating the chicken
A Wu Qi＇s father B Wu Qi＇s aunt C Wu Qi＇s uncle
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 Shush be quiet The baby in the next room
Oh sorry
A sleeps B slept C is sleeping D was sleeping
17 Shall we go out for a swim
Sorry I can＇t I housework for my mother now
A am doing B is doing C are doing D did
18 they playing games over there
Yes they
A Do do B Are are C Do are D Are do
19 she her homework
No she isn＇t She is writing something
A Does do B Is doing C Do do D Are doing
20 the students to music at the moment
A Do listen B Does listen
C Are listening D Are listen
21 How with your new job these days
Not bad
A do you got along B did you get on
C are you getting along D did you get along
22 Look What the boy
A is do B does do C is doing D does doing
23 What is she for vacation
She her little sister
A doing babysitting B do babysitting
C doing is babysitting D doing babysit
24 Listen Who in the music room
It must be Jane She usually at this time every day
A sings sings
B is singing is singing
C is singing sings
25 Merry Christmas Boys and girls
A Thank you very much B You are very kind
C The same to you D Never mind
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 I like football very much I want to j the football club(俱乐部)
27 They c Children＇s Day on June 1st every year
28 We usually s the floor before the Spring Festival
29 It＇s time to go to school H up
30 The MidAutumn Festival is a t festival in China
31 Tony can s Chinese now but he doesn＇t say it after class
32 Can you d the disco
33 I hope to go to Taiwan one day to enjoy the b sights there
34 A trip for two to Paris How can you be so l to win such a big price
35 Spring Festival usually comes in F but sometimes it comes in January
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 Every year we usually have a party to (庆祝) Spring Festival
37 As a teenager we should help s (清扫) the floor at home every day
38 We are now (准备) for the coming party
39 Protecting and developing our (传统) culture is very important and necessary
40 This TV (节目) is very interesting
41 Lily will sing(演唱) at the school music f (会演节)
42 The students are (扫) the classroom
43 What do you plan to do for this (节日)
I have no idea
44 Niagara Falls is very (漂亮)
45 There are twentyeight or twentynine days in (二月)
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)（5题10分）
46 Tom (准备) the final exam Please be quiet (仅限4词)
47 快点尼克八点五十
Nick It＇s
48 All your books must (放) after a day＇s study
49 现感觉舒服
I don＇t feel very well
50 女孩正听音乐
The girl now
六完形填空（10题15分）
Spring Festival is the Chinese New Year＇s Day It usually comes 51 January or February Everyone in China 52 Spring Festival very much When Spring Festival 53 Li Hong usually 54 his parents clean their house and 55 some shopping and other housework On that 56 everyone in China eats dumplings New Year＇s cakes and other good 57 Li Hong likes New Year＇s cakes But Wang Hai says dumplings are 58 favourite food The Chinese people 59 the New Year＇s cakes and dumplings in their houses How 60 they are
51 A after B on C in D by
52 A has B like C remembers D likes
53 A goes B comes C reaches D hears
54 A helps B makes C gets D takes
55 A buys B does C goes D carries
56 A morning B evening C day D afternoon
57 A food B drinks C vegetable D fruit
58 A he B his C him D she
59 A find out B buy C eat D sell
60 A happy B happily C lovely D great
七阅读理解（18题36分）
A
Thanksgiving Day is a public holiday and celebration It is on the fourth Thursday of November in the US and on the second Monday in October in Canada
For many Americans it is the most important holiday apart from Christmas Schools offices and most businesses close for Thanksgiving and many people make the whole weekend a vacation
Today people celebrate Thanksgiving to remember the early days The most important of the celebration is a traditional dinner with foods that come from North America The meal included turkey sweet potatoes and so on
On Thanksgiving there are special television programmes and sports events Thanksgiving is considered the beginning of Christmas period and the next day many people go out to shop for Christmas presents
61 When is the Thanksgiving Day in Canada
A The fourth Thursday of November
B The second Monday in October
C The fourth Monday of November
D The second Thursday in October
62 Is Thanksgiving Day the most important holiday
A Yes it is B No it isn＇t
C We don＇t know D None is right
63 Does China have a Thanksgiving Day
A Yes it is B No it isn＇t
C We don＇t know D None is right
64 is the beginning of Christmas period
A Thanksgiving Day B Father＇s Day
C Mother＇s Day D Christmas
65 is the most important of Thanksgiving Day
A Turkey B Sweet potatoes
C Shopping D A traditional dinner
B
Easter(复活节) is one of the two major() Christian festivals Easter celebrates the death and resurrection(复活) of Jesus Christ (耶酥基督) and Christmas celebrates his birth(出生) It＇s not as big a festival as Christmas It starts usually in late March or early April and the Easter holiday is Friday Saturday Sunday and Monday It＇s quite a long holiday for everybody The main symbol(象征物) of Easter is the Easter egg Children like Easter eggs because they are made of chocolate Eggs are a symbol of new life Easter is also a time for families to get together like Christmas Many people see Easter as a nice long holiday and they have a good time with their families and friends
66 People love Easter because
A it＇s a long holiday
B it＇s the birthday of Jesus Christ
C they can have real eggs on that day
D everybody believes in Jesus Christ
67 From the passage above which sentence is wrong
A Easter is one of the most important festivals in western countries
B Easter is a day that everybody gets his resurrection
C Easter is a religious(宗教) festival
D Most people love Easter
68 From the passage above we can know that
A Jesus Christ died on Christmas Day
B Jesus Christ was born on Christmas Day
C Jesus Christ was born on Easter
D Jesus Christ died and got his resurrection on Christmas Day
C
Last year some groups of students in their community(社区) made a survey about how do people spend their free time The following diagrams show some results of it
Diagram 1 Hours for people of different ages who surf the Internet in a week
Diagram 2 Different days people go to the library (library attendance)
Diagram 3 Different programs people like
69 People aged spend the most time surfing the Internet every week
A 716 B 1730 C 3155 D over 56
70 The word attendance in Diagram 2 means in the library
A the hours people spend B the number of people
C the number of books D the days people spend
71 On weekends people go to the library every week
A over sixty B less than sixty
C about twenty D more than one hundred
72 Which of the following is TRUE according to the diagrams
A The fewest people like watching music
B Sports are the most people＇s favorite programs
C People seldom go to the library on weekdays
D Half of the people like watching news or cartoons
73 The three diagrams show us the results of a survey about
A what people do every day
B how people spend their free time
C people＇s different lifestyles
D people＇s different habits
D
An elderly couple go to Burger King where they carefully split(分开) a hamburger and fries into halves A truck driver in the same restaurant sees them and thinks they are too poor to buy enough food So he offers to buy something to eat for the wife It＇s all right says the husband We share(分享) everything
A few minutes later the driver notices that the wife hasn＇t eaten anything I really wouldn＇t mind buying your wife her own meal he says again She＇ll eat the husband answers We share everything The driver doesn＇t believe and asks the wife Why aren＇t you eating The wife opens her mouth and says Because I＇m waiting for the teeth
74 HOW many people are there in the story
A Two B Three C Many D Four
75 The old couple have to eat
A a hamburger and fries
B a hamburger and a fry
C a half of hamburger and fries
D a half of hamburger and a half of fries
76 According to the story the driver is
A bad B boring C warmhearted D selfish
77 The old woman isn＇t eating because
A she isn＇t hungry
B she doesn＇t like the food
C she has a toothache
D she is waiting for the false teeth
78 Which one is right according to the story
A The couple are too poor to buy enough food
B Finally the old woman eats nothing
C the driver buys a hamburger for them to eat
D The old couple share everything including(包括) their teeth
八短文7选5(5选5等)（5题10分）
One day a poor man was cutting a big piece of wood near a river 79 He felt very sad because he lost his only axe Then all at once a beautiful fairy(仙女) came out and asked the man what he was matter
80 he said It fell into the water when I was cutting the wood
The fairy showed him a gold axe and asked Is that yours
No said the man
81 Is this yours
No again answered the man
82
Yes that is mine called out the happy man
I know it well enough said the fairy 83 and now I＇ll give you the gold axe and the silver axe besides(包括) your own one
A I have lost my axe
B Then she showed him the old axe
C Suddenly his old axe(斧子) fell into the water
D The fairy then showed him a silver(银) axe and asked again
E I only wanted to see if you would tell me the truth
九阅读表达(问答式)（5题10分）
Dear students
The following rules are for you at Cambridge school Please read them carefully
1 Stand up when a teacher or a visitor goes into the classroom
2 You have to be in a classroom or study places during lesson time
3 Arrive in time for the start of each lesson with the things you need so that you are ready to start work
4 Wear smart clean clothes No long hair for boys
5 Don＇t leave the school if you are not allowed
6 You can＇t take food and drink from the diningroom
7 Radios and personal computers can only be used in dormitory house where the house rules allow You can＇t use them in class or in the library
Class 5
84 What do students in Class Five have to do when a teacher comes into the classroom
85 Do students have to wear uniforms
86 Can students leave the school if they are not allowed
87 Do the students have to have their lunch and dinner in the dining room
88 Where can students use their personal computers
十补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A We are going to play basketball 89
B I＇d like to but I can＇t
A 90
B I have to see Xiao Fang in the hospital
A What＇s the matter with her 91
B 92
A 93
B I＇m afraid I can＇t
A Her head hurts and she doesn＇t want to eat
B Would you like to go with us
C Anything serious
D Are you coming later
E What do you have to do
Module10检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 B 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 C
6 B 7 C 8 A 9 A 10 B
11 C 12 C 13 B 14 A 15 C
听力原文
听力材料
听力理解 (15分题1分)
A) 列题听句子供
选择A B C三幅图画找出听句子
容相匹配图画
1 Can you see the red lantern over there
2 Look This girl is dancing
3 This is a beautiful Christmas tree
4 Dumplings are really delicious
B) 面听五组话组话问
题根话容组A B C三选
项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 W What are you doing Tom
M I＇ m cleaning the house with my mother
6 M What＇ s that Li Hua
W It＇ s a dragon Do you like dragon dance Mike
7 W Is your grandma at home Bob
M Yes she is cooking in the kitchen
8 M Oh so much delicious food I like it
W Don＇ t eat it Li Wen It＇ s for your uncle and aunt
9 W Do you usually get a hongbao on Spring Festival Wang Hai
M Yes I do It means lucky money
C) 听面长话独白段长话独白
三问题题中A B C三选项中选
出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
M Hello What＇ s your name
W My name is Jenny
M What class are you in
W I＇ m in Class Three
M Is Miss Wu your English teacher
W No Miss Fang is
M How old is she
W She is 24
听面段材料回答第13第15题
There＇ s a big photo of my family in my house In the photo
all my family are celebrating Spring Festival We are having a family dinner on the evening before Spring Festival Look These are my grandparents They are wearing red clothes and eating jiaozi The girl on the left of them is my cousin Wu Mei She＇ s drinking orange juice I＇ m on the right of my grandparents and drinking cola I＇ m Wu Qi My father is near me He is eating the fish My mother is talking with my aunt They are sitting between my father and my uncle My uncle is eating the chicken I like this photo
二单项选择
16 C 17 A 18 B 19 B 20 C
21 C 22 C 23 C 24 C 25 C
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 join
27 celebrate
28 sweep
29 Hurry
30 traditional
31 speak
32 dance
33 beautiful
34 lucky
35 February
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 celebrate
37 sweep
38 ready
39 traditional
40 programme
41 festival
42 cleaning
43 festival
44 beautiful
45 February
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)
46 is getting ready for
47 Hurry upten to nine
48 be put away
49 At the moment
50 is listening to music
六完形填空
51 C 52 D 53 B 54 A 55 B
56 C 57 A 58 B 59 C 60 A
七阅读理解
61 B 62 B 63 B 64 A 65 D
66 A 67 B 68 B 69 C 70 B
71 C 72 C 73 B 74 B 75 A
76 C 77 D 78 D
八短文7选5(5选5等)
79 C 80 A
81 D 82 B 83 E
九阅读表达(问答式)
84 They have to stand up
85 No they don＇t
86 No they can＇t
87 Yes they do
88 They can use them in the dormitory
十补全话(选择)
89 B 90 E
91 C 92 A 93 D
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
Unit 1 Good morning Miss Zhou
知识目标
单词
helloclassmy nameisgoodmorning
afternoongoodbye
词组
good morning good afternoonGoodbye
句型
Hello my name’s is…
GoodmorningGood afternoon Goodbye
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1学会MissMrsMsMr法
2To learn how to greet your teachers
学MissMrsMsMr法
情境激趣导入新课
1 Greeting
2 Warmingup
T Class Please stand up Hello class
S Hello Ms…
T Sit down please
S Thank you
学合作探究
(1) 练招呼问
(2) 练感谢
(3) 练告语Goodbye
二讲解核心考点
1．Good afternoonclass午学(教材PS2)
考点class klɑːs n 班级学课
eg：Class One 班 have classes 课
注意class意学作语时作整体时谓语动词单
数形式考虑成员时谓语动词复数形式
eg：The whole class are very bright全班学聪明
2．My name＇s Miss Zhou周老师(教材PS2)
考点1Missmɪs n 姐老师
eg：Hello Miss Wang王老师
考点2MissMrsMsMr法
汉语意思
法
Miss
姐
称呼未婚女子
Mrs
夫太太
已婚女子丈夫姓氏前
Ms
女士
称呼婚姻状况明女性
Mr
先生
男士姓氏前
三纳总结提升力
请学谈谈节课收获足组间提问总结
四堂测试检查结果
序写出五元音字母写形式
1 Almost _____ in our group has been to the 2nd Digital China Summit It’s fantastic [福建]
A someone B everyone C anyone
2 This is ________She is my English teacher
A．Mr LiB．Li Mr
C．Miss Li D．Li Miss
答案：1B 2C
完成请完成少年班P1应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心how to greet your teachers样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 1 My teacher and my friends
Unit 2 Good morning I’m Chen Zhong
知识目标
单词
Iwhat your please sorry can you spell it yes thank how fine thanks
词组
Good morning Goodafternoon
How are you
句型
—What’s your name please
—I’m Chen Zhong
—How are you
—Fine thank you
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1规范26英文字母读音书写
2运课学句型进行简单话
1 掌握26英文字母读音书写
2掌握灵活运列句子
Good morning afternoon How are you Fine thanks
What’s your name I’m Sorry
情境激趣导入新课
1Greeting
2Warmingup
T Good morningWhat’s your name
S I’m … My name is…
T How are you
S Fine thank you And you
T I’m fine too
二 课堂容
3Drills
1)练招呼语
Good morningGood afternoonGood evening
2)练询问姓名相互间问候
What’s your name I’m …
How are you I’m fine thank you
三 课堂练
4Practise
1)Work in pairs part7
2) Listen and number
3) Write the sentences
四纳总结提升力
请学谈谈节课收获足组间提问总结
五堂测试检查结果
六Homework
认真规范作业书写Part5
（）1—________ you play football
—YesI can
A．CanB．AreC．IsD．Do
（）2—Can you ________it
—YesSORRYsorry
A．thank B．spell C．ask D．read
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P1应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心What should you do when you meet your teachers in the morning样增长学生关What 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 1 My teacher and My friends
Unit 3 This is my friend
知识目标
单词
this she teacher friend her his nice to meet time go now bye see tomorrow
词组
This is her name’s Nice to see you It’s time to my friend see you
句型
It＇s time to go nowSee you tomorrow
This is my friend Her name’s Betty Nice to see you It’s time to go now
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 掌握5元音字母读音书写
2掌握灵活运列句子
(1) This is my father(2) This is MsLi
(3) Nice to meet you (4) See you tomorrow
运课学日常交际英语家庭做简短介绍
情境激趣导入新课
1 Greeting
2 Warmingup
T This is my friend…
S Hello … This is my father…T Nice to meet you
S Nice to meet you too
根汉语完成句子
1周老师
______ ______Miss Zhou
2朋友
_____ _____ my friend
3见高兴
_____ _____ _____you
4现该走
It’s_____ to ____ now
二学合作探究
3Drills
1)复招呼语 Good morningGood afternoonGood evening
2)练询问姓名相互间问候
What’s your name I’m …
How are you I’m fine thank you
3）练介绍某This is …
4Practise
1)Work in pairs part7
2) Listen and number
3) Write the sentences
三纳总结提升力
请学谈谈节课收获足组间提问总结
四堂测试检查结果
选择合适词填空： She fine Hello friend See
1 （） class I’m Miss Li
1–What’s her name
（） is Lingling
3 – How is your father
He’s （） thanks
4 （） you tomorrow
5 This is my （） Amy
Homework
认真规范作业书写Part7
1．Mum ________ my teacher Miss Li
A．this＇s B．this is C．he is D．he＇s
2．It＇s time ________ to school
A．to go B．go C．going D．goes
3．It＇s time ________ lunch
A．to B．for C．on D．of
答案：1B 2A 3B
完成请完成少年班P1应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心This is my friend通课堂量练学生运课学日常交际英语家庭做简短介绍
Module 2 My English lesson
Unit 1 Open your book
知识目标
单词
sit down open book listen draw put up hand
词组
sit downstand upopen your bookput up your handclose your book
句型
Sit down Stand up Open your book Close your book Put up your hand
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To learn how to prepare for an English lesson
学读Sit down时注意爆破音
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：How do you prepare for an English lesson
Ⅰ Analysis of the text
This is the second module Students should learn the classroom English in order to respond to the teacher’s words and can corrrectly use them
Ⅱ Arrangement of teaching in this module
Three periods for this module one period for one unit
Ⅲ Teaching focus
ⅰ Master language of useful expressions in the classroom
Key vocabulary and phrases sit down open book listen drow put up stand close
Useful sentences Sit down
Stand up
Open your book
Close your book
Put up your hands
ⅱ Be skilled in oral expression in the classroom
Ⅳ Teaching aims
ⅰ Function useful expressions in the classroom
ⅱ Listening Students can understand teacher’s words by listening
ⅲ Speaking Students can use the sentences with others
ⅳ Reading Students can understand the similar dialogues
ⅴ Writing Students can write the useful words in their daily life
Ⅴ Character building
Motivate students’ interest in learning English
Ⅵ Learning strategies
Self study and Cooperate study
VII Teaching Procedures
Part I Lead in
Step 1 Greeting with the students
Step 2 Use the classroom English in the class
Part IIVocabulary study
Step 1Play the recording and have them point out the words and phrases in Activity 2
Step 2 Play the recording again and have them read after the tape
Step 3 Have the students match the phrases and pictures in PPT
Step 4 Have the students match the phrases and pictures in Activity 4 and check their answer with their partner
Part Ⅲ Dialogue study
Step 1 Practise the dialogue with the whole class and have them make corresponding reacts
Step 2 Have students to practise the previous dialogue with their partner
Step 3 Work in pairs and do the Activity 2
Step 4 Work in pairs and practise the dialogue in Activity 2 Have some of them to perform their dialogue for the whole class
Step 3 Work in pairs and practise the dialogue in Activity 6 Have some of them to perform their dialogues
（）1Let＇s ________ Miss Wangboys and girls
A．listen B．listen up C．listen to D．listen at
（）2．________ the word(单词) book please
A．To spell B．Spell C．Spells D．Spelling
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P2应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—how to prepare for an English lesson样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My English lesson
Unit 2 What＇s your number
知识目标
单词
new student here in one two three four five six seven eight nine ten telephone number
词组
a new studenttelephone number
句型
—Are you a new student
—Yes I am
—What class are you in
—I’m in Class 3
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To learn how to say your telephone number
学英语表达电话号码
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：Do you know how to say your telephone number
Ⅰ Analysis of the text
In this text students will learn how to count number from one to ten
Ⅱ Arrangement of teaching in this module
Three periods for this module one period for one unit
Ⅲ Teaching focus
ⅰ Master language of English numbers from 1 to 10
Key vocabulary and phrases new student here in one two three four five six seven eight nine ten telephone number
Useful sentences Are you a new student here Yes I am
What class are you in？ I’m in Class 3
What’s your number It’s…
ⅱ Be skilled in oral expression of English number from one to ten
Ⅳ Teaching aims
ⅰ Function learn to how to ask others’ Class and telephone numbers
ⅱ Listening Students can answer the questions by listening
ⅲ Speaking Students can ask and answer in pairs
ⅳ Reading Students can understand the similar dialogues
ⅴ Writing Students can write their Class and telephone numbers
Ⅴ Learning strategies
Self study and Cooperate study
Ⅵ Teaching Procedures
Part I Lead in
Step 1 Review the last lesson in the previous period by having the whole class play the dialoge in real situation
Step 2 Ask students to act with the classmates
Part II Vocabulary study
Step 1Play the recording and have them point out the words and phrases in Activity 1 3 and 4
Step 2 Play the recording again and have them read after the tape
Step 3 Write the words in Activity 7
Part Ⅲ Dialogue study
Step 1 Listen sentences in Activity 4
Step 2 Teacher practise a dialogue with single student as follows
Are you a new student here
Yes I am
What class are you in？
I’m in Class 3
What’S your number
It’s…
（）1．Bob is in_______class
A．Miss Liu B．Miss＇ Liu
C．Miss Liu’s D．Miss Lius’
（）2．—Are you Linda
—________
A．Yes I＇m B．No I am
C．Yes I am D．No I amn＇t
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P2应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to say your telephone number样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My English lesson
Unit 3 I＇m twelve
知识目标
单词
old twelve eleven thirteen fourteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty boy girl desk chair bag
词组
how manyHow old are you
句型
How old is he？—He is eight years old What＇s your telephone number？It＇s seven two sixnine two three
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To read and write down 1120
学读写数字1120
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：Can you read and write down 1120
Ⅰ Analysis of the text
In this text students will learn how to introduce their ages and English numbers from eleven to twenty
Ⅱ Arrangement of teaching in this module
Three periods for this module one period for one unit
Ⅲ Teaching focus
ⅰ Master language of say your age and learn the numbers from 11 to 20
Key vocabulary and phrases old twelve eleven thirteen fourteen fifteen sixteen seventeen eighteen nineteen twenty boy girl chair bag
Useful sentences How old are you I’m twelve
How many boys are there 15
ⅱ Be skilled in oral expression of English number from eleven to twenty
Ⅳ Teaching aims
ⅰ Function learn to use the numbers from 1120
ⅱ Listening Students can understand numbers from 1120
ⅲ Speaking Students can say numbers from 1120
ⅳ Reading Students can understand the similar dialogues
ⅴ Writing Students can write the numbers from 1120
Ⅴ Learning strategies
Self study and Cooperate study
VI Teaching Procedures
Part I Lead in
Step 1 Review the last two lessons in the previous period by having the whole class play the dialoges in real situation
Part II Vocabulary study
Step 1Play the recording and have them point out the words and phrases in Activity 1
Step 2 Play the recording again and have them read after the tape
Step 3 Have the students match the words in Activity 3 and check their answer with their partner
Step 4 Listen the dialogue in Activity 4 and point
Step 5 Write the right numbers in Activity 5
Step 6 listen to the tape and write the numbers in Activity 6
Part Ⅲ Dialogue study
Step 1 Listen sentences in Activity 8 and practice
Step 2 Work in group of 4 and match in Activity 7 then have some groups of them to perform the dialoge for the whole class
（）1—________ are you
—I＇m ten
A．How B．What C．How old D．How much
( )2．—________ classes are there in your school
—Twenty
A．How B．How many C．How much D．What
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P2应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Can you read and write down 1120 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Starter Module 3 My English book
Unit 1 What＇s this in English
知识目标
单词
in English aan write on blackboard OK pen no pencil do bird cat dog flowers
词组
—What’s this in English
—It’s a book—How do you spellpencil—PENCIL
句型
—What＇s this in English？—It＇s a book —What＇s this in EnglishDaming—It＇s a pen
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To speak them in English
学英语表达日常品
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：Can you speak them in English
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review English expression of numbers
2 Show some numbers by PPT have students give the number of things
3 Review the objects’ names in the classroom
4 Point one object and ask students to give its name
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer What’s this in English
3 Enjoy Flash
4 Learn the new words
5 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
Step 4 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Ask and answer like this
—What’s this in English
—It’s a dog (1 a bird 2 a book 3 a cat 4 a dog 5 a flower 6 a pen）
3 Work in pairs
Step 5 Listening practice
1 Play the recording of Activity 3 and listen and write
2 Play the recording of Activity 5 and listen and write
3 Listen again and check
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Keys1 this in English 2 It’s a 3 do you 4 CAT cat
Step 6 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A What’s this in English
B A pen
A No
B A pencil
A Yes a pencil
B How do you spell pencil
A PENCIL pencil
2 Work in pairs
1．—What＇s this ________ English
—It＇s a bag
A．in B．at C．on D．of
2．—What＇s thisDanny
—________ a chair
A． Its B．It＇s C．This is D．This ＇s
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P3应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Can you speak them in English样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生力
Starter Module 3 My English book
Unit 2 Can you help me please
知识目标
单词
help of course classroom know say that again welcome
词组
Can you？ I don＇t know Can you say that againplease？
句型
—Can you help me—YesCan you see that again—Yes—Thank you—You are welcome
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Recognition of positions
1 Students can ask and answer how to spell
2Students can understand the similar dialogue of asking and answering spelling
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What will you do when you need help
How do you ask for help
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s this in English
How can you spell it
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
Daming Can you help me please Lingling
Lingling Yes of course
Daming How do you spell classroom
Lingling I’m sorry I don’t know
Miss Zhou It’s CLASSROOM
Daming Cab you say that again please
Miss Zhou Yes It’s CLASSROOM
Daming Thank you
Miss Zhou You’re welcome
4 Act it out
Step 4 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Ask and answer like this
—What’s this in English
—It’s a monkey …
3 Work in pairs
Step 5 Listening practice
1 Play the recording of Activity 3 and Listen and say
2 Read and match
1 Can you help me please a ) You’ re welcome
2 How do you spell desk b) Yes DESK
3 Can you say that again please c) It’s DESK
4 Thank you d) Yes Of course
3 Listen again and check
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Keys 1d 2c 3 b 4a
5 Listen again and say
6 Listen and point
Step 6 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A Can you help me please
B Yes of course
A What’s this in English
B It’s a…
A How do you spell it
B …
A Thank you
B You’re welcome
2 Work in pairs
Step 7 Write
Ask the students to read through the sentences in Activity 6
1．—How do you spell blackboard？
—SorryI________
A．know B．am know
C．don＇t know D．not know
2．—Can you help________pleaseTom
—Yes
A．me B．I C．my D．she
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P3应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What will you do when you need help 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Starter Module 3 My English book
Unit 3 What colour is it
知识目标
单词
black white blue green yellow red brown orange colour and
词组
What colour is the flower—What colour are they —They＇re red
句型
He likes orangesWould you like some orange？ I have an orange shirt
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Recognition of colours
1Students can ask and answer colours
2Students can understand the similar dialogue of asking and answering colours
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What color is the blackboard How to spell it
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1 and 2
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s this in English
What colour is it
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 1
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and point
3 Listen and repeat
4 Work in pairs
—What colour is it
—It’s black BLACK black
Step 4 Look read and match
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Look through the sentence
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and point
4 Match the sentences
1 ) What colour is the pen a) It’s red
2 ) What colour is the cat b) It’s yellow
3) What colour is the pencil c) It’s white
4) 4 ) What colour is the flower d) It’s red green and orange
5 ) What colour is the dog e) It’s blue
6 ) What colour is the bird f) It’s brown
5 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
6 Listen again and say
Step 5 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A What colour is the …
B It’s…
2 Work in pairs
Step 6 Write
1 Ask the students to read the words in Activity 6
2 Complete the table in Activity 6
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
4 Ask the students to read through the conversations in Activity 7 silently
1．This is________apple
A．a red B．red a
C．an red D．red an
2．—________is your new car
—It＇s blue
A．What colour B．How many
C．What D．How
答案：1A 2A
完成请完成少年班P3应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What color is the blackboard 样增长学生关特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 My everyday life
Unit 1 What day is it today
知识目标
单词
day today Monday Tuesday Wednesday Tuesday Friday Saturday Sunday birthday favourite
词组
Good morningIt＇s Mondayin your book
句型
—What’s your name please
—I’m Chen Zhong
—How are you—Fine thank you
—What day is your favourite day—It＇s
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1To understand the listening parts in the text about activities and the weather
2To know something about activities and the weather
To understand the listening parts in the text about activities and the weather
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
Let’s enjoy a song
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review English expression of colours
2 Show some pictures by PPT ask and answer What colour is it
3 Ask and answer What day is it today
4 Learn new words Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Thursday Friday Saturday
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer What day is it today
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
2 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
4 Read the conversation together
5 Act it out
Step 4 Work in pairs
Monday
—Good morning class What day is it today
—It’s Monday
—Yes it’s Monday Write it in your book
—MONDAY Monday
—What day is it tomorrow
—Tuesday
—Yes tomorrow is Tuesday
Step 5 Listen and repeat
1 Ask the students to look through the table in Activity 2
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
3 Listen and repeat
4 Now point ask and answer
What day is it It’s …
5 Work in pairs
Step 6 Read and match
1 Ask the students to look through the sentences in Activity 3
2 Match the sentences
Step 7 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
—Today is … What day is it tomorrow
—It’s …
Step 8 Listen and write
1 Play the recording of Activity 5
2 Listen and write
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 9 Write
Step 10 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
A What day is it today
B It’s …
A What day is it tomorrow
B It’s …
A My favourite day is… What day is your favourite day
B It’s …
2 Work in pairs
1．Today is ThursdayTomorrow is ________
A．Wednesday B．Friday C．Saturday D．Sunday
2．Saturday is my ________day
A．birthday B．like C．favourite D．the
答案：1B 2C
完成请完成少年班P4应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What day is it today样增长学生关what引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 My everyday life
Unit 2 What’s the weather like
知识目标
单词
spring summer autumn winter warm hot cool cold weather like
词组
in winterin autumnin summer
in summer
句型
—What’s the weather like in spring—It’s warm —What’s the weather like in London in autumn
—It’s cool
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To talk about the weather in different seasons
学季节里关天气描述
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What’s the weather like in different seasons
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s the weather like today
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and repeat
1 Ask the students to read the words in Activity 1 silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the words
Step 4 Listen and match
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Read the words in Activity 2 silently
3 Look through the words in Activity1
4 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the words
5 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 5 Listen and point
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 3
2 Ask and answer like this
1) —What’s the weather like in spring
—It’s warm
2) —What’s the weather like in winter
—It’s cold
3) —What’s the weather like in autumn
—It’s cool
4)—What’s the weather like in summer
—It’s hot
3 Listen again and say
4 Work in pairs
Step 6 Write
1 Ask the students to read the words in Activity 6
2 Fill in the blanks in Activity 5
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 7 Work in pairs
1 Show a map of China Talk about the weather
2 Ask and answer like this
—What’s the weather like in Harbin in winter
—It’s cold
3 Work in pairs
1．—What＇s the weather like in Wuhan in summer
—________hot
A．The weather B．It
C．It＇s D．They＇re
2．How is the weather ________today
A．like B． C．look D．in
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P4应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What’s the weather like in different seasons样增长学生关what引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 My everyday life
Unit 3 What’s your favourite sport
知识目标
单词
basketball football swimming table tennis sport let us let’s play after school idea
词组
play footballmy favourite sport good ideago swimming
句型
—What’s the weather like in spring—It’s warm —What’s the weather like in London in autumn
—It’s cool
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To talk about your favourite sport
学关喜爱运动表达
Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
思考：What’s your favorite sport
Step 1 Lead in
1 Review the text of Unit 1 and 2
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
1 basketball 2 football 3 swimming 4 table tennis
Step 2 Vocabulary study
1 Show some pictures by PPT
2 Ask and answer
What’s your favourite sport
3 Learn the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 3 Listen and number
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 2
2 Read the words in Activity 1
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and number
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 3
2 Talk something about the pictures
3 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
4 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
5 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
6 Read the conversation together
Tony What’s your favourite sport Daming
Daming Football
Tony It’s my favourite sport too
Daming Let’s play football after school
Tony OK Good idea
Betty What’s your favourite sport Lingling
Lingling Swimming
Betty I like swimming too
Lingling Let’s go swimming on Wednesday
Betty OK
7 Act it out
Step 5 Read and number
1 Ask the students to read the sentences in Activity 4
2 Read and number
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
4 Listen again and check
Step 6 Write
1 Read the words in Activity 5
2 Complete the table
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 7 Work in pairs
1 Ask and answer like this
—What’s your favourite sport
—…
—Let’s … this afternoon
—OK
2 Work in pairs
Step 8 Listen and write
1 Play the recording and ask the students to listen
2 Fill in the blank
3 Now listen again and check
Keys your favourite swimming go swimming Let’s go
1．My brother plays________basketball very well
A．a B．an C．the D．
2．—Let＇s go swimming —________(武汉)
A．It＇s a pleasure B．You＇re welcome
C．Thanks a lot D．It＇s a good idea
答案：1D 2D
完成请完成少年班P4应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What’s your favorite sport样增长学生关what引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 1 My classmates
Unit 1 Nice to meet you
知识目标
单词
Chinese from where year about Ms America not England American our grade he China
词组
Nice to meet you
What about…
introduce yourself
句型
1 What’s your name
My name is… I’m…
2 Where’re you from
I’m from…
3How old are you I’m… years old
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1读写运介绍句子
2学会简单介绍询问基情况
读写运：What’s your name My name is… I’m…
Where’re you from I’m from…
How old are you I’m… years old
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
I Warming up
英汉互译：中国美国英格兰
美国Whereour
gradefrom Ms
年龄 …样？
A chant
Nice to meet you Nice to meet you My dear friend
Nice to meet you Nice to meet you My dear classmate
Nice to meet you Nice to meet you My dear desk mate
II Step II PreListening A1 and A2
Step III Whilelistening
Task 1 Close the book Listen and answer
(1)How many people are there in the dialogue_______________________
(2)How old is Daming _________________________
Task 2 Open the book and read after the tape
Tip：Pay attention to the pronunciation and intonation
Step IV Postlistening
Task1 Read the dialogue in roles or in groups
Task 2 Activity3 Check the true sentences
Task 3 Ask a few groups to stand in front of the class and act it out
Tip Encourage the students to be active
Step V Development
Task 1 Finish Activity 4&5
Correct the answers in groups
Task 2 Ask and answer in pairs (运学目标中句子)
Step VI Summary
回顾教学目标中容说说节课学知识先组讨选代表全班展示
be动词正确形式填空：
① My name Miss Li
②I Chinese
③He my friend
④We students
⑤What your name
⑥Where you from
完成请完成 少年班P8应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心— introduce yourself样增长学生关amis are法知识锻炼学生力
Module 1 My Classmates
Unit2 I＇m Wang Lingling and I＇m thirteen years old
知识目标
单词
everyone capital but very big city small first last allfirst name last name
词组
His Her name is He She is from
He She is years old He She is in Class 1 Grade Seven
句型
1It’s nice to meet you all
2I like China very much
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from the reading material about personal information
2 Learn to introduce yourself to your friends in the right way
学It is + adj + to do sth 做某事……结构
Step 1Greeting
T Welcome to our class I believe we will have a good year
Step 1 Warming up
Say hello to the students and tell them we are going to play a game You can say like this I will divide you into 6 groups and each group will have a picture of a famous person You work in groups and introduce the person Let＇s see which team is the best Are you clear Ready
The teacher plays the PPT and shows the pictures to them
Step 2 Revision
Show some exercises and ask the students to complete them Then teach and explain the new words in the sentences
Step 3 Reading
1Do act 1 and check the answers ( B D A E C )
2Ask the students to read the passage and check the true sentences in act 2
3After reading the students check the false sentences in act 2
4The students read the passage again and underline the correct words in
act 3
5Finish act 4 and check the answers with the whole class
Step4 Language points
The teacher shows today＇s useful sentences and explain them
1 This is Lingling and her English name is Lucy
位玲玲英文名露西
This is 介绍某时说 This is
That is ：This is Tom Tom this is Jack
汤姆汤姆杰克
注意：this is 缩写 that is 缩写成that＇s
电话时介绍this 询问方that：
This is Lucy speaking
Is that Lucy speaking
2 Good to see you 高兴见
句熟间见面常问候语
说：Nice to see you Glad to see you
Pleased to see you
It＇s nice to see you all
高兴见
句中all代词意思全体作语时
be动词are：
All the students are here today
学生齐
3 I＇m Wang Lingling and I＇m thirteen years old
王玲玲年十三岁
介绍名字时候I＇mI am
My name is 句说：
My name is Wang Lingling
外里years old表示岁里
数字省略直接说成：I am thirteen
提问：How old ：
How old is Lingling
She is thirteen years old
4 Tony is my first name and Smith is my last
name 托尼名史密斯姓
family name 姓 last name 教名
中国惯数英语姓名三名字：教名中间名姓姓放（中间名般少）果称呼……先生夫姐时family namelast name前加Mr Mrs Miss面名字称Mr Green称Mr James
Step 5 Writing
1 The students look at the pictures and write sentences
Finally ask three or four students to show their answers
2The teacher makes a model for the students and ask the students to write sentences for themselves with and
Model My name is Li Ping and I＇m from China I＇m Chinese and I＇m fifteen years old I＇m in Class One Grade Seven
1The toys are really old _____ I still want to keep them [岳阳]
A or B and C but
2—Is it necessary ______ us ______ some photos before saving the old man [凉山]
—Yes it is We can protect ourselves if we do so
A of taking B for taking
C of to take D for to take
3Everyone________very happy
A．are B．is C．be D．Am
完成请完成 少年班P9P10应题
The students can get information from the reading material about personalinformation
Module 1 My Classmates
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
Home Americabook desk
词组
at homegood friendson the desk English teacher
句型
She is at home
Are you from America
The book is on the desk
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
学动词Be常句式
学动词Be般现时
Step 1 Revision
1 Ask some students to introduce themselves to the other students
2 Ask them to talk about the pictures in the PPT
Step 2 Teaching grammar
动词Be般现时：
1 肯定句：语+ be(am is are) +2 否定句：语+be+not+
3 般疑问句：Be+语+？4 特殊疑问句：疑问词+般疑问句？
动词Be常句式：
1 be + 形容词
I am very happy 幸福 He is very kind 非常
2 be + 名词
Mr Wang is our English teacher 王先生英语老师
They are our good friends 朋友
3 be + 介词短语
She is at home 家里 Are you from America 美国？
The book is on the desk 书桌子
4 be + 副词 Class is over 课
Step 3 Speaking
Ask the students to introduce the three people in act 1You can do it like this
This is SamHe is twelveHe＇s from EnglandHe＇s in Class 1
Step 4 Practice
Do act 24 and check the answers in groupsAsk one group the report their answers
Step 5 Module task
Look at the screen Introduce yourself Ask and answer with a partner Then report their result in front of the whole class
Step 6 Do exercises
Do the exercises in the PPT The teacher checks the answers
Step 7 Sum up
Ask the students to talk about What have you learned in this lessonSum up the different ways of Be and report it
1The books on the desk ________ Tom＇s
A．be B．am C．is D．are
2—How many people are there in your group
—Four Three boys ________ in our group this time
A．is B．are C．was D．were
答案：1D 2B
完成请完成少年班P11应题
Speaking more is necessary for the students
Module 2 My family
Unit 1 Is this your mum
知识目标
单词
aunt brother daughter family father grandfather grandmother grandparent mother parent sister son uncle these they mum dad who woman husband
词组
What a big familyIs this your sister
句型
My mum’s parents are on the left and my dad’s parents are on the right
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1识记列词语学会运介绍家：
2灵活掌握运列句型
(1) This is a photo of Tony’s family (2) Is this your mum Yes it is
(3) Are these your parents Yes they are (4) My mum’s parents are on the left
正确指示代词this these that those表述描述事物
Step ⅠWarmingup （A1）
Task 1：读课8页Activity 1词语组互查纠错
Task 2：活动中图片谈图片容学生展示例：
This is a photo of Tony’s family This is Tony’s …
温馨提示两合作谈图片复强化家庭成员称谓
Step II PreListening (A2)
Listen and check
Step III Whilelistening
Task 1听A3中话选择正确答案
1 Linda is Tony’s sister cousin 2 Liz is Tony’s mother aunt
3 Paul is Tony’s dad uncle 4 Mike is Tony’s cousin brother
温馨提示学定带问题认真听抓关键词
Task 2 Listen and repeat（读录音）
Task3 Read in roles (分角色朗读)
Step Ⅲ Postlistening
Task 1 完成A4 Underline the correct words
注意列词语意思正确运
on the left right in front of next to
温馨提示遇会问题组讨寻求建议
Task 2两合作谈家庭片注意运节课学容例：
Is this your mum No it isn’t That’s my aunt Are these your cousins Yes they are
Who’s the girl next to you Oh it’s my cousin Linda
四纳总结提升力
Step IV Summary A Chant
This is a school that is a girl The girl is on the left the school is on the right
五堂测试检查效果
Step VI Homework
准备张家片粘A4纸英语简单介绍家
1．My family ________all English teachers
A．is B．am C．are D．be
2．—Are these your brothers
—Yes________
A．these are B．they are
C．they＇re D．those are
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P16应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to introduce your family 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My family
Unit 2 These are my parents
知识目标
单词
busstationhospitalhoteldrivermangernursepolicemanweanjobatdoctorfarmworkermanshopitstheir
词组
an actorthe manager of a theatre
句型
My mum’s parents are on the left and my dad’s parents are on the right
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1识记列词语：bus station hospital hotel police theatre actor driver manager nurse policeman we an job at same
2灵活掌握运列句型
(1) This is Tony’s father (2) These are Betty’s parents
(3) My father is an actor and my mother is the manager of a theatre
(4) She and Daming’s mother are at the same hospital
学会简单介绍职业工作场
Step Ⅰ Warmingup and Prereading
Task 1：完成Activity 1 学生组核答案
Task 2完成Activity2 学生展示注意领读单词面学扫语言障碍
Task 3 Talk about the pictures
Eg They are nurses They work in the hospital
This is a policeman He works at a police station
Step Ⅱ Whilereading
Task 1 Read and check
1 Betty’s mother is an actor
2 Lingling’s father is a bus driver
3 Lingling’s mother and Tony’s mother are at the same hospital
Task 2 Read and do Activity 3
Task 3 Read and complete the table (A4)
温馨提示学定先认真阅读问题读文章
Step Ⅲ Postreading： Retelling
根面表格简单复述父母职业工作点
例：This is Betty These are her parents Her father is an actor and her mother is the manager of a theatre
Step IV Development 两合作谈父母职业
例： My name is… These are my parents My father is a doctor My mother is an English teacher at a school
Step V Summary
温馨提示正确读出学目标1中词汇？学会运词汇简单介绍父母职业？
四纳总结提升力
Step IV Summary
根学单词重点句型简单复述父母职业工作点五堂测试检查效果
Step VI Class test单词正确形式填空
1 His mother in a factory and is a good (work)
2 (this) aren’t his parents
3 What’s your (friend) name
4 They (be) your good friends and they’re (America)
5 He can (ride) a motorbike and he often (ride) it to his factory
6 My mother (be not) a nurse She’s a doctor
Step VII Homework
准备张家片粘A4纸英语简单介绍家职业
1．Lingling＇s father is a bus driver ________
A．at a bus station B．in a hospital
C．at a police station D．in a hotel
2．Jim and Tom are ________ school
A．in same B．in the same C．at same D．in a same
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P17应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to express your parents’ jobs样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 2 My family
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
grandparents son daughter dad parents right family doctor nurse farm worker
词组
farm worker our dog in America different countries for example
句型
My name is Tony Smith and I＇m English This is my mother She’s an English teacher at a school This is my father He’s a hotel manager
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Enable to master the key points of this module
学会称代词物代词法
Step I： Lead in
T Hello everyone Let’s enjoy the video
Play the video of occupation on the screen Let the students watch them After that ask them to answer some questions
T What is it about
S1 About jobs
T What can you remember about it
S2 work manage nurse
Step II ：Ask and answer
This is a photo of Ann＇s family
Say sentences about the picture
This is Ann＇s grandmother
She is a nurse She works in a hospital
Ask and answer about activity1Picture 1
A Is this Lingling＇s family
B Yes it is
A Is lingling＇s father a doctor
B Yes he is
A Is lingling＇s mother a doctor
B No she isn＇t She is a nurse
A What is her grandfather＇s job
B He＇s a farm worker
Then ask and answer about Picture 2 and 3
Step III Write sentences
His father is a hotel manager (Tony)Tony＇s father is a hotel manager (Tony)
Her parents are teachers (Sarah)
His parents are shop workers (WangLin)
His mother is a nurse (Daming)
Her father is a bus driver (Lingling)
提示：名词格形式相形容词性物代词
Step IV Practice
Step V Language points
指示代词法
单数
复数
指处
this
these
指远处
that
those
1作语宾语表语 eg This is a chair
I like these but she likes those
2 电话中this表示电话者介绍that询问方
eg Hello This is Bob Who＇s that
单数
复数
称代词
I
you
he
she
it
we
you
they
物代词
my
your
his
her
its
our
your
their
面行称代词格句中作语eg We are Chinese
面行形容词性物代词般放名词前作定语eg That is my classroom
Step VI 重点知识总结
a表示家庭成员单词
b表示职业名称单词：
c单词复数形式：familyfamilies womanwomen busbuses manmen
d反义词：samedifferent
e Key Phrases：
1 a photo of 2 on the left 3on the right 4 next to 5 in front of
6 a big family 7 bus station 8 police station 9 bus driver 10 at a school
11 for example 12family tree
Key sentences
1 Is this your family Yes it is
2 This is a photo of Tony＇s family
3 What a big family
4 My mum＇s parents are on the left
5 Those are Paul＇s son and daughter
6 What is your father＇s job
7 In America many people have grandparents from different countries
Step VI Practice
Step VII： Writing
Write about your family
My father is a(n) at
My mother is a(n)
My brother is and he
1．—Are these men doctors
—No________ aren’t
A．these B．those
C．they D．that
2．(中考·兰州) Bobcan you see the boys over there？
________ are my cousins Let’s go and say hello to them
A．This B．Those
C．That D．These
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P19应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样复节课容引入新课知识便学加深印象
Module 3 My School
Unit 1 There are thirty students in my class
知识目标
单词
there fortysix computer map dictionary wall library picture television right fifteen sixty seventeeneighteen thirty forty fifty sixty seventy eighty ninety many how many any tree
词组
There is a an…There are at the front ofin the front of
句型
There are thirty students in my class
Is there a lot of furniture Yes there isThere’s a map of the world in our classroomThere aren’t any pictures on our walls
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
There is a an…
There are …具体法
灵活运there be句型简单叙述见事物
Step Ⅰ Warming up
Task Look at activity 1 talk about the pictures using
There is … There are …
There are some … There aren’t any …
StepⅡ Prelistening
Task1 Betty and Lingling are talking about Betty’s classroom listen and choose the correct picture
Step ⅢWhilelistening
Task1 They are going to listen and read about Linda and Daming’s classroom listen and answer
1 Is there a lot of furniture
2 Is there a map of the world
Task2 Listen and repeat
听录音读试着模仿正确语音语调定注意节奏
温馨提示锻炼听力机会认真听哟
Task 3 Read in pairs
温馨提示读时握句式There isare … Isare there …
Step Ⅳ Postlistening
Task 1Read the dialogue again and answer the questions below
1 How many students are there in Daming’s class
2 How many boys and girls are there in Daming’s class
3 Are there any computers on everyone’s desk
4 Is there a map of the world in Linda’s class
温馨提示阅读时遇困难请教老师学提高阅读理解机会错哟
Task2 Read the dialogue in groups and then read in roles Choose the best one to show in class
温馨提示分角色朗读话组间展开竞争组棒
StepⅤDevelopment Fill in the form and talk about the numbers in pairs
Linda’s class
Daming’s class
Number of students
pictures
Type of map
温馨提示学关注数字会做快积极参加培养口语交际力
四纳总结提升力
StepⅥSummary
五堂测试检查效果
StepⅦ Class test 适形式填空
1 In our school there（be）20 students in a class
2 ( be)there a computer on Miss Li’s desk
3 There(be not)any computers on our desks 4 There( be not ) a computer on my desk
5 Are there (some ) apples in the table
6My father wants to buy some new (furniture)
温馨提示组总结成员积极发言组长纳
Step Ⅷ Homework 试着There be句型描述卧室吧
1 The teacher＇s desk is ______ the front of the classroom
Aon Bat Cabout Dto
2 I want a map______ Chinaand I want_______books
Aofa lot of Btoa lot
Cofany Dinlot of
答案：1B 2A
完成请完成少年班P24应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Can you speak them in English样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 3 My School
Unit 2 The library is on the left of the playground
知识目标
单词
building hall gate library office playground science lab behind between middle near with for room
词组
dining hall gym science lab in front of in the middle of between…and… next to behind
句型
1) Daming is on my right
2) Gao Yan’s in front of Daming and between Zhao Feng and Min
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
学句子描述物准确位置
To get information from the reading material about the library
To talk about the locations
Step ⅠWarming up
Task 教师先in the front of near behind介绍教室里物位置
T Where is the teacher’s desk S It’s is in the front of the class
T Where is the teacher S She＼He is near …
T Where is the blackboard S It’s behind …
Step ⅡPrereading
Task Label the pictures with the words and the expressions (A1)
温馨提示学词汇短语介绍学校时会时养成积累惯样写作时会助
StepⅢWhilereading
Task 1 学生读课第二部分说出五名学生间方位
Task 2学生仿句子介绍位置Eg
I’m in front of … I’m near…… I’m behind…… I’m between… and …
温馨提示话课重点句型学定积极参哟
Task 3 阅读课第三部分容完成Activity4练
温馨提示做题时定认真查找信息学会正确表达样会万失
StepⅣPostreading
Task1 1师生齐第6部分Answer the questions in Activity 5教师先找名学生问答：
Where’s the playground
It’s in the middle of the school
2然学生分钟时间学生合作学互相帮助找出方足便时纠正教师巡视
温馨提示组组长先做例子然程度较差学练组间展开竞争组棒
StepⅤDevelopment
Draw a map of your school write something about it
四纳总结提升力：
StepⅥSummary
学谈谈节课收获
Words______________________
Phrases（词组）________________________
Sentences（句子）______________________________________
五堂测试检查效果
StepⅦClass test
根句意提示写单词
1 We have lunch in our school d____________ hall
2 Tom love s____________ very much He wants to be a scientist（科学家）
3 They are having PE lesson（体育课）in the school p____________
1 There is a tree _______ Jim＇s house
Aunder Bto Cbehind Dabove
2 Our classroom building is_______the office building
and the science lab
Afrom Bbetween Cin Don
答案：1C 2B
完成请完成少年班P25应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you know how to introduce the location of different buildings of your school样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 3 My School
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
building hall gate library office playground science lab behind between middle near with for room
词组
dining hall gym science lab in front of in the middle of between…and… next to behind
句型
1) Daming is on my right
2) Gao Yan’s in front of Daming and between Zhao Feng and Min
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
总结there be句型 方位介词法
听懂读懂关学校介绍短文 通学学生运方位介词介绍班级学校
Step ⅠWarming up
名学描述名学位置家猜 Who is he she 组猜快
练there be句型根图片介绍学校
温馨提示简单相信会做
掌握there be 结构
1there be句型结构There is are+名词（做语）+介词短语（作状语）
2There be 结构中be 动词形式离名词数决定遵循原请试着举例子：________________________________________________
3There be 句型般疑问句形式：IsAre there +语…否定形式be动词加not 请试着举例子：________________________________________________
4there be 结构语提问时语指物what 指who介词短语提问时where语前数字提问时how many how much
There are sixty students in my class
__________________________________________
温馨提示：定独立思考忘集体智慧哦
二纳总结提升力：
学谈谈节课收获
Words______________________
Phrases（词组）________________________
Sentences（句子）______________________________________
三堂测试检查效果：
求完成练
1 My father is next to the window（划线部分提问）
2 There are some books in the library（改般疑问句做肯定回答）_________________________________________
四阅读短文回答问题
There is a picture It is nice picture There are many big trees in it They are apple trees On the trees there are many red apples Some birds are singing in the trees Behind the trees there is a house Some women are sitting near the house They are sitting under the trees and drinking tea A dog is there too
1 What is in the picture
2 What is on the trees
3划线句子译成汉语
4写出women单数形式
5 Is there a dog under the tree
五Homework
根课第二部分写段介绍五物方位句子
1．There ________ some tea in the cup
A．be B．are
C．is D．has
2．There ________ a pencil and some books on David＇s desk
A．is B．are
C．am D．be
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P27应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关there be句型知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 Healthy food
Unit 1 We’ve got lots of apples
知识目标
单词
meat bean beef carrot chocolate coffee lots of so drink fruit vegetable chicken juice milk potato tomato
词组
Go shoppingHow about…ice creambe good forbe bad for
句型
Have you got any orangesapples water
Yes I have No I haven’t
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1数名词单复数变化
2someany法
3and or but法
够灵活运someany表达句子
Step ⅠWarming up
What food and drink do you know Ask and answer in pairs
Step II Prelistening
Task 1两组读课p20 Activity 1词语互查纠错组核
Step III Task 1 Discovery
1 go +ving表示做某事：游泳_______ 钓鱼_______
2 too much 意思太修饰数名词
I have got ____ _____ ____ to do today天太作业做
too many 意思太修饰数名词复数：
There are _____ ____ _____ in the supermarket超市里太
Task 2 组做新话：
A Have you got any…
B Yes I have No I haven’t
C Has he she got any …
D Yes heshe has No heshe hasn’t
Step IV Development
Read and complete the dialogue
Tony Have we got any fruit
Tony’s dad Yes we’ve got _____ apples We _____ got any oranges
Tony Have we ___ ___ chocolate
Tony’s dad Yes _____ got some chocolate Have we got any_____ _____
Tony No we haven’t ____ we got ___
Tony’s dad No we haven’t Let’s get some _______for your mum
温馨提示学定注意some any区组总结成员积极发言
Step V Summary
Chant 练节课中学食物饮料单词
I like coffee I like tea I don’t like juice and it doesn’t like me I like coffee I like tea I don’t like carrots and they don’t like me
温馨提示学中词汇换成学容进行练
Step Ⅵ Summary
What have you learned from this lesson
句型转换
1 Jack has got some milk (改般疑问句)_____ Jack got _____ milk
2 There are some apples on the table（单数句）There ____ ____ ____ on the table
3 Have they got any juice （作否定回答）_____ ______ ______
4 Tom has got a picture book（改复数句）Tom _____ got _____ _____ _____
5 There is some orange in the bottle（画线部分提问）
Step Homework
1．Too much cola is bad ________ you
A．to B．at C．with D．for
2．—Let＇s shop________ some ________ —OK
A．for food and drink B．at foods and drink
C．for a food and drinks D．at foods and a drink
答案：1D 2A
完成请完成少年班P32应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—How do you keep healthy样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 Healthy food
Unit 2 Is your food and drink healthy
知识目标
单词
delicious hamburger sugar sweet
cheese tooth bitimportant remember
stay fat be good for be bad for a bit get
词组
be good for be bad for a bit
句型
1) What’s your favorite food and drink
2) —Have we got any juice
—Yes we’ve got some juice We haven’t got any milk
3) Meat and fish are healthy food but too much meat isn’t healthy
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1学会butand描述喜欢食物
学会butand描述食物
StepⅠWarming up
Talk in pairs What is your favorite food fruit and vegetables which is healthy and which is not healthy
Step ⅡPrereading
Task 1： Finish Activity1—2(先独立完成组讨)
温馨提示根活动求完成务务简单学定积极参
Task 2 ：Close your books and listen to Activity3 and say What is Healthy food and drink？
温馨提示锻炼听力机会认真听哟
Task 3 ： Finish Activity3（先独立完成然结练）
温馨提示组间展开竞争组棒
Step ⅢWhilereading
读短文导词进行复述
Noodles and rice are …but too much meat is not… … are sweet and too much sugar is … you Eat the … food and be … … are good for your eyes …are good for your teeth Have a lot of …when you are a bit tired It’s important to remember…
温馨提示学生先读课文纠正语音语调解决里面生词然读课文接着教师领述学生试着练复述组展示
StepⅣ PostReading
Task 1 Discovery
1healthy adj 健康unhealthy adj 健康health n 健康
The children all look ________ 孩子健康
You are healthy but Mary is ___________(健康)
2Meat and fish are healthy food数名词做语时谓语动词第三称单数果两数名词and连接谓语动词复数果表示道菜饭时谓语动词单数
Milk and Coke______ (be) my favourite drinks牛奶乐喜欢饮料
Tea and orange juice ______ (be) my favourite drink
Bread and butter______ (be)my favourite food面包夹黄油喜欢食物
四 纳总结提升力
Step Ⅵ Summary
What have you learned from this lesson
五堂测试检查效果
．根首字母完成单词
1 My f___________ food is rice 2 What is__________ (he) favourite food
3 Apples and oranges are f____________ 4 Carrots and onions are ______ (蔬菜)
5 Juice and milk are ___________ (饮料) 6Is this food ___________ (健康)
1．Every student ________ healthy food here
A．have B．haves
C．has D．having
2．—Will you stay for ________ supper with us
—Sure I＇d love to Home cooking is just what I like(东营)
A．a B．an C．the D．
答案：1C 2D
完成请完成少年班P33应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—How to have a healthy diet样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 4 Healthy food
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
whatyourpleasesorrycanyouspellityesthank how fine thanks
词组
…have has got some…
…haven’t hasn’t got any…
Have Has … got any…
句型
We’ve got lots of apples
We haven’t got any meat
She hasn’t got any coffee
Have we got any chocolate
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 学会种单词描述喜欢食物
To summarize and consolidate the usage of some and any singular and plural nouns
StepⅠWarming up
What is your favorite food fruit and vegetables which is healthy and which is not healthy
StepⅡTask 2 读注释完成练
1 some any 法
(1)some 修饰数名词修饰数名词
There is some water in the bottle
There are some books on the desk
(2)some 表示建议请求希方肯定回答般疑问中
Would you like some bread
What about some fruit juice
(3)any否定句般疑问句中意
I don’t have any apples
Do you have any potatoes
(4)any肯定句中意起强调作
Any students can answer this question
（1）Would you like _____coffee
（2）We haven’t got _____meat in the fridge
（3）Have you got _____hamburgers
（4）They have got _____ tomatoes
2 havehas 表示某拥某物某物属某表示属关系
there be 表示某某某物表示存状态
(1) 没胡萝卜
They any carrots
(2) 屋子里张桌子
______ ______ a table in the room
Step ⅢSummary
What have you learned from this lesson
根汉语完成句子空词
(1) 喜欢吃蔬菜蔬菜健康食物 I like ______ vegetables because they ______ healthy food
(2) 贝蒂喜欢食物鸡肉 Betty’s ______ food ______ ______
(3) 中午吃肉蔬菜 They have ______ and vegetable _____ lunch
(4) 糖乐健康食物Candy and Coke ______ ______ food
(5) 太巧克力 _____ ______chocolate isn’t ____ ______ you
1 Here is a________ You can have it
A．appleB．fruitC．ice creamD．banana
2 (绥化)There ________ little milk in the fridge Let＇s go and buy some
A．has B．is C．are
答案：1D 2B
完成请完成少年班P35应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关名词单复数知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 5 My School Day
Unit 1 I love history
知识目标
单词
half past o’clock to lesson like difficult love because interesting
词组
go to school get up have breakfast have lunch go home have dinner go to bed go to sleep
句型
1) I love history
2) It’s twelve o’clock
3) We have Chinese at eight o’clock
4) We don’t have maths
5) —Do you like maths
—Yes I do
6) In the evening I watch TV and have dinner with my family
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 Master the key words and expressions in Unit 1
2Learn to use the key sentences to introduce their school life in English in class
3Cultivate their ability of creation
1 How to express the time and subjects in English
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Show some pictures to explain time expressions
2 Listen and repeat the time
3 Ask and answer What time is it
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
5 Practice Ask and answer What time is it
Step 2 Practice
1 Show some pictures of the subjects
2 Introduce the new words
3 Match the words with the pictures
5 Read the words
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
Step 4 Read the dialogue Check (√) the true sentences
Step 5 Complete the passage
Step 6 Answer the questions about you
1 Ask the students to work alone and to answer the questions
1 When is your geography lesson
2 When is your English lesson
3 When is your Chinese lesson
2 Ask them to check their answers in pairs
Step 7 Pronunciation and speaking
Step 8 Work in pairs
Talk about your lessons
1 Go through the language in the substitution table with the class
2 Pair them to ask and answer
I have We have …
I don’t have We don’t have …
I like I don’t like …
art chemistry Chinese English history maths science …
3 Circulate and monitor their production
Step 9 Important and difficult points
1．时间Asking the time and responses
（1）询问时间表达法：What time is itWhat＇s the time
（2）时间表达法：
①整点： It＇s ＋基数词（one two …）＋o＇clock
eg It＇s twelve o＇clock 现12点整
②点分： It＇s ＋分＋past＋时
（基数词）（基数词）
eg It＇s twenty past five 现5：20
③点差分： It＇s＋分＋to＋时
（基数词）（基数词）
eg It＇s twenty to six 现5：40现6点差20
Step 10 Do exercises
Step 11 Homework
1Let＇s play table tennis_______Tuesday morning
Aon Bin Cto Dat
2 _______ I like red _______ I want to buy a red car
ABecause so BBecause
C because DSo because
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P40应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Which subject do you like most样增长学生关Which引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 5
Unit 2 We start work at nine o’clock
知识目标
单词
go to school get up have breakfast have lunch go home evening have dinner do homework go to bed go to sleep
词组
go to school get up have breakfast have lunch go home have dinner go to bed go to sleep
句型
I go to school on weekdaysbut not on Saturday and Sunday This is my school day I get up at half past seven in the morningand then have breakfast
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from a description of a school day
2 To be able to put pictures in order according to the reading material
3 To write about one’s school day
1 To write about one’s school day
Step 1 Warming up
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Read the passage and match the times with the pictures in Activity 1
1 Read through the passage and order it individually
2 Check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class
Keys 1 e 2 f 3 d 4 a 5 b 6 c
Step 3 Match the times with the pictures in Activity 1
1 Read out the times and have the students repeat them after you
2 Ask them to match the times and the pictures individually
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
Keys 730 e 1000 c 1100 d 1230 a 330 b 900 f
Step 4 Choose the correct expressions
Step 5 Complete the passage
Step 6 Writing and speaking
Step 7 Language points
I get up at half past seven in the morning and then have breakfast
早七点半起床然吃早餐
have英语中常见动词词搭配意思
eg
have lessons 课
have dinner 吃饭
have a rest 休息
have a good time 玩愉快
have a look
Step 8 Exercises
A 单词拼写
B 汉译英：
C 完成句子
Step 9 Homework
Write a passage about your whole day using the sentences we learnt
I get up at …
I go home at …
I do homework at …
1 We ______ at five o＇clock
Agoes home Bgoes to home
Cgo home Dgo to home
2 Do you often go to ______ football games ______ your friends？
Aseeand Blook with
Cwatchand Dwatch with
答案：1C 2D
完成请完成少年班P41应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What about your school day 样增长学生关What引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 5 My School Day
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
park busy wash face minute
词组
make word cards listen to tapes practice conversations with at first word by word
句型
1—How do you study for a test
—I study by working with a group
2It`s too hard to understand spoken English
3The more you readthe faster you`ll be
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1To summarize and consolidate Present simple with I you we they prepositions of time at in on negative form of present simple don’t
1Present simple with I you we they prepositions of time at in on negative form of present simple don’t
Step 1 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
We have Chinese at eight o’clock
We don’t have maths
Do you like maths
Yes I do
In the evening I watch TV and have dinner with my family
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The present simple
Step 2行动词般现时
表达常性者惯性动作般现时
eg I do my homework in the evening
晚做作业
果表示现状态般现时
eg I know him very well 熟
第称第二称般现时谓语动词没形式变化否定形式般谓语动词前加don’t
eg I don’t go to school on Sunday
I go to the park on Sunday
周日学校公园
1 时间表达方式
1) 直接表示时间法：点分序表示时间（简单）
eg 800——eight o’clock 520——five twenty
2) 添加介词表示法：果分钟等30past表示结构分钟+past+该点钟果分钟30to表示结构分钟+to+点钟
eg 1205—— five past twelve 950——ten to ten
果分钟15般a quarter 代fifteen 果分钟30般half代thirty
eg 915——a quarter past nine 1130——half past eleven
2 时间前介词(at in on)法
at常表示某点时间点分某时刻
eg She usually gets up at 600 in the morning 通常早６点起床
The man often gets to his office at 830
男常830办公室
外atat night（晚）at last（）at weekends（周末）at noon（中午）等固定短语中
on常表示某天星期外表示某天午晚时介词on
in表示某段时间某年某月某季节
eg in 1998(1998年) in March(三月) in summer（夏天）
某固定短语中in
eg in the morning in the evening
Step 3 Work in pairs
Ask the students to talk about their activities in a week
Match the words in Column A with the words and expressions in Column B
1 Read through the phrases with the whole class
2 Ask the students to match the words in Column A with the words and expressions in Column B with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 4 Complete the passage
1 Read through the passage with the whole class
2 Ask the students to complete the passage with the expressions from the box with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 5 Complete the sentences with at in or on
1 Review the using of at in and on
2 Ask the students to fill in the blank individually and then check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 6 Complete the sentences with the words from the box
Step 7 Around the world
Step 8 Module task Talking about your ideal school day
1 Complete the table with information about your ideal school day
2 Look through Module 5 and find expressions to say what you do and enjoy every day
Step 9 Exercises
A．汉译英：
B 根短文容首字母提示空格处填入正确词短文意思
Step 10 Homework
Write a passage about your school day Is it different from the UK
1．My parents often________ me some gifts on my birthday
A．buy B．will buy
C．buys D．has bought
2．—________ you do your homework in the evening
—Of course
A．Does B．Are C．Do D．
答案：1A 2C
完成请完成少年班P43应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关I you we they作语般现时知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 6 A trip to the zoo
Unit 1 Does it eat meat
知识目标
单词
bear elephant giraffe lion monkey panda tiger zebra zoo guide animal such as come different country other dangerous
词组
such as come from look at over there a little all over the world as well asbe good at many kinds of
句型
1— That’s a giraffe
— Yes and there are some giraffes
2—Do lions eat meat
—Yes they do
3—Does it eat meat
—No it doesn’t It eats plants
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
Present simple questions
学简单般现时态
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Lead in
T Hello boys and girls
Ss Hello Mr Zhang
T Today we are going to learn Module 6 A trip to the zoo Have you been to the zoo
Ss Yes
T Do you know Beijing zoo
S1 Yes I went there last year I saw many animals…
Step 2 Practice
1 Show some pictures of the animals
2 Introduce the new words
3 Look at the pictures Ask and answer What can you see
4 Call back the answers from the whole class and check the answer
5 Read the words
Step 3 Work in pairs
1 Look at the picture What can you see
2 Listen and check ( √) the words in Activity 1 you hear
3 Now work in pairs and say what you can see
—That’s a giraffe
—Yes and there are some giraffes
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
5 Ask the students to complete the table in Activity 3
6 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 5 Underline the correct words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Underline the correct words
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 6 Language points
1 The zoo has many kinds of animals such as bears zebras giraffes and pandas
2 They come from many different countries and they eat different foodcome vi come from from常表示国家点名称词
Step 7 Listen and repeat
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask individual students to repeat
4 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 8 Listen and choose s or z
Step 9 Do exercises
Step 10 Work in pairs
1．He is ________ kind man We all like him
A．so a B．a such C．such a D．so
2．Bob you can talk to _____ classmates in Chinese
A．other B．others
C．another D．the others
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P51应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Have you ever been to the zoo 样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生力
Module 6 A trip to the zoo
Unit 2 The tiger lives in Asia
知识目标
单词
peopleAfricangrasslargeusually
词组
such as come from look at over there a little all over the world as well asbe good at many kinds of
句型
The elephant lives in Africa and in Asia
The zebra is an African animal
The zebra doesn’t eat bamboo
The tiger lives in Asia
Monkeys live in Africa Asia andAmerica
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information about animals from the reading material
2 To learn to find specific information in the reading
To get information about animals from the reading material
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Find these places on the map
1 Show a map of the world
2 Find these places (Africa America Asia Europe)on the map
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
5 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
Step 3 Reading
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
3 Read the passage and complete the table in Activity 3
4 Check with a partner
5 Call back the answers from the whole class
6 Read the passage again and fill in the blanks
7 Complete the sentences with the correct form of the words and expression from the box in Activities 4
Step 4 Language points
1 重点短语
1) a little 少量
2) all over the world 全世界
3) as well as
4) be good at 擅长
5) many kinds of 许种类
2 语言点
1) 两种常见 类 表达方式：
种定冠词 the + 名词单数形式
eg The elephant lives in Africa and Asia 象生活非洲亚洲
种 名词复数形式
2) It eats plants leaves bamboo and a little fruit but it doesn’t eat meat
little adj 极少量强调没表示否定意义
a little意少量表示肯定意义修饰数名词
3) The panda eats about 30 kilos of bamboo a day as well as plants and leaves
4) It likes water and is good at swimming
be good at意擅长义短语do well in
eg Jill is good at Chinese Jill does well in Chinese Jill擅长语文
Step 5 Do exercises
A首字母填空：
B完成句子：
Step 6 Writing
1 Read the introduction about a zoo
2 Correct the mistakes
3 Ask the students to notice capital letters
4 Learning to learn
Step 7 Homework
Collect some information about your favourite animals
1．6789 reads________
A．six thousand seven hundred eightynine
B．six thousand and seven hundred eightynine
C．six thousands seven hundred and eightynine
D．six thousand seven hundred and eightynine
2．—We should enjoy the beauties of ________ nature
—YesI think so
A．a B．an C．the D．填
答案：1D 2D
完成请完成少年班P52应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you like wild animals Do you want to know where they lives样增长学生关般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 6 A trip to the zoo
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
Textbookconversationaloud pronunciationsentencepatient
词组
make word cards listen to tapes practice conversations with at first word by word
句型
1—How do you study for a test
—I study by working with a group
2It`s too hard to understand spoken English
3The more you readthe faster you`ll be
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To summarize and consolidate Present simple questions
2 To know something about animals in China
3 To have teamwork and make a poster of one’s favourite animal
1 To summarize and consolidate Present simple questions
Step 1 Revision
Show some pictures to review the text of Unit 1 and Unit 2
Step 2 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The present simple
Step 3 Work in pairs
1 Look at the pictures Ask What can you see
2 Ask and answer with a partner
—Does Meimei the elephant come from Yuannan China
—Yes it does
4 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Keys — Does Kingba the tiger come from America
— No it doesn’t It comes from Asia
— What is Kingba’s favourite food
— Meat
Step 4 Complete the sentences with does or doesn’t
1 Read through the sentences with the whole class
2 Ask the students to Complete the sentences with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 5 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words in the brackets
1 Read through the passage with the whole class
Step 6 Complete the word map with the words from the box
Step 7 Around the world
1 Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
2 Read through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
Step 8 Grammar
单数第三称行动词般现时否定形式请例句：
He does not speak Chinese 说汉语
单数第三称行动词般现时否定形式行动词前加doesn’t (does not)
注意：单数第三称否定形式中谓语动词原原形
肯定：He gets up very early 起床早
否定：He doesn’t get up very early 起床早
行动词般现时疑问式回答
般现时疑问式句首加助动词 do 语第三称单数时句首加 does 结构：
1 Do + 语+ 动词原形… ：
They live near our school
Do they live near our school
2 Does + 语（第三称单数）+ 动词原形…
He watches TV every evening
Does he watch TV every evening
3 简略回答助动词 do does don’t doesn’t 代行动词
—Do you often go shopping with your mother
—Yes I do No I don’t
Step 9 Exercise
Step 10 Module task Making a poster of your favourite animal
1 Work in groups
1) Find out about an animal
2) Talk about your favourite animal
3) Choose one animal to write about
4) Find out about the animal
2 Make a poster about your group’s animal
1) Draw it or find a photo
2) Write some information about it
3 Present your poster to the class
Step 11 Homework
1 —Does your father like to swim in winter
—No________
A．it doesn＇t B．he isn＇t
C．he doesn＇t D．he does
2．(中考·牡丹江)—Who cooks dinner in your family
—My mother ________
A．does B．did C．do
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P54应题
课时练形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关单数第三称行动词般现时否定形式知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 7 Computers
Unit 1 How do I write my homework on the computer
知识目标
单词
keyboard mouse screen connect turn turn on learn document click use save box finally print paper
词组
connect…to…switch on turn on the computeron the computer open a new documentuse the mouseuse the keyboardclick the new document write your homeworksave the document
句型
There is no computer in my home I can only use it at school On the InternetI search for information do my homework and check my email
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To understand conversations about how to use a computer
2 To learn how to give instructions
Conversations about how to use a computer
Step 1 Greetings
相互问候拉
Greet the students
1 Show the pictures of a computer
T Can you tell different parts of computer
学生懂电脑部件单词进行新教授
2 Ask the students to listen to the tape of activity 1 and number the words as they hear them and then label them
Play the recording for them to number the words then check with the partner
Label the parts of the computer
1 Use pictures to teach the word and phrase
2 Ask the students to complete the sentences with the word and expression they learned
3 Play the recording again then check together
1 Play the recording to number the instructions as you hear them
2 Play again have the students listen and do Activity 5
3 Pair work and check the answer together
4 Play the 3rd time and pause after each phrase asking the students to repeat and then do Activity 6
5 Pair work and check the answer together
6 Find the words from the box in the conversation
Write Write the words they go with
the words they go with
7 Pair work and check the answer together
Write the words they go with
1 connect
2 First Next Finally
3 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask individual students to repeat
4 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
1．There is ________ meat in the fridge
A．no any B．no C．no a D．not a
2．________ my mother goes to work by bus
A．Sometime B．Some time
C．Sometimes D．At time
答案：1B 2C
完成请完成少年班P59应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—How often do you use a computer样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 7 Computers
Unit 2 When do you use a computer
知识目标
单词
customer Australia game share company often Internet check train travel plan ticket music movie night search
词组
connect…to…switch on turn on the computeron the computer open a new documentuse the mouse
句型
I am the first computer in the world I was born in 1946 in America I＇m very bigabout one and a half times the size of a classroom
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1To understand questions and answers
2To improve listening speaking reading and writing skills
To improve listening speaking reading and writing skills
Step 1 Greetings
1 Show some pictures to introduce the new expressions in the passage
2 Ask the students to read the new words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Read the passage again and match the questions with the people who answer them in Activity 1
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
Keys
1 Mike can use the computer on Sundays
2 Jack shares a computer with
his father
3 Alice has a friend in Australia
Ask the students to read the passage again
5Check (√) the true sentences in Activity 2
1 Ask the students to match the words and expression in Column A with those in Column B
2 Check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class
6 Ask the students to read the phrases together
1 Ask the students to read the words in the box
2 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
7 Ask the students to read the passage together
1 information
2 clothes
1—I＇m waiting for the mail Do you know ________
it will arrive
—Usually it comes by 4：00 p．m
A．how B．where
C．when D．what
2 —Where do you search for information
—________
A．Yesthe Internet B．Nothe Internet
C．On the Internet D．At any time
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P60应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 7 Computers
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
keyboard mouse screen connect turn turn on learn document click use save box finally print paper
词组
connect…to…switch on turn on the computeron the computer open a new documentuse the mouse
句型
I am the first computer in the world I was born in 1946 in America I＇m very bigabout one and a half times the size of a classroom
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1学电脑方面词汇般现时特殊疑问句
2解国家区电脑情况
1 电脑进行简单问答
2 较熟练运模块中学词汇句型区应助动词do does
Step 1 Greetings
1．Greetings
2．含行动词般现时特殊疑问句结构疑问词+般疑问句语序（助动词dodoes）？(疑问词作语时外)
ⅠRead through the sentences with the whole class
ⅡAsk the students to match the questions with the answers in Activity 1 with a partner
Ⅲ Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Keys 1 b 2 c 3 d 4 a
ⅣNow work in pairs
ⅤAsk and answer the questions
1 Read through the example sentence
2 Ask the students to complete the conversations in Activity 2 with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
4 Read through the sentences with the whole class
5 Ask the students to fill in the blank individually then check with a partner
6 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
7 Read the sentences together loudly
ⅥRead through the words in the box with the whole class
ⅦAsk the students to complete the sentences with the correct form of the words from the box with a partner
ⅧCall back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Keys
1 checks 2 use 3 plan 4 like 5 talk
1 Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
ⅨRead through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
1 Work in groups of three Write questions about students and computers
2 Work with the whole class Make a survey about students and computers
1—I＇m waiting for the mail Do you know ________
it will arrive
—Usually it comes by 4：00 p．m
A．how B．where
C．when D．what
2 —Where do you search for information
—________
A．Yesthe Internet B．Nothe Internet
C．On the Internet D．At any time
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P62应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 8 Computers
Unit 1 I always like birthday parties
知识目标
单词
card party present would always great cake never special eat give sing happy secret
词组
hear from I’m afraid
cannot makes a birthday cakebirthday cardshave a party eat noodles eat birthday cake
句型
Would you like to … I always often usually somethingnever…
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get to know the adverbs of frequency
2 To understand conversations involving Daming’s birthday
To be able to pronounce the third person singular endings
Step 1 Warming up
1 Show some pictures of birthday and say what they are
birthday birthday card birthday party birthday cake birthday presents have a party make a cake eat noodles eat birthday cake sing Happy Birthday song…
2 Read the words after the teacher
3 Introduce the new words
4 Enjoy a video
Step 2 Listening practice
1 Make sure the students understand the symbols they must use to complete the chart
2 Play the recording through once while they just listen
3 Ask the students to listen to the recording
4 Play the recording again then they can check their answer with a partner
5 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 3 Work in pairs
Say what you always usually often never do on your birthday
1 Read through the verbs and have the students repeat them Make sure they understand them
2 Ask the students to think about what they do and make a list using the adverbs of frequency individually
3 Pair them to talk about what they do
4 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
Step 5 Check (√) the true sentences
1 Ask the students to read through the sentences and have the students
Step 6 Underline the correct words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Underline the correct words
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 7 Complete the sentences with the words from the box
1 Ask the students to read through the sentences
2 Complete the sentences with the words from the box with a partner
3 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 8 Listen and repeat
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 9 Pronunciation and speaking
1 Listen and repeat
2 Watch some videos about pronunciation
Step 10 Work in pairs
Ask and answer like this
—What do you often usually always … do on your birthday
—I often usually always … on my birthday
Step 12 Grammar
1 动词第三称单数词尾变化三种形式
Step 13 Exercises
A 动词适形式填空：
B 单词拼写：
Step 14 Homework
Ask your friends to come to your birthday party
A Hi would you like to…
B Yes…
1．—What do your friends give you on your birthday
—I always ________ books from them
A．plan B．invite C．send D．get
2．There is a big cake on the tablePlease ________ it for
the children
A．give B．cut C．sing D．like
答案：1D 2B
完成请完成少年班P67应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What will you do at your classmate’s birthday party样增长学生关what 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 8 Computers
Unit 2 She often goes to concerts
知识目标
单词
choose wear shoe spend money film song weekend
词组
hear from I’m afraid
cannot makes a birthday cakebirthday cardshave a party eat noodles eat birthday cake
句型
In the UK and the USpeople often give candy to children as birthday presents They also give toys or clothes The children always open their presents immediately
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from the reading material about choosing birthday presents
2 To write a description of one’s partner
To get to know compound nouns
Step 1 Warming up
1 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures and then talk something about the pictures
2 Introduce the new words
3 Read the new words
Step 2 Practice
1 Look at the pictures in Activity 1
2 Read through the list of presents and have the students repeat them after you chorally and individually
3 Match the words with the pictures
Step 3 Reading
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
3 Match the people with what they like doing
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
5 Choose presents from the pictures in Activities 1 for them
6 Call back the answers from the whole class
7 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box
8 Call back the answers from the whole class
A Write these sentences with ’ (apostrophe)
1 Read through the sentences
2 Write these sentences with ’ (apostrophe)
3 Check with a partner
4 Call back the answers from the whole class
B Make a list of things you like and do
1 Ask the students to make their lists individually
2 You may care to suggest they write five things they like and five things they do
C Work in pairs
1 Ask the students to talk about things they like and do
2 Write a description of their partner
Step 5 Language points
1 Daming’s grandparents like to stay healthy so every day they get some exercise in a park near their home
2 They sometimes wear Tshirts
Step 6 Exercises
A单词拼写：
B翻译列句子：
Step 7 Homework
1 Look at Activity 1 and choose birthday present for your family and friends
2 Write a passage about choosing birthday presents for your family and friends
1．Rules are helpful to us ________ we have to follow
()them
A．so B．but C．or D．because
2．I would like to choose him ________ chairman
A．to B．to be C．be D．as is
答案：1A 2B
完成请完成少年班P68应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 8 Computers
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
choose wear shoe spend money film song weekend
词组
hear from I’m afraid
cannot makes a birthday cakebirthday cardshave a party eat noodles eat birthday cake
句型
In the UK and the USpeople often give candy to children as birthday presents They also give toys or clothes
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
To summarize and consolidate grammar focus
Present simple with he she it
Adverbs of frequency
Step 1 Warming up
Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar Adverbs of frequency
模块出现量表示确定时间副词：always（总）often（常）usually（通常）sometimes（时）seldom（少）never（）等副词表频度表示常性惯性行句中位置：be动词情态动词助动词行动词前
eg I often get up at five past six
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Ask one or two students the question
— Does Grandpa always watch TV
—Yes he does
2 Ask and answer questions about Grandpa
3 Carry on with other students until everyone understands the aim of the activity
4 Complete the table in Activity 1 for yourself
5 Work in pairs
6 Ask and answer
Step 3 Rewrite the sentences with the words in brackets
1 Review the using of often usually always never
2 Ask the students to do this activity on their own then check with a partner
3 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 4 Complete the sentences with Would you like …or Let’s
1 Ask the students to read through the example sentence
eg Would you like to go to the playground and play football
2 Complete the sentences with Would you like …or Let’s
2 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 5 Read the emails and check (√) the true sentences
1 Ask the students to read through the emails
2 Ask the students to check (√) the true sentences
Step 6 Around the world Birthday presents
In the UK and the US people often give candy to children as presents They also give toys or clothes The children
always open their presents immediately
Step 7 Language points
1 Dear all
2 It’s great to hear from you Mike but I’m afraid I can’t come
Step 8 Exercise
A 翻译列句子
B 根短文提示填入正确词
Step 9 Homework
A Work in pairs Ask and answer questions about each other’s birthday party
1 When is your birthday
2 Do you always have a birthday party
3 What do you usually do at your birthday party
B Plan a birthday party for your partner
Choose the time and place
Choose the food
Choose what to do
C Work with the whole class Describe your plans for your partner’s birthday party
Don’t say who your partner is
Now guess who your partner is…
1 —What does he usually do on Saturday
—He usually ________ shopping with his mother
A．goes B．go C．will go D．has gone
2．Ms Lin always walks to work She ______ takes a bus
to work
A．neverB．alwaysC．oftenD．usually
答案：1A 2A
完成请完成少年班P70应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 9 People and places
Unit 1 We’re enjoying the school trip a lot
知识目标
单词
postcard call lie sun line take wait walk trip few sales enjoy anyway back drive off
词组
lie in the sun take photos wait for a few on sale walk up on a school trip go back get off at the moment
句型
We’re enjoying the school trip a lotI’m standing on the Great Wall of China and talking to youTony is eating a delicious ice cream
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get to know the key vocabulary
2 To understand the dialogue
To be able to describe what people are doing at the moment
Step 1 Presentation
1 Show some pictures of new words
2 Read the words after the teacher
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Read through the words and expressions and have the students repeat them Make sure they understand them
buy postcards call lie in the sun shop stand in line take photos wait for the bus walk on the Great Wall
2 Read the words and expressions together
3 Look at the pictures and talk about them
4 Check the answers
Step 3 Listening practice
1 Look at the pictures in Activity 1 and talk about them with the words
2 Ask the students to listen to the recording
3 Play the recording again then they can number the pictures
4 Check the answers
Step 4 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Act it out
4 Complete the table in Activity 3
5 Check the answers
Step 5 Underline the correct words
1 Ask the students to read through the passage
2 Underline the correct words
3 Check the answers
4 Explain the usage of enjoy
Step 6 Work in pairs
Say what people are doing in the conversation
—Betty is talking to her mother
— …
Step 7 Pronunciation and speaking
Listen and repeat (Work on Parts 6&7)
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 8 Grammar
现进行时：表示正进行动作状态
1 构成：助动词be+动词现分词形式( ing 形式）eg
I am talking with a boy 男孩说话
She is listening to me 听说
We are eating 吃
2 动词现分词变化规（动词ing 构成）
1) 般词尾加ing：readreading looklooking playplaying eateating
2) 字母e结尾词 掉e 加ing：taketaking havehaving
3) 辅音字母+元音字母+辅音字母结尾重读闭音结尾词 果末尾辅音字母 双写辅音字母 加ing：sitsitting runrunning getgetting swimswimming shopshopping putputting setsetting stopstopping beginbeginning
4) 特殊 lielying
3 现进行时种句式
1) 肯定句：
They are waiting for buses
语+be +动词ing＋．．．
2) 否定句：
They are not (aren’t) waiting for buses
语+be +not +动词ing＋．．．
3) 般疑问句：
Are they waiting for buses
Yes they areNo they aren’t
Step 9 Exercises
Step 10 Work in pairs
Say what the people are doing at the moment
I’m learning English My teacher is talking…
1 The retired couple enjoy _______ photosThey always go
out with their cameras（海）
Atake Btook
Cto take Dtaking
2 — _______me a bottle of waterplease
—OK
ATake BTo take
CBring DTo bring
答案：1D 2C
完成请完成少年班P75应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Where would you like to go most if you had an access to a school trip样增长学生关where引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 9 People and places
Unit 2 They’re waiting for buses or trains
知识目标
单词
drive off get off leave restaurant moment place things most still star run study
词组
lie in the sun take photos wait for a few on sale walk up on a school trip go back get off at the moment
句型
At this moment in different places ofthe world people are doing different thingsThey’re working
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To get information from reading material about what people are doing in different places
2 To get to know how to write a postcard
To get to know how to write a postcard
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Vocabulary
1 Look at the pictures in Activity 1
2 Read the words in the box in Activity 1
3 Ask the students to match the words and expressions from the box with the pictures
4 Say what the people are doing
Step 3 Reading 1
Read the news report and match the paragraphs with the pictures in Activity 1
1 Read the news report
2 Ask the students to match the paragraphs with the pictures in Activity 1
3 Check the answers
Step 4 Reading 2
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
3 Choose the correct answer in Activity 3
4 Check the answers
5 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words from the box in Activity4
6 Check the answers
Step 5 Work in pairs
1 Show a map of the world
2 Tall the students the time in different places of the world
全世界分24时区15度时区英国格林威治零时区北京东8区推算方法：东加西减
3 Ask and answer What time is it in different places of the world
4 Work in pairs
Step 6 Task
Find out what time it is now in London Moscow New York AND Los Angeles Write sentences about what people are doing or aren’t doing Join sentences with and or so
In London it’s… and people are leaving… In Beijing it’s… so people aren’t…
Step 7 Language points
1 leave
leave作动词时 意离开
You can leave the room now
leave作动词时意留
Please leave your book on the desk
leave work意思班
运
根句意写出列句子中划线部分汉语意思
(1) Can you leave your book here
(2) David wants to leave the hotel
(3) Peter usually leaves work at 530 pm
2 moment
moment 意（某事发生）时刻时候at this moment意时：
At this moment my cousin is playing basketball
翻译 时 妹妹正朋友电话
My sister is calling her friend at this moment
Step 8 Reading
1 Read the postcard
2 Check (√) the true sentences
3 Check the answers
Step 9 Writing
1 Write Betty’s postcard to her grandma from the Great Wall
Start like this Dear Grandma Say what she’s enjoying
Say what she’s doing now Finish like this Love Betty
2 Write the postcard by yourself
1Thank you ______ your helpZhang Jun
Ain Bfor Cof Don
2—Hi Nora Is your mother at home？
—Just a minute She ______ flowers in the garden（南京）
A plant Bis planting Cplanted Dwas planting
答案：1B 2B
完成请完成少年班P76应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 9 People and places
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
drive off get off leave restaurant moment place things most still star run study
词组
lie in the sun take photos wait for a few on sale walk up on a school trip go back get off at the moment
句型
At this moment in different places of the world people are doing different thingsThey’re working
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To encourage students to share and express what they are doing using what they have learned in this module
2 To learn how to write a postcard
To get to know how to write a postcard
Step 1 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The Present Continuous Tense
现进行时 (1)
1 定义：表示现正进行动作
2 构成：be + 动词现分词
be (am is are) 着称数变化变化
1) 动词面直接加ing do → doing buy → buying
2) e结尾动词e加ing have → having take → taking
3) 重读闭音节结尾单词双写字母然加ing
run→ running swim → swimming
4) 特殊形式变化：lie → lying
4 现进行时否定句结构：sb + be not + doing
eg I’m not visiting my friends now
He isn’t writing a postcard
5 现进行时般疑问句结构：be + sb + doing +
eg Is she enjoying her visit
Are they buying postcards
6 常现进行时态连词now listen look 等
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Look at the picture
2 Ask and answer What can you see What are they doing
3 Ask the students to talk about the picture
4 Read through the example sentences with the whole class
Step 3 Complete the conversation in Activity 2
1 Read through the conversation with the whole class
2 Ask the students to complete the conversation between Tony and his dad with the correct form of the words in brackets with a partner
3 Check the answers
4 Read the conversation together
Step 4 Write about the pictures in Activity 3
1 Read through the sentences with the whole class
2 Look at the pictures in Activity 3
3 Ask the students What can you see
4 Read through the example sentences
Some boys are playing football
They aren’t playing basketball
5 Ask the students to write about the pictures with a partner
6 Check the answers
Step 5 Work in pairs
1 Read through the expressions in Activity 4 with the whole class
driving a car getting up
going to sleep lying in the sun
playing basketball running for a bus
studying history taking photos
watching TV writing postcards
2 Mime an action for your partner to guess
3 Read through the example conversation with the whole class
Step 6 Around the world
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures and discuss what they can see
2 Read through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
3 Read the passage together
Step 7 Exercises
I 单词正确形式填空
II 完成句子
Step 8 Module task Making a radio report
1 Work in groups of three or four Plan a radio report
2 Talk about news you would like to report
3 List the activities you would like to report
Make notes about the news
Write what you are going to say
1 —Can Mary go to the zoo with meMrs Li
—Wait a minute She ________ a shower
A．is havingB．hasC．haveD．was having
2 (中考•重庆A)—Where is your father
—He ________ the World Cup in the living room
A．is watching B．watches
C．watched D．will watch
答案：1A 2A
完成请完成少年班P78应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关how引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 10 Spring Festival
Unit 1 Are you getting ready for Spring Festival
知识目标
单词
festival lantern dragon dance clean sweep cook meal speak happen ready quite away put away hard floor join hurry hurry up
词组
good luck bad luck decorate … with… have a haircut on New Year’s Day a kind of at midnight a few at Lantern Festival all the year round on Spring Festival’s Eve sweep away
句型
Are you getting ready for Spring Festival
This is Tony speaking
What’s happening
—What are you doing at the moment
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To understand the conversation about the Spring Festival
2 To recognize phrases and recognize short answers in the listening
To talk about the Spring Festival with given information
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Show some pictures of birthday and say what they are
2 Match the words with the pictures
3 Read the words after the teacher
4 Introduce the new words
Step 2 Listening practice
1 Ask the students to read the phrases in Activity 1
1) making lanterns
2) learning a dragon dance
3) cleaning the house
4) sweeping the house
5) cooking the meal
2 Match the pictures with the expressions
3 Play the recording through once while they just listen
4 Ask the students to listen to the recording
5 Play the recording again then number the pictures
6 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 3 Listen and read
1 Ask the students to read the conversation silently
2 Play the recording and ask the students to listen and read the conversation
3 Read the conversation
4 Act it out
5 Choose the correct answer in Activity 3
6 Call back the answer from the whole class and check the answer
Step 4Answer the questions
1 Read the dialogue again
2 Ask the students to answer the questions
4 Play the recording again Check the answers
Step 5 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression from the box
1 Ask the students to read through the sentences
2 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression from the box with a partner
Step 6 Everyday English
This is Tony speaking
What’s happening
Hurry up
Step 7 Listen and repeat
1 Play the recording once without stopping
2 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask the whole class to repeat
3 Play the recording again and stop at the end of each line Ask individual students to repeat
4 Ask the students to practice the sounds in pairs
Step 8 Work in pairs
1 Ask the students to look at the pictures in Activity 7
2 Go through the language
3 Work in pairs Ask and answer about what people in the pictures are doing
Step 9 Language points
1 What’s happening
2 Are you getting ready for Spring Festival
3 He’s still at work
4 They’re learning a dragon dance with my grandpa
Step 10 Do exercises
A Translate these phrases into English
B 单词拼写
C 完成句子：
Step 11 Homework
What do your parents and you usually do during Spring Festival Write some sentences about it
1．Jim is________good boy
A．very a B．an very C．quite a D．a quite
2．______you guys You don＇t want to miss (错) the traindo you (丽水)
A．Look up B．Give up
C．Hurry up D．Grow up
答案：1C 2C
完成请完成少年班P83应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—Do you like Spring Festival 样增长学生关Do 引导般疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 10 Spring Festival
Unit 2 My mother’s cleaning our house
and sweeping away bad luck
知识目标
单词
Christmas February January before sweep away luck mean table celebrate traditional dumpling sweater coat lucky tree tell
词组
good luck bad luck decorate … with… have a haircut on New Year’s Day a kind of at midnight a few at Lantern Festival all the year round on Spring Festival’s Eve sweep away
句型
My parents and I are visiting my uncles and aunts
We are wearing new sweaters and coats
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To match photos with paragraphs and match questions with paragraphs
2 To make notes and write sentences
3 To learn to write paragraphs
To get information from the reading material about the Spring Festival
Step 1 Warmingup
1 Review the text of Unit 1
2 Show some pictures ask the students to look at the pictures then talk something about the pictures
3 Introduce the new words
4 Read the new words
Step 2 Work in pairs
1 Read through the example sentences in Activity 1
—What’s Li Shan’s mother doing
—She’s cleaning the house
2 Look at the pictures and talk about what’s happening
Step 3 Group work
1 Listen to the passage and answer the questions
2 Read the passage and match the paragraphs with the pictures in Activity 1
Step 4 Reading
1 Play the recording
2 Ask the students to read through the passage
Read the passage and complete the sentences
3 Complete the passage with the correct words and expression from the box in Activity 3
4 Check with a partner
5 Call back the answers from the whole class
6 Read the passage together
Step 5 Language points
1 My mother’s cleaning our house and sweeping away bad luck
sweep away动词短语意扫果宾语名词放away前果宾语代词放sweepaway间
2 We are celebrating Spring Festival with a traditional family dinner on the evening before Spring Festival
3 I am eating jiaozi a kind of dumpling
Step 6 Writing and speaking
1 Look at the notes about Christmas in Britain
The notes about Christmas in Britain
2 Match the notes with the headings
3 Call back the answers from the whole class
4 Read the phrases together
5 Learning to learn
Step 7 Writing
1 Write sentences with the notes in Activity 4Join two notes and write one sentence with and
2 2 Choose one of the headings in Activity 4 and write about Christmas in Britain
Step 8 Do exercises
A Translate these phrases into English
B单词拼写
C完成句子
D 求改写句子
Step 9 Homework
Do you know any other festivals in China or other countries Write it down
1．—Merry Christmas
—________(广西)
A．I＇m very happy B．It＇s very kind of you
C．ThanksThe same to you D．My pleasure
2．—I＇m taking the driving test next Friday
—________ (宜宾)
A．Good luck B．With pleasure
C．Nice work D．Congratulations
答案：1C 2A
完成请完成少年班P84应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心—What are they doing 样增长学生关What 引导特殊疑问句知识锻炼学生思考力
Module 10 Spring Festival
Unit 3 Language in use
知识目标
单词
ready quite away hard floor join hurry Christmas February January before luck mean table celebrate traditional
词组
good luck bad luck decorate … with… have a haircut on New Year’s Day a kind of at midnight a few at Lantern Festival all the year round on Spring Festival’s Eve sweep away
句型
She’s cleaning the house and putting things away
What’s your mother doingShe’s cleaning the house
技目标
听懂课时听力材料说出课时重句型运句式英语谈学方法
1 To consolidate Present continuous questions and short answers
2 To learn new words by using word map and pictures
To write a letter about the Spring Festival
Step 1 Revision
Review the text of Unit 1 and Unit 2
Step 2 Language practice
1 Read through the example sentences in the box with the whole class
2 Ask the students to repeat the sentences in the box
3 Grammar The Present Continuous Tense
1 般现时表示惯性常性行现进行时表示正进行行
Step 3 Exercises
根题括号求完成列题
求改写句子
Step 4 Work in pairs
1 Look at the pictures
2 Ask and answer What can you see What are they doing
3 Ask the students to talk about the pictures
4 Read through the example sentences with the whole class
5 Work in pairs
Step 5 Writing
1 Read through the example sentences in Activity 2
2 Read through the sentences in Activity 2
3 Write questions and short answers
4 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
5 Write questions and answers about the pictures in Activity 1 like this
6 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
Step 6 Complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression in brackets
1 Ask the students to complete the passage with the correct form of the words and expression in brackets with a partner
2 Call back the answers from the whole class check the answers
3 Read the passage together
Step 7 Around the world
1 Ask the students to look at the picture and discuss what they can see
2 Read through the information with the whole class and talk something about them
3 Ask and answer
4 Read the passage together
Step 8 Module task Writing a letter about Spring Festival to a foreign student
1 Work in pairs Ask and answer questions about what you and your family are doing for Spring Festival at the moment
2 Write notes about your Spring Festival Use the headings to help you
Step 9Homework
1 Write a letter to a friend saying
2 Use your notes in Activity 6 and 7
1 (中考·沈阳)Be quietI ________ my homework
A．am doing B．have done
C．do D．did
2 —You look worried What＇s wrong
—I went for a job interview(面试) yesterday and I
________ the result
A．waited for B．was waiting for
C．am waiting for D．will wait for
答案：1A 2C
完成请完成少年班P86应题
课时问答形式学生互动导入新课引出课时中心样增长学生关般现时知识锻炼学生思考力
Starter Module 1检测卷
Written test part （80分）
Ⅰ 词汇(10分题1分)
A) 根句意方框中选出恰单词填空
Chinese America Ms everyone our
1 Hello ________ I’m your new classmate
2 The boys and girls are ________
3 ________ Wang is in her home
4 Liu Tao is in ________ now
5 Fathers and mothers are ________ good teachers
B) 根句意括号单词适形式填空
6 There are many cars in these ________ (city)
7 The weather isn’t cold in ________ (England) in winter
8 The ________ (America) teacher and the Chinese students are good friends
9 Those two boys are twelve ________ (year) old
10 What is the ________ (capital) of Japan
Ⅱ 单项选择(10分题1分)
题四选项中选择填入空白处佳答案
( ) 11 —What’s the weather like in Nanjing today
—________ is very warm
A This B That C They D It
( ) 12 Mrs Brown is from England ________ Chinese name is Mei Gui
A She B Her C He D His
( ) 13 Good ________ meet you ________ am Mr Lin
A of I B to You C to I D of You
( ) 14 Xiao Li is a girl ________ she is twelve years old
A and B but C from D under
( ) 15 The boy’s name is Sam Brown Brown is his ________ name
A first B last C home D school
( ) 16 —Ma Chao likes pears ________ you
—I like apples
A What B What about C Where D How
( ) 17 Hi my name is Tom Smith ________ nice to meet you all
A It’s B He’s C She’s D I’m
( ) 18 —Are you American Mr Yang
—________ I’m English
A Yes I am B Yes you are C No I’m not D No you aren’t
( ) 19 —Welcome to Class 1 Grade 7
— ________
A Good B Yes C Bye D Thanks
( ) 20 —Your new classmate Sun Ming is nice Is he from Shanghai
—________ He is from Guangzhou
A Yes he is B Yes it is C No he isn’t D No it isn’t
Ⅲ 完形填空(10分题1分)
先通读面短文掌握意然ABCD四选项中选出填入空白处佳答案
Hello My 21 is Jimmy Smith Jimmy is my given name and Smith is my family name I 22 twelve years old I’m 23 English boy I’m 24 London a city in England 25 is Mike He is my 26 friend And he is from London too Now we are 27 in Beijing Beijing is a big city We 28 it very much 29 teachers and classmates are good to us We are happy to meet 30 in the school
( ) 21 A father B teacher C number D name
( ) 22 A am B is C are D be
( ) 23 A a B an C the D 填
( ) 24 A in B for C from D of
( ) 25 A This B Those C It D These
( ) 26 A clever B last C small D good
( ) 27 A friends B flowers C students D telephones
( ) 28 A like B thank C see D help
( ) 29 A Your B Our C Her D His
( ) 30 A him B her C you D them
Ⅳ 情景交际(10分题2分)
根话容方框中选出填入空白处佳选项补全话
A Hello I’m David Smith I’m your teacher (31) _________________
B My name is Zhang Wei
A Nice to meet you
B (32) _________________ Where are you from
A I’m from England (33) _________________
B I’m from China I’m Chinese
A How old are you
B (34) _________________
A Good What’s the boy’s name over there
B He is Li Lei He is twelve years old
A (35) _________________
B Yes he is He is my friend
A Good Welcome to the school
A I’m thirteen years old
B What about you
C Is he from China too
D Nice to meet you too
E What’s your name
Ⅴ 阅读理解(20分题2分)
❋ A ❋
Look at the girl She is from America Her name is Emma Her Chinese name is Li Fei She is thirteen years old My name is Wang Ping Tom is my English name I am from Beijing I am twelve years old Emma and I are good friends We are in Grade 7 I am in Class 6 and she is in Class 4 We like playing table tennis after school
根材料容判断列说法正（T）误（F）
( ) 36 Emma is from England
( ) 37 Li Fei is twelve years old
( ) 38 Tom is Chinese
( ) 39 Tom and Emma are in Grade 7
( ) 40 Tom likes playing basketball after school
❋ B ❋
Hi I’m Peter Today is Sunday The weather is hot My classmates Sam and Jack are in my home Sam is American and he likes green trees in our school His favourite food is rice He reads a book about trees in the chair Jack likes red flowers in my room He is from Cambridge a small city in England His last name is Smith There is a book about flowers in his hands He likes playing football after school Football is my favourite sport too I read a book about sports Where is my cat It is on the table
根材料容选择佳答案
( ) 41 It is ________ today
A Monday B Saturday C Sunday D Wednesday
( ) 42 What’s the weather like today
A It’s hot B It’s cool C It’s warm D It’s cold
( ) 43 Sam reads a book about ________
A flowers B cats C sports D trees
( ) 44 Where is Jack from
A America B England C China D Japan
( ) 45列项陈述正确？
A Sam eats rice in the room
B The cat is on the table
C Jack likes green flowers
D Peter’s favourite sport is tennis
Ⅵ 完成句子(10分题2分)
根题括号求完成列题空词（含缩略形式）
46 —Nice to meet you （完成应答语）
—________ to meet you ________
47 I am from Guangzhou （改般疑问句）
________ ________ from Guangzhou
48 Mrs Chen is my mother （改般疑问句）
________ Mrs Chen ________ mother
49 Is Yang Fan a student in Shanghai （补全否定答语）
________ she ________
50 A pear is on the table An apple in on the table too （合句）
A pear ________ an apple ________ on the table
Ⅶ 书面表达(10分)
假设班刚位新学请根面表格容写篇少60词英语短文介绍新学
Name
Li Huanhuan
English name
Helen
From
Shanghai
How old
11 years old
Favourite sport
Table tennis
Favourite colour
White
_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Starter Module 1检测卷
参考答案
Ⅰ 1 everyone 2 Chinese 3 Ms 4 America
5 our 6 cities 7 England 8 American
9 years 10 capital
Ⅱ 1115 DBCAB 1620 BACDC
Ⅲ 2125 DABCA 2630 DCABD
Ⅳ 3135 EDBAC
Ⅴ 3640 FFTTF 4145 CADBB
Ⅵ 46 Nice too 47 Are you 48 Is your
49 No isn’t 50 and are
Ⅶ One possible version：
I have a new classmate Her name is Li Huanhuan And her English name is Helen She is a nice girl She is from Shanghai It is a big city in China She is eleven years old Her favourite sport is table tennis and white is her favourite colour I like table tennis too We often play it after school
Starter Module 2检测卷
第Ⅰ卷(40分)
Ⅰ 单项选择(20分)
1 —are you
—I’m fifteen
A What B How C How old D What’s
2 —What’s your ID number please
—372423199711030721
A That is B This is
C They’re D It’s
3 Carla is
A at Class 3 B at class 3
C in Class Three D in class Three
4 Ten and nine is
A seventeen B nineteen
C eighteen D twenty
5 Therea bag and two books on my desk
A are B is C am D be
6 —Is he a good boy
—
A Yes it is B No it isn’t
C Yes he is D No she isn’t
7 up your hands please
A Not put B Isn’t put
C Aren’t put D Don’t put
8 This istelephone
A Ann’s B Ann C Anns D Ann is
9 Howmilk do you have
A many B old C much D do
10 Let’s have an exam(考试) Pleaseyour books
A stand B put C open D close
Ⅱ 完形填空(20分)
T Class begins(开始)
M Stand1
T Good morning 2
Ss Good morning Mr Zhang
T 3down please What’s your name please
S1 My name’s Li Liang
T 4old are you
S1 I’m 12
A What’s your school ID card number
S1 5is 88796
1 A down B up C in D at
2 A boy B girl C student D class
3 A Sit B StandC See D Meet
4 A What B HowC Where D When
5 A I B I’mC It’s D It
第Ⅱ卷(60分)
Ⅲ 词汇运(20分)
(Ⅰ)根句意首字母汉语提示完成单词(10分)
1 Seven and eight is f
2 —Good morning Miss Liu
—Good morning class Sit dplease
3 Don’t othe window It’s raining hard
4 There are two(桌子)in my room
5 What’s your room(号码)
(Ⅱ)方框中选词适形式填空(10分)
listen here new thirteen hand
6 Come boy Give you the food
7 I’m astudent
8 We can write with our
9 I liketo the rock music(摇滚乐)
10 There areclasses in our school
Ⅳ 句型转换(10分)
1 Martin and Jim are in Class 1 (画线部分提问)
Martin and Jim in
2 There are four people in my family (画线部分提问)
people are there in your family
3 Mike is 14 (画线部分提问)
is Mike
4 Her telephone number is 423 665 (画线部分提问)
telephone number
5 Draw a picture please (改否定句)
a picture please
Ⅴ 补全话 空词(10分)
Miss Gao Good afternoon class
Students 12 Miss Gao
Miss Gao 34our new classmate Mary
Mary Hello everyone Nice to meet you
Students Nice to meet you 5
Student A Who is that man
Mary 6is my father By the way 78students are there in our class
Students 910thirty
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 10
Ⅵ 书面表达(20分)
假Alice朋友 表提供关Alice信息 请写篇文章介绍Alice词数 40左右
姓名
性
年龄
电话号码
班级
班级数
Alice Green
girl
13
323 7768
Class 2 Miss Brown’s class
20
(boys 11
girls 9)
This is my friend __________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Starter Module 2检测卷
参考答案
Ⅰ 1 解析选C题考查固定句式答语15岁 选 How old 选C
2 解析选D题考查情景交际第句句意 请问身份证号少答语It’s 选D
3 解析选C题考查固定搭配方面 表示班介词in 方面 class首字母写 three首字母写阿拉伯数字 选C
4 解析选B题考查数词辨析句意 十加九等十九选B
5 解析选B题考查固定句式there be结构遵循原 该句中离bea bag 谓语动词单数is 选B
6 解析选C题考查固定句式第句语he he回答 选C
7 解析选D题考查固定句式祈句否定结构Don’t+do 选D
8 解析选A题考查名词格句意 安电话Ann’s意安 选A
9 解析选C题考查固定搭配句意 少牛奶how much面加数名词 选C
10 解析选D题考查动词词义辨析stand站 put放 open开 close关 合前句句意 进行考试 句合书 选D
Ⅱ 1 解析选B题考查固定搭配stand up意起立 选B
2 解析选D题考查语境理解文知课堂师生问候 选D 意学 早 选D
3 解析选A题考查固定搭配sit down意坐 选A
4 解析选B题考查代词辨析文知询问年龄 选B
5 解析选D题考查代词辨析应it代指school ID card number(学生证号) 选D
Ⅲ (Ⅰ)答案 1 fifteen 2 down 3 open 4 desks 5 number
(Ⅱ) 答案 6 here 7 new 8 hands 9 listening 10 thirteen
Ⅳ 答案 1 What class are2 How many3 How old
4 What is her5 Don’t draw
Ⅴ 答案 1 Good2 afternoon3 This4 is5 too
6 He7 how8 many9 There10 are
Ⅵ 参考范文
This is my friend Alice Green She is a nice girl She is thirteen Her telephone number is three two three seven seven six eight She is in Class 2 Miss Brown’s class There are eleven boys and nine girls in her class
Starter Module 3检测卷
第Ⅰ卷(45分)
Ⅰ 单项选择(25分)
1 —What’s this
—
A This’s a cat B That’s a cat
C Its a cat D It is a cat
2 This isorange It’sorange
A a a B an C an an D an
3 —Kevin can you help me please
—
A Thank you B I’m fine
C Of course I can D No I can’t
4 —colour is the pen
—It’s
A What green B How a green
C What’s green D What a green
5 Jack can you tell me what’s thatEnglish
A on B in C at D of
6 Miss Chen can help
A I B she C he D you
7 Pleasegoodbye to your friends
A tell B say C speak D ask
8 What colourthe flowers
A do B is C are D be
9 Miss Li I’m late
A Good morning B How are you
C Thanks D Sorry
10 —Thank you Daming
—
A Thank you B Goodbye
C You’re welcome D OK
Ⅱ 完形填空(20分)
A How1you
B Fine 2 And you
A I am fine too
B Can you3me please
A 4 of course
B 5that in English
A 6a bird
B 7is it
A It’s8green
B Can you spellgreen please
A Yes It’s GREEN
B Can you say9again
A Yes It’s GREEN
B 10
A You are welcome
1 A is B am C areD be
2 A thank B thanks you
C OK D thanks
3 A help B spell C write D thank
4 A No B Yes C Sorry D Good
5 A What B What’s C How D How is
6 A This’s B That’s C It are D It’s
7 A What colour B How
C What D What’s
8 A an B a
C D the
9 A this B me
C its D that
10 A Bye B OK
C Thank you D Good
第Ⅱ卷(55分)
Ⅲ 根句意汉语提示完成单词(10分)
1 I clean the(黑板)every day
2 My father bought three new(钢笔)for me yesterday
3 The wall is(白色)
4 Please write it(次)
5 Do you(知道)the boy’s name
Ⅳ 完成句子(15分)
1 英语说
that
2 样拼写apple
theyapple
3 起 戴维 知道
Sorry David
4 球什颜色
these balls
5 谁帮助
Whome
Ⅴ 书面表达(30分)
模块学询问物品句型编写12组话
1 A
B
2 A
B
模块学询问颜色句型编写34组话
3 A
B
4 A
B
Starter Module 3检测卷
参考答案
Ⅰ 1 解析选D题考查情景交际答语中it代this 选D
2 解析选B题考查冠词辨析句意 橘子橘黄色第空orange元音音素开头 an 第二空颜色前面加冠词 选B
3 解析选C题考查情景交际句意 ——凯文 帮——然选C
4 解析选A题考查固定句式颜色提问What colour 回答时 颜色前面冠词 选A
5 解析选B题考查固定搭配in English英语 选B
6 解析选D题考查代词辨析I she he格 作宾语宾格 选D
7 解析选B题考查动词词义辨析句意 请朋友说见tell告诉 say接说容 speak接语言 ask问 求 选B
8 解析选C题考查固定句式what colour be+语询问颜色句型 语the flowers复数 谓语动词复数 选C
9 解析选D题考查情景交际句意 起 李老师 迟选D
10 解析选C题考查情景交际回答Thank youYou’re welcome 选C
Ⅱ 1 解析选C题考查be动词语you 谓语动词are 选C
2 解析选D题考查情景交际谢谢()正确表达Thanks Thank you
3 解析选A题考查动词词义辨析句意 请帮帮help帮助 spell拼写 write写 thank感谢 选A
4 解析选B题考查情景交际of course知意帮忙 选B
5 解析选B题考查固定句式What’s that in English英语说什选B
6 解析选D题考查情景交际What’s thisthat回答It’s
7 解析选A题考查固定搭配询问物品颜色What colour 选A
8 解析选C题考查冠词辨析颜色作表语时前面加冠词 选C
9 解析选D题考查代词词义辨析that指代文提单词拼写 选D
10 解析选C题考查情景交际通文答语You are welcome 知该题选C
Ⅲ 答案 1 blackboard2 pens3 white4 again 5 know
Ⅳ 答案 1 What’s in English2 How do spell
3 I don’t know4 What colour are5 can help
Ⅴ 答案
1 —What’s this in English
—It’s a chair
2 —What’s this in English
—It’s a telephone
3 —What colour is the car
—It’s yellow
4 —What colour are the bags
—They’re red
Starter Module 4检测卷
Class____________ Name_____________
书写体正确抄写句子：(8分)
1Can you help me please 2What colour is it
3I’m in Mr Chen’s class 4Close your book
二 根首字母写出图片相关两单词：（24分）
1w____________ 2 c___________ 3s_____________ 4w ___________
5a____________ 6c __________7s______________8 h___________
9p___________10b___________11f____________12s_________
三单项选择：(20分)
1 What’s this
It’s _____________red car
A a B an C
2 What class ______________Tony in
Class Seven
A am B is C are
3____________open your book close it
A Don’t B isn’t Caren’t
4Can you spell cat
_____________I can’t
AYes B OK C Sorry
5How many students___________there in your class
A are B am C is
6Today is Friday what day is it tomorrow
______________
A Thursday B Friday CSaturday
7It’s_______________in winter
A hot B cool C cold
8What’s the weather_______________in London in autumn
It’s cool
A like B C on
9Do you like swimming
_____________________I swim with my friends every Sunday
A Yes I am B Yes I do C No I don’t
10It’s time to ______________basketball let’s go
A play B playing C plays
四．be动词（am is are填空）（6分）
1 There ___________some books on the desk
2 Are you Tom No I’m not I_________John
3 This is my pencil where_____________your pencil
4__________you in Class 4 No I________in Class 6
5 What colour ____________your desk It’s brown
五．完形填空：（6分）
A Who’s that_______________
BShe’s a_____________student
A__________her name
BHer name is Betty She is in_________class
A____________is she
B She’s twelve
AIs her father a teacher
B___________ he is a worker
( ) 1A boy B girl C teacher
( ) 2A new B big C old
( ) 3A How’s B What’s C Who’s
( ) 4A Mr chen’s B Miss Chen’s C Miss Chen
( ) 5A This B What C How old
( ) 6A No B Yes C I don’t know
六．阅读理解：（10分）
Han Mei is a Chinese girl she is thirteen Her brother’s name is Han Lin He is fourteen Han Mei is a middle school student She is a good student Han Lin and Han Mei go to the same school Han Mei’s father is a doctor Her mother is an English teacher
( )1How old is Han Mei
A She is 13 B She is twelve C She is fourteen
( ) 2What’s her brother’s name
A Han Mei B Han Lin C Han Bing
( )3Who’s Han Lin
A He is Han Mei’s father B Yes he is C He is Han Mei’s brother
( )4Is their father a teacher
A Yes he is B No he isn’t C Yes he’s
( )5Is their mother a doctor
A No she is a teacher B Yes she is a doctor CYes she is a doctor
七．情景话：（6分）
AGood morningclass________________________________
BGood morning Miss Zhou Tomorrow is Saturday
AYes Tomorrow is Saturday September 10th Teachers’ Day
B_______________________ Miss Zhou
AThank you very much
B___________________________
AWhat day is it today B You’re welcome
C What day is it tomorrow D Happy Teachers’ Day
八．句子翻译：（10分）
1写书Write it_______________________________________
2帮帮？______________________________help me
3朋友韩伟____________________________my friend Han Wei
4海南冬天冷___________________________________in Hainan in winter
5明天星期六？____________________________Saturday
九．书面表达：（10 分）
英语写篇介绍短文60词左右包括姓名年龄班级喜爱科目运动等发挥
Starter Module 4检测卷
参考答案
．略
二．1winter 2cold 3spring 4warm 5autumn 6cool
7summer 8hot 9play 10basketball 11football 12 sport
三单项选择：ABACA CCABA
四．1are 2 am 3 is 4 Are am 5 is
五．BABBCA
六．ABCBA
七．CDB
八．1 on the blackboard 2 Can you 3 This is
4 It’s not cold 5 Is tomorrow
九 Hello my name’s Daming I’m 13 years old I’m a new student here I’m in Class 4 Mr Liu’s class I like English and PE basketball is my favourite sport My friend Li Ning likes basketball too We often play basketball after school
Module 1检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
I 听句子选出句子中包含信息（5题题1分计5分）
1 A name B cup C school
2 A number B name C nine
3 A what B white C eight
4 A I＇m Mary Green
B Her friend is Mary Green
C My last name is Mary
5 A That＇s map in English
B It＇s my map
C It＇s Tony＇s map
II 听话问题选择正确选项（5题题1分计5分）
6 A B C
7 A B C
8 A Green B Smith C Brown
9 A Alan B Jim C Alex
10 A Yellow B Blue C White
III 听短文填面容（5题题2分计10分）
11 Tony is
12 Tony＇s is red
13 Tony＇s pen is
14 Tony＇s telephone number is
15 Tony＇s is Li Lin
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 No news good news
A is B are C was D were
17 Tom like reading at all He interested in playing basketball
A doesn＇t is B doesn＇t were C is does D was is
18 This is mother and name is Mary
A her his B my her C your his D hishis
19 This is a girl name is Kate She is friend
A Her my B His you C His my D My her
20 you usually late for school
No
A Do I am B Does not C Are I＇m not D Are I aren＇t
21 How old your brother And how old you
A is are B are is C are are D is is
22 Where you
I＇m from Beijing
A are from B do from C are come
23 This is Kate Green Kate is her name and Green is her name
A first family B first first C family first D family last
24 I walk to school every day
A What about you do B What do you
C How about you D What about your
25 Hi My name＇s Tim It＇s my first time to be here
A Very well thank you B It＇s all right
C That would be very nice D Nice to meet you
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（5题5分）
26 We are from China and we are C
27 Ted is an A boy he comes from the USA
28 Washington DC is a beautiful modern city and it＇s the c of America
29 Is e here today
Yes we are
30 Brian is from the UK He has lived in E for twelve years
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（5题5分）
31 Do you know the (首) of France
Yes It＇s Paris
32 Her cousin comes from (英格兰)
33 I＇m From China I speak (汉语)
34 He is a lazy boy He never gets good (成绩)
35 () loves to have a trip there
五完形填空（10题15分）
Peter likes sports He often 36 sports with his friends It is fun 37 him He likes wearing(穿) Tshirts 38 he doesn＇t like washing(洗) them He buys 39 Tshirts for a week So he doesn＇t 40 to wash them every day Three are 41 three are yellow and 42 is green His favorite is the green one They are 43 Lisa＇s store Each one is at a good 44 Peter likes them and you can see them on the sofa in 45 room
36 A comes B goes C takes D plays
37 A with B for C at D in
38 A And B Because C But D Or
39 A five B six C eight D seven
40 A need B go C like D want
41 A red B nice C small D bad
42 A two B one C three D four
43 A from B at C on D in
44 A sale B price C look D name
45 A her B my C his D its
六阅读理解（19题38分）
A
Bill Jack and I are in the same class at Chongqing No 2 High School now We are good friends but we are from different countries(国家) Bill is from England He likes Chinese noodles very much Jack＇s favorite food is hamburgers They look like twin(双胞胎) brothers but they are not Jack is from Canada I come from China I like Chongqing food very much They like singing very much and I like playing soccer (踢足球) a lot
46 We are in now
A Beijing B Chongqing C America
47 We are from countries
A same B different C all
48 Jack likes very much
A Chinese noodles B eggs C hamburgers
49 Jack is Bill＇s
A friend B brother C teacher
50 My favorite sport is
A driving B singing C soccer
B
I＇m Ms Yang I＇m a teacher in No 1 Middle School This is Li Lei He is Chinese He is in Class 2 Grade 1 He is my student and my son too He is 12
That girl is Jean She is English She is 11 And that boy is Jack He is American He is 10 They＇re Li Lei＇s classmates
I＇m their Chinese teacher All the students and the teachers in our school have two names an English name and a Chinese name My English name is Mary Li Lei＇s English name is Tom Jean＇s and Jack＇s Chinese names are Wei Wei and Zhang Li Their English teacher Miss Jin＇s English name is Sue
51 Who is Ms Yang
A She is an English teacher B She is Li Lei＇s mother
C She is Sue D She is American
52 Where does Jack come from
A China B England C America D Japan
53 Ms Yang＇s English name is
A Mary B Sally C Jean D Sue
54 What is Miss Jin
A A doctor B A teacher C A student D A boy
55 Jean＇s Chinese name is
A Wei Wei B Zhang Li C Jean Jin D Jean Zhang
C
Most(数) English people have three names a first name a middle name and a family name For example (例) my full name (全名) is Ann Alan Green Ann is my first name Alan is my middle name Green is my family name People don＇t use() their middle names very much So we can say Ann Green We can say Miss or Mrs Green But we can＇t say Miss Ann or Mrs Ann It＇s different from () Chinese names In China the family name is in front of the given name
56 In China the is in the front
A given name B family name C middle name
57 In England the last name is the
A given name B middle name C family name
58 The man＇s name is John Alan King you can say
A Mr John B Mr Alan C Mr King
59 The teacher＇s name is Mary Joan Readyou can say
A Miss Read B Miss Mary C Miss Joan
D
Hello I am Eric My first day at school was unforgettable(难忘)
I was so excited that I didn＇t sleep well the night before My mother took me to school on the first day A teacher came and took me and other children to the classrooms Some children began to cry because their parents couldn＇t go into the classrooms with them I didn＇t cry because I had been to a kindergarten before My mother went home a few minutes later
When I entered the classroom one of my classmates came to talk to me It was a happy time for me to make new friends We laughed and played happily
Finally the bell rang and we walked out of the classroom I was glad to see my mother waiting for me at the school gate It was a wonderful first day at school
60 Why didn＇t Eric sleep well on the night before he went to school
A He was sad B He was scared
C He was excited D He was too young
61 Who took Eric to school on the first day
A His mother B His father C His grandma D His sister
62 Eric was happy to new classmates
A get home B get to know C get up D get out of
63 The underlined word kindergarten in the passage means in Chinese
A 中学 B 学 C 幼园 D 学
64 What＇s the best title of the passage
A My Teacher B I Was Happy at School
C My First Day at School D One of My Classmates
七阅读表达(判断式)（5题10分）
Dear Anna
How＇s it going with you
It＇s snowing again in Japan But we＇re having a great time here—skiing and snowboarding (滑雪板运动) That sounds great right Hope you＇re having a good time
Love
Sandy
Dear Brian
How are you
I＇m fine The weather in London is great—hot and very sunny I often go swimming But it isn＇t windy so I can＇t do much windsurfing(帆板运动) Life is OK
I＇m sitting by the pool and reading a fantastic book
Write to me soon
Simon
根短文容判断正误正确T错误F
65 Sandy is in Japan It＇s raining there
66 Sandy is having a good time
67 It＇s hot and sunny in London And it＇s windy too
68 Simon is doing some reading by the pool
69 Simon often goes swimming and does much windsurfing
八补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A Good afternoon Mike
B Good afternoon Linda 70
A I＇m fine thanks Is this your friend
B No 71
A Oh nice to meet you Tom
C 72 Your bag is nice
A 73 What＇s your telephone number
C It＇s 5509233
A 74 Call me
C OK
A Thank you B How are you
C Nice to meet you too Linda D This is my brother Tom
E My phone number is 6593341
Module 1检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 C 2 B 3 C 4 A 5 C
6 C 7 B 8 C 9 A 10 B
11 English
12 ruler
13 green
14 5206358
15 friend
听力原文
I 听句子选出句子中包含信息
1 This is my school
2 My friend is in China His name is Yuan Yu
3 His number is eight
4 Hello my name is Mary Green
5 It is a map It＇ s Tony＇ s
II 听话问题选择正确选项
6 W What＇ s your telephone number Jack
M It＇ s 3029865
Q What＇ s Jack＇ s telephone number
7 M Hello Linda What＇ s your friend＇ s name
W Hello Bill My friend is Jenny
Q Who is Linda＇ s friend
8 W Hello I＇ m Mary Brown What＇ s your name
M I＇ m Dale Green
Q What is Mary＇ s last name
9 W My name is Gina What＇ s your name
M I＇m Alan
Q What is the boy＇ s name
10 M What color are U and V
W U is yellow V is blue
Q What color is V
III 听短文填写表格
My name is Tony Brown I＇ m English What＇ s
my first name Oh yes It＇ s Tony And my last name
is Brown This is my ruler It is red This is my pen It
is green What＇s my telephone number Er it is
5206358 Li Lin is my friend He is in China
二单项选择
16 A 17 A 18 B 19 A 20 C
21 A 22 A 23 A 24 C 25 D
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 Chinese
27 American
28 capital
29 everybodyeveryone
30 England
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
31 capital
32 England
33 Chinese
34 grades
35 Everyone
五完形填空
36 D 37 B 38 C 39 D 40 A
41 A 42 B 43 A 44 B 45 C
六阅读理解
46 B 47 B 48 C 49 A 50 C
51 B 52 C 53 A 54 B 55 A
56 B 57 C 58 C 59 A 60 C
61 A 62 B 63 C 64 C
七阅读表达(判断式)
65 F
66 T 67 F 68 T 69 F
八补全话(选择)
70 B
71 D 72 C 73 A 74 E
Module 2检测卷
第部分听力（10分）
Ⅰ录音中五句子听遍选择佳答语
1 A Yes she is
B No they are
C Yes they are
2 A Yes he is
B He is my uncle
C She is my aunt
3 A An apple
B American
C A manager
4 A Yes he is
B Yes she is
C He is at school
5 A He is eleven
B He is Chinese
C He is from China
Ⅱ录音中篇短文听两遍补全图中缺信息
6 Dick is Tom’s 7 Helen is Tom’s 8 Jeff is a ______
9 Lucy is years old 10 Jim is years old
第二部分笔试（90分）
Ⅲ单项选择（20分）
1 Is Tan Ya ______ Chinese girl
No she’s ______ American girl
A an a B a an C a a D an an
2This is a map ______ China
A on B at C in D of
3There is a hospital ______
A on right B on right of C on the right on the right of
4Bill and Tom are my uncles They are ______
A farm workers B farm worker C farm’s workers D farm’s worker
5 Tony’s parents like red
Right Red is ______ favorite color
A her B your C his D their
6 Are these your ______
Yes They are my uncle’s sons
A cousins B aunts C grandparents D brothers
7Are ______ Gina’s ______
A that friend B those friends C those friend D that friends
8______ my dad and ______ my mum
A This’s that’s B This is that’s C This’s that D This is that
9 Who’s this girl
______
A She is in Class 2 B She is good C She is my sister D She is twelve
10 What’s your sister’s job
______
A She is a teacher B She is nine C She is from Hainan D She is Mary
11This is a photo ______ my family
A in B on C of D at
12 What are these
______ are beautiful flowers
A These B Those C this D They
13 Are you in the ______ class
Yes we are We are all in Class One
A old B last C same D big
14There are () two stone lions (石狮子) ______ the door
A behind B in front of C in the front of D next to
15______ great picture
A How B What C How a D What a
16Lily this is Jim Jim ______
A this is Lily B it’s not Lily C I am Lily D you are Lily
17This is a girl ______ name is Lily
A His B She’s C Her D She
18His name is Tony Hand His ______ name is Hand
A family B first C number D given
19列组字母中含相音素组______
A A K S B H I Y C F M X D O P Q
20 Do you know how to ______ this word
Yes BALL
A spell B read C see D meet
Ⅳ阅读理解
A
My name is Linda I am thirteen years old Here＇s a photo of my family The old man is my grandfather His name is Jack Smith He is my mother’s father My parents are on the left of my grandfather My mother’s name is Alice and she is a teacher My father’s name is John and he is a manager of a hotel My uncle David is on the right of my grandfather He is 32 years old He is a policeman His wife(妻子) Anna is next to him She is a doctor Jenny and Tom are my cousins They and I are in front of my grandfather We are students
1How old is Linda
A 12 B 13 C 14 D 15
2Jack is ______ father
A Linda’s B Alice’s C Jenny’s D Tom’s
3What’s John’s job
A He’s a teacher B He’s a policeman C He’s a doctor D He’s a manager
4______ is next to David in the photo
A Jenny B Tom C Alice D Jack
5面陈述项正确
A Anna works in a hospital
B Jenny’s mother is Alice
C John is 32 years old
D David is a student
B
My name is Betty Rion I’m American These are my parents My father is a teacher at Beijing International School He teaches English He often helps the students learn English in the evening He loves his work and his students And the students love him very much My mother works at Beijing International School too Do you know what does she do She is a secretary(秘书)
6Betty is from _______
A England B America C China D Shanghai
7What’s her father’s job
A He is a worker B He is a doctor C He is a teacher D He is a secretary
8 They are in ______
A Beijing B America C Shanghai D Liaocheng
9 Is her mother a secretary
A Yes she is B Yes she does C No she does D No she doesn’t
10What’s her family name
A Betty B Rion C Betty Rion D Rion Betty
Ⅴ完成句子(20分)
1家挨着家图书商店
My house is ______ ______ a book shop
2丽莎父亲公汽车司机？
Is Lisa’s father a ______ ______
3美国学生星期星期五学
______ ______ students go to school from Monday to Friday
4叔叔什名字？
What’s ______ ______ name
5哥哥姐姐
______ ______ my brother and my sister
6张李磊家片
This is a ______ ______ Li Lei’s family
7坐前面？
Can I sit ______ ______ ______ you
8明妈妈左边
Daming’s mother is ______ ______ ______
9家庭？
Do you have a ______ ______
Ⅵ根首字母汉语提示完成单词（10分）
1These________(妇女) aren’t teachers
2Betty’s father and mother are________(工)
3Mark is Linda’s________(丈夫)
4This is my dog________()name is David
5The two________ (公汽车) are new
6My father and mother are my p______
7Mr Li works in a school He is a t______
8Mr Green has three children two sons and a d______
9My mother has a brother He is my u______
10My aunt’s son is my c______
Ⅶ补全话（10分）
A Oh I see
B Good morning Paul
C Yes it is
D Is this your sister
E Who are they
AGood morning Kate
B1____________
AIs this your family photo Kate
B2____________I’m here
AOh you are cute (爱)
BThanks
A3____________
BThey are my father and mother
A4____________
BNo it isn’t She is my aunt
A5____________It is a nice photo
Ⅷ书面表达（10分）
请My family题写篇英语短文学介绍家庭包括家庭成员职业爱等60词左右
Module 2检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力
15 CBCAC 6grandpa 7mother 8worker 9fourteen 14 10eight 8
第二部分笔试
单项选择15 BDCAD 610 ABBCA 1115 CDCBD 1620 ACACA
阅读理解15 BBDDA 610 BCAAB
完成句子1next to 2bus driver 3In America 4your uncle’s 5These are 6photo of
7in front of 8on the left 9 big family
完成单词1women 2workers 3husband 4Its 5buses 6parents 7teacher 8daughter 9uncle 10cousin
补全话15 BCEDA
书面表达
My name is Mary I am thirteen years old There are five people in my family They are my grandparents parents and I These are my grandparents They are teachers They are at home now They like reading books very much My father is a doctor and my mother is a teacher They like watching TV I am a student I like playing football very much
This is my family I love my family very much
Module 3检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
听力理解（题15题题1分15分）
A）列题听句子供选择ABC三幅图画找出听句子容相匹配图画
1 A B C
2 A B C
3 A B C
4 A B C
B）面听五组话组话问题根话容组ABC三选项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 What have they got
A Some carrots B Some meat C Some apples
6 What＇s Ben＇s favourite food
A Bread B Noodles C Chicken
7 How many bananas are there
A Seven B Eight C Nine
8 What lesson do they have on Thursday
A History B IT C Art
9 Where do they go for lunch
A To the dining hall B To the restaurant C To Mike＇s home
C）听面长话独白段长话独白三问题题中ABC三选项中选出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
10 Where is Mary from
A The UK B The USA C Canada
11 What does Mary look like
A She has brown hair and blue eyes
B She has blond hair and a wide mouth
C She has blond hair and blue eyes
12 What colour is Mary＇s coat
A White B Red C Green
听面段材料回答第13第15题
13 Where is the radio
A It＇s in the bag B It＇s under the book C It＇s on the desk
14 How many dictionaries are on the sofa
A Two B Three C Four
15 What＇s in the schoolbag
A The computer game B The model plane C The ID card
二单项选择（5题5分）
16 There a desk two beds and four chairs in the room
A is B are C has D have
17 There lots of sheep and pigs on my uncle＇s farm now
A was B were C is D are
18 there lots of bread in the fridge
Sorry we don＇t have any
A Is B Are C Has D Do
19 Excuse me Is there a pay phone near here
No Maybe you can ask the police
A there isn＇t B it isn＇t C they aren＇t D that isn＇t
20 How many books in your bag
A has B have C are there D is there
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
21 I don＇t know what the book is without p
22 My class has t students ten girls and twenty boys
23 There are f students in our class twenty girls and twenty boys
24 What＇s sixty and twenty
It＇s e
25 Though my grandma is over n she is in good health
26 What is your favourite subject
It＇s s
27 Where is Lucy＇s bag
It＇s b the chair
28 In our school students often read books in the school l
29 We can eat meals in the d hall in our school
30 There are a lot of t in the forest(森林)
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
31 I have a (图) of the world
32 In the (中心) of the park there is a playground
33 There is a garden (…面) the house
34 Wang Yaping gave a (科学) class from above the earth
35 We have two (图书馆) in our school
36 This is the teachers＇ (办公室)
37 There are lots of new (建筑物) in Dongtai now
38 I＇m going to send an email but there＇s something wrong with the mouse of my (电脑)
39 His family is very poor so there isn＇t any (家具) in his home
40 I have three (片) about my school
五完形填空（10题15分）
Next to our school there is a store It＇s 41 but there are lots of school things 42 it Do you and your friends 43 books pens or 44 Please come to the store They 45 those things at a very good 46 Big erasers are just two yuan 47 And small erasers are only one yuan The pens are just on sale 48 three yuan Oh I like that cartoon pencil sharpener 49 at the price It＇s only two yuan I＇ll take 50 Do you want school things Just come here and see for yourself
41 A short B small C long D big
42 A in B of C on D under
43 A have B take C need D look
44 A pencils B watches C clothes D fruit
45 A like B buy C sell D need
46 A store B price C table D school
47 A one B every C each D two
48 A for B at C to D of
49 A Look B Watch C See D Look at
50 A them B it C me D you
六阅读理解（19题38分）
A
Welcome to Class 4 Grade 7 This is our classroom There are fortyfive small desks and chairs in the classroom Twentythree of them are for boys and twentyone of them are for girls There is a desk and a chair in the front of the classroom They are for teachers There is a big blackboard on the front wall and a blackboard on the back wall There are two maps on the wall One is a map of China and the other is a map of the world There are some photos about our school life on the wall too There are some flowers by the windows What a beautiful classroom it is We all like it
51 The passage tells us something about
A a school B a classroom C a library D a house
52 There are students in Class 4 Grade 7
A fortyfive B fortyfour C twentythree D twentyone
53 Where is the desk for teachers
A It is in the front of the classroom
B It is at the back of the classroom
C It is in the middle of the classroom
D It is behind the classroom
54 There is (are) blackboard(s) and map(s) in the classroom
A one two B two one C two two D one one
55 The classroom of Class 4 Grade 7 is very
A clean B small C new D beautiful
B
We have a great hall in our school There are beautiful curtains(窗帘) in it We do some activities there
Our classrooms are very large There is a computer and a blackboard in every classroom We also have a library in our school Every week we go there I often read books there at lunchtime
We are very lucky to have a large playground in our school We have our P E lessons there We play balls games and many other sports in our playground We always have a good time there
I like my school life very much
56 There are beautiful curtains
A in the classroom B in the library
C in the school hall D in the teaching building
57 The author usually at lunchtime
A plays balls in the playground
B does some activities in the classroom
C reads some books in the library
D plays computer games in the classroom
58 The author thinks they are very lucky to
A do many sports often B have PE lessons
C have a good time in school D have a large playground
59 We can infer(推测) that the author has a school life
A hard B tiring C boring D happy
60 The best title of the passage is
A Our Classroom B Our Library
C Our School Hall D Our Great School
C
Hello I＇m Anne I come from England I＇m fifteen years old My sister is Susan She is an English girl too She＇s twelve We are both students We study in No 6 Middle School It＇s 7 o＇clock now and we are having our breakfast And we must go to school at 730 Our school is very big My classroom is beautiful and clean There are some pictures on the wall And there are some flowers on the floor I like my school and my teachers But I don＇t like getting up so early
61 Anne is a(n) girl
A English B Chinese C Japanese D Canadian
62 How old is Anne＇s sister
A 5 B 10 C 12 D 15
63 Anne and Susan must at 730 in the morning
A get up B go to bed
C go to school D have breakfast
64 Anne and Susan＇s school is
A beautiful B big C far D clean
65 Anne doesn＇t like
A her teachers B her sister
C going to school D getting up early
D
Look at the poster(海报) below
Tickets sold at canteen
Fancy dress—come as your favourite TV character
Prizes to be won
Canteen open for snacks and soft drinks
Notes
● High schools in England hold dances called socials about once a term They are called socials because students are socializing with each other
● Snacks include food like chips and chocolate bars Soft drinks are fizzy drinks like lemonade and coca cola
● Fancy dress is when you get dressed up as somebody or something else You don＇t get dressed in your normal clothes Fancy dress parties are common for both young and older people
66 The poster mainly talks about
A a new movie at school B a dance party at school
C an outdoor activity D a fashion show at school
67 Which of the following is Not true in this Social
A You can dance and make friends
B You can buy snacks or coke as you wish
C You can see movies there
D You can win the prizes in the party
68 Where can you buy the ticket
A At the schoolyard B At the cinema
C At the Students＇ Club D At the canteen
69 What do you have to wear
A Jeans B Fancy dress
C School uniforms D Party dresses
七阅读表达(判断式)（5题10分）
A shop owner(者) closed his shop and went home He was very tired but just as he went to bed the telephone rang A man asked What time do you open your shop The shop owner was unhappy about this phone call He put down the receiver without answering and went upstairs to bed A few minutes later the telephone rang once again and the man asked the same question The shop owner became very angry and he shouted You needn＇t ask me when I open the shop for I won＇t let you in Oh no I don＇t want to get in the man said I want to go out
根短文容判断正误正确T错误F
70 The shop owner didn＇t answer the telephone
71 The man was out of the shop
72 The man wanted to buy something in the shop tomorrow morning
73 The shop owner told the man what time he would open his shop
74 The shop owner was angry because he was too tired and didn＇t want to talk with the man
八补全话(选择)（4题8分）
Tom Hi Anna 75
Anna That＇s my father And that＇s my mother with him
Tom 76
Anna Hi mom and dad 77
Mr and Mrs Green Hi Tom 78
Tom Nice to meet you too
A May I call your parents B Who＇s that over there
C This is my friend Tom D I＇d like to meet them
E Nice to meet you
Module 3检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 B 2 A 3 C 4 A 5 B
6 B 7 C 8 B 9 A 10 A
11 C 12 B 13 C 14 B 15 C
听力原文
听力理解 (15分题1分)
A)列题听句子供选择ABC三幅图画找出听句子容相匹配图画
1 Hamburgers are my favourite food
2 She has got some chicken
3 We have PE and maths on Wednesday
4 Let＇ s go to the park Bill
B)面听五组话组话问题根话容组A B C三选项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 W Let＇ s get some meat Tom
M No Jenny We have got some meat
6 W Rice is my favourite food What about you Ben
M I don＇ t like rice I like noodles Lily
7 M What are those Mary
W They＇ re bananas There are nine bananas
8 W Do we have IT today Bob
M No we don＇ t We have IT on Thursday
9 M It＇ s twelve o＇ clock Let＇ s go to the dining hall for lunch Lucy
W OK Mike
C) 听面长话独白段长话独白三问题题中A B C三选项中选出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
W Excuse me Mike Do you know Mary
M Yes
W Does she come from the USA
M No She comes from the UK
W What does she look like
M She has blond hair blue eyes and a small mouth
W Is she in a red coat now
M Yes she is
听面段材料回答第13第15题
I＇ m Sam This is my room A nice radio is on the desk My baseball
is under the chair My jacket and notebook are on the bed Three dictionaries are on the sofa under the hat My ID card is in my school bag The computer game is on the desk
二单项选择
16 A 17 D 18 A 19 A 20 C
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
21 pictures
22 thirty
23 forty
24 eighty
25 ninety
26 science
27 behind
28 library
29 dining
30 trees
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
31 map
32 middle
33 behind
34 science
35 libraries
36 office
37 buildings
38 computer
39 furniture
40 photospictures
五完形填空
41 B 42 A 43 C 44 A 45 C
46 B 47 C 48 A 49 A 50 B
六阅读理解
51 B 52 B 53 A 54 C 55 D
56 C 57 C 58 D 59 D 60 D
61 A 62 C 63 C 64 B 65 D
66 B 67 C 68 D 69 B
七阅读表达(判断式)
70 F
71 F 72 F 73 F 74 T
八补全话(选择)
75 B
76 D 77 C 78 E
Module 4检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
Ⅰ 听句子选择佳应答语（题1分5分）
1 A Yes I am B I like icecream C No I don＇t
2 A What do you have
B I like pears
C I don＇t eat breakfast
3 A Yes he does B It＇s fun C He likes chicken
4 A Hamburgers B Basketball C Lunch
5 A Sounds good
B Let＇s think about the food
C What about your breakfast
Ⅱ 听话选择佳答案（题1分5分）
6 What fruit does Tony like
A Apples B Oranges C Pears
7 Who likes salad
A Alice B Ann C Alex
8 What does Dave eat for lunch
A Chicken and vegetables
B Chicken and fruit
C Fruit and vegetables
9 What sport does Mona play in the morning
A Volleyball B Basketball C Baseball
10 What＇s in the bag
A Eight apples B Eight eggs C Six eggs
Ⅲ 听短文选择佳答案（题2分10分）
11 Alice is
A 8 B 9 C 10
12 Alice eats for breakfast
A an egg and a carrot B an egg and an apple C an apple and a carrot
13 Alice eats and rice for dinner
A oranges B pears C bananas
14 Alice doesn＇t eat
A salad B bread C icecream
15 Alice likes to play
A pingpong B volleyball C basketball
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 the girl a letter from her friend recently
A Do get B Did get C Has got D Have got
17 his sister a pen friend
A Have got B Has got C Do got D Does got
18 Reading more is good your writing
A at B for C with D to
19 Could you give me money
Sorry I don＇t have with me
A some any B little some C any some D little any
20 Shall we stop and have tea now
All right
A any B some C little D a bit
21 What＇s in the
There are some in them
A photos potatoes B photoes potatos
C photoes potatoes D photos potatos
22 What can I do for you
Err I want a glass of milk some bread and
A some chickens B any chickens C some chicken
23 Do you know how many a horse has and how many a bee (蜜蜂) has
A teeth feet B tooth foot C tooth feet D teeth foot
24 The are playing games with their on the playground
A child woman teachers B children women teacher
C children women teachers D childs womans teachers
25 She only eats for dinner
A some fish B some fishes C a fish D many fish
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 It is very i for us to learn English well
27 Please r to close the window when you leave the room
28 I get up at 600 in the morning and have b at 630
29 Peter doesn＇t like eating chocolate It tastes too s
30 Everyone enjoys living a h life so we should do more exercise and eat a balanced diet
31 The food is very d I like it
32 Would you like to go s with me I want to buy some bananas and eggs
33 Children should eat lots of v
34 We can＇t eat too much c It＇s bad for our health(健康)
35 You can only drink tea at tea time not c or juice
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 He is very (劳累) today
37 It＇s very (重) to sleep well
38 Who is that boy I don＇t (记住) his name
39 His father looks (健康) but he is often ill
40 We need more (饮料) and snacks Could you buy some
41 The Chinese food is very (美味) I like it very much
42 If you＇re not () by then I＇ll take you to see the doctor
43 Susan plays the piano very ()
44 I have no time to have (早餐)
45 Do you like (甜) fruit
Yes I do
五完形填空（10题15分）
In the world today more and more 46 are interested(感兴趣) in sports and games In our hometown football basketball and table tennis 47 the favourite sports and games Because of the sports and games we all very happy and relaxing
Early 48 the morning I can see many people 49 sports in the park 50 my home Some are 51 some are dancing some are playing Taiji As we 52 know sports and games can help people keep 53 and they can help us 54 our work better 55 take part in (参加) sports and games
46 A students B people C men D women
47 A are B is C was D were
48 A at B in C on D to
49 A keep B make C play D get
50 A at B in C near D from
51 A run B running C runing D ran
52 A also B are C don＇t D all
53 A healthy B difficult C dangerous D moody
54 A doing B do C did D does
55 A Let＇s B Let us C Let we D We are
六阅读理解（20题40分）
A
We all need to exercise Doctors say it is good for us It makes our bodies strong It also gives us more energy(量) and we will feel better It＇s best to exercise twice a week Twenty minutes each time is enough
There are many ways to exercise We can walk run play sports or swim Many people go to special places to exercise These places are called fitness centers These places have a lot of equipment(器材) Some people buy equipment for their homes but it is very expensive
Exercising can be fun Friends can exercise together at a fitness center or they can play sports together How do you exercise
56 What is the main idea of the passage
A Exercise equipment is expensive
B Playing sports is a good way to exercise
C Every person should exercise
D Fitness centers are popular
57 We should exercise
A every day B 20 minutes a week
C twice a week D twice a month
58 At fitness centers
A you can buy expensive equipment
B people can do many kinds of exercise
C it is very expensive to do sports
D exercising is not fun
59 Which of these kinds of exercise is not mentioned(提) in the article
A Walking B Swimming C Running D Dancing
60 Which of the following sentences about exercise is TRUE
A Exercising is expensive
B Exercise is good for your body
C Only young people exercise
D Friends can exercise together only at a fitness center
B
More and more middle school students in Beijing are getting shorter sleeping time Most students sleep fewer than nine hours every night because they have much homework to do
Some homework is given by school teachers and some by parents Also some students don＇t know how to save time They are not careful enough while doing their homework so it takes them a lot of time Some students have to get up early every morning on weekdays to get to school on time by bus or bike It can be a long way from home to school
Schools and parents should cut down some of homework so that the children can enjoy not less than nine hours of sleep every night for their health
61 Why are the middle school students in Beijing getting shorter sleeping time Because
A they go to sleep too late
B they have too much homework to do
C they don＇t want to sleep too long
D they watch TV too late
62 Why does it take them a lot of time to do their homework Because
A they want to save time
B they don＇t know how to save time
C they are careful enough
D the time is too short
63 Besides too much homework what is the other reason for their shorter sleeping time
A They have to get up early to go to school on time
B They go to school too slowly
C They don＇t like go to school
D There are too few buses
64 Who should do something (采取措施) to let the school children sleep longer
A The government B The school
C The parents D The school and the parents
65 The best title of the passage is
A Do Less Homework B Get Up Later
C We Don＇t Like School D Let Them Sleep Longer
C
Mr and Mrs Green come from Australia They are in Beijing now Mr Green is a teacher in a high school
He teaches English He likes reading and running He isn＇t good at cooking His son Jim is a student He is in the school football team He likes playing football very much He is the best football player in his class He likes school too He does his homework every day Mrs Green is a teacher too She can speak a little Chinese She likes Chinese food She doesn＇t like doing housework at all But she likes cooking They all like China very much
66 Mr and Mrs Green are
A Japanese B Americans C Chinese D Australians
67 don＇t doesn＇t do well in cooking
A They B Mr Green
C Mrs Green D Mr and Mrs Green
68 can speak a little Chinese
A Jim B Mr Green C Mrs Green D They
69 Mrs Green doesn＇t like at all
A Chinese food B teaching
C doing housework D doing homework
70 They all like very much
A China B Chinese food C playing D football
D
My name is Li Han I＇m Chinese but I live in the United States with my parents now I＇m in a middle school At school I have a lot of new friends They are from different countries I have breakfast at home I eat an egg and two pieces of bread and drink a glass of milk for breakfast I have no time to go home at noon So I have to eat lunch at school The food is good but I don＇t like it I don＇t like American food I like dinner best Mum can cook Chinese food in the evening We eat rice fish meat and different vegetables Sometimes we have noodles and dumplings Sometimes we go out to eat with our friends
71 Li Han studies in middle school
A a Chinese B an English C an American D a Japanese
72 His parents live in
A China B America C England D Japan
73 The students in the middle school are from countries
A different B difference C same D other
74 Li Han doesn＇t think American food is
A bad B terrible C good D great
75 Li Han doesn＇t eat for breakfast
A bread B milk C egg D rice
七短文7选5(5选5等)（4题8分）
Today is Monday We have six classes today It＇s five o＇clock in the afternoon 76 But we have to clean our classroom There are five students in our group Now there are only three in the classroom 77 He looks very happy Lin Tao is eating an apple 78 I say to them It＇s late Let＇s clean our classroom We start to work Li Hong and Lin Tao sweep the floor and I clean the desks At half past five we finish our work 79 They are playing football on the playground
A Li Hong is talking on the phone
B Where are the other two students in our group
C It＇s time to go home
D He likes apples a lot
E How many people is our group made up of
八阅读表达(问答式)（5题10分）
My name is Alice I am 14 years old I have good eating habits(饮食惯)
For breakfast I have two eggs and some bread I don＇t like milk but I have some milk too Because milk is healthy For lunch I have rice with meat and vegetables Chicken is my favourite meat Carrots are my favourite vegetable They are very healthy I have vegetables and noodles for dinner After dinner I eat some fruit Bananas and apples are my favourite fruit What food don＇t I like Hamburgers They aren＇t healthy
Good eating habits help me to be healthy
根短文容完成列题
80 How old is Alice
81 What＇s Alice＇s drink in the morning
82 What＇s Alice＇s favourite vegetable
83 Are oranges Alice＇s favourite fruit
84 What food doesn＇t Alice like
九补全话(选择)（5题10分）
Frank Good morning Bob
Bob 85
Frank 86
Bob I＇m fine thanks And you
Frank 87
Bob Is this your pen Frank
Frank 88 My pen is not red
Bob 89
Frank It＇s black
A I＇m OK B Good morning Frank
C What color is it D How are you
E No it isn＇t
Module 4检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 C 2 B 3 A 4 A 5 B
6 B 7 B 8 A 9 C 10 B
11 C 12 B 13 C 14 C 15 A
听力原文
Ⅰ 听句子选择佳应答语
1 Do you like bread
2 What fruit do you like
3 Does Bill eat eggs for breakfast
4 What food do you like
5 Tina＇ s birthday dinner is next week
Ⅱ 听话选择佳答案
6 W Tony do you like apples
M No I don＇ t I like oranges
7 M I don＇ t like saladAnn
W But I like itAlex
8 W What do you eat for lunch Dave
M I eat chicken and vegetables
9 W Gina is fat but her sister Mona is healthy
M Yes Mona likes sports She plays baseball in the morning
10W What＇ s in the bag
M Eight eggs
Ⅲ 听短文选择佳答案
Hello I＇m Alice Green I＇m ten I＇m a healthy girl I eat an egg and an apple for breakfast And I eat chicken and tomatoes for lunch For dinner I eat two bananas and some rice I like icecream But I don＇ t eat it It isn＇t healthy I want to be a sports star I like pingpong I play it after breakfast
二单项选择
16 C 17 B 18 B 19 A 20 B
21 A 22 C 23 A 24 C 25 A
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 important
27 remember
28 breakfast
29 sweet
30 healthy
31 delicious
32 shopping
33 vegetables
34 chocolate
35 coffee
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 tired
37 important
38 remember
39 healthy
40 drinks
41 delicious
42 well
43 well
44 breakfast
45 sweet
五完形填空
46 B 47 A 48 B 49 C 50 C
51 B 52 D 53 A 54 B 55 A
六阅读理解
56 C 57 C 58 B 59 D 60 B
61 B 62 B 63 A 64 D 65 D
66 D 67 B 68 C 69 C 70 A
71 C 72 B 73 A 74 C 75 D
七短文7选5(5选5等)
76 C 77 A 78 D 79 B
八阅读表达(问答式)
80 She is 14 years old
81 Milk
82 Carrots
83 No they aren＇t
84 Hamburgers
九补全话(选择)
85 B
86 D 87 A 88 E 89 C
Module 5检测卷
第部分听力（10分）
Ⅰ录音中五组话五问题听遍选择佳答案
1 A At 800 B At 1030 C At 1100
2 A Math and science B English and science C English and Chinese
3 A At 500 B At 600 C At 700
4 A At 730 B At 630 C At 830
5 A He does his homework B He watches TV C He has dinner
Ⅱ录音中篇短文听两遍填写面表格
Time
Subject
800
6____________
900
7____________
1010
8____________
1110
9____________
1200
1400
10____________
第二部分笔试（80分）
Ⅲ单项选择
1 Let’s have ______ break
That’s ______ good idea
A a the B the a C the the D a a
2It ______ at eleven o’clock in the morning
A am B is C are D be
3We have noodles fish and vegetables ______ lunch
A of B with C for D in
4I read English ______ then watch TV on Sunday afternoon
A but B so C before D and
5 It’s twelve o’clock It’s time to ______
OK Let’s go to the dining hall
A go to school B get up C have lunch D go to bed
6They ______ an English lesson in the afternoon
A do B say C have D read
7We don’t have ______ lessons ______ Saturday
A any on B some on C any in D some in
8 Do you like red
______ I have many red pencils
A No I don’t B Yes I do C Yes I am D No I’m not
9 What’s the time
It’s ______
A four o’clock B half past four C six twenty D twenty past five
10 ______ is your art lesson
It’s at 1020
A Who B What C Where D When 9题图
Ⅳ阅读理解(30分)
A
My name is Jim Every morning I get up at about six o＇clock I have breakfast on my way to school I often have a big hamburger and a carton（盒）of milk I get to school at twenty to seven I begin to read books at ten to seven
In the morning I have five lessons They are Chinese maths English and two other ( ) subjects After the five lessons I go to the dining room for lunch In the afternoon I have three lessons Of all the subjects I like math and English best ( ) School is over at about half past four I often do sports on the playground for half an hour
Then I go home I do my homework before ( ……前 )dinner After dinner I usually watch TV for about half an hour
1Jim usually has ______ for breakfast
A noodles and some fruits B some bread and vegetables
C rice and juice D a hamburger and milk
2What time does Jim get to school every morning
A At 600 am B At 620 am C At 640 am D At 720 am
3 Jim has ______ lessons a day
A three B five C seven D eight
4______are Jim’s favorite subjects
A Chinese and math B Math and English C English and geography D Chinese and art
5 Jim has dinner ______
A at school B at home C before doing his homework D after watching TV
B
Hi my name’s Alan I’m fourteen years old I go to Canyon Middle School in America I go to school on weekdays but not on Saturday or Sunday I usually have breakfast at eight o’clock I enjoy some bread and milk for breakfast My class starts at half past eight My friend Lisa sits in front of me and my friend Peter sits next to me We have three lessons in the morning and we usually have English maths in the morning In the afternoon we usually have a PE lesson and we often play basketball That’s my favourite I don’t like history or geography because they are difficult After school I usually go back home at once On Saturday and Sunday I enjoy watching TV in the evening
6 What does Alan like for breakfast
A cakes and milk B bread and milk C eggs and milk D fruit and milk
7 Alan’s class starts at ______
A 8 00 B 8 30 C 8 50 D 9 10
8 What lessons does Alan usually have in the morning
A English and Chinese B English and history
C Geography and maths D English and maths
9 Why doesn’t Alan like geography
A Because it’s very long B Because it’s too easy
C Because it’s difficult D Because it’s not funny
10 Which of the following is TRUE
A Alan usually spends six days at school
B Lisa Peter and Alan are studying in the same class
C Alan likes art best but he doesn’t like history
D Alan watches TV in the evening every day
C
Life in Britain
Homes and families
Many British people live in houses not flats (公寓) Most houses have gardens
Daily life (日常生活)
Most office (办公室) workers start work at about nine in the morning and finish (结束) at about five or six in the afternoon Most people don＇t go home for lunch and they just have a quick meal
School life
Children start school at about nine am and finish at about three thirty pm Most children have lunch at school All children go to school when (……时候) they are four or five years old and leave (离开) when they are sixteen or seventeen
Shops
Most shops open at about nine am and close at about six pm Usually they don＇t close for lunch
11 Many British people live in ____
A flats B parks C houses D gardens
12 Most offices start work at about ____
A ten B nine in the morning C eight D seven
13 Most office workers and school children don＇t have lunch ____
A in the garden B in the shop C at home D at school
14 The children in Britain usually study at school for____
A sixteen or seventeen years B twelve or thirteen years
C four or five years D four years
15 Can you buy things in the shops at lunchtime
A No They close for lunch
B Yes But there are no people in the shop
C No Shops open at 1 pm
D Yes They don＇t close for lunch
Ⅴ补全话（10分）
面话空白处填入适句子话通合理
Ben Hi Dick 1_____________________________
Dick It’s 710 It’s time to go to school
Ben 2_____________________________
Dick At eight o’clock And it is over at 845
Ben 3_____________________________
Dick Four 4_____________________________
Ben Really I like English too
Dick Let’s do our homework together after school
Ben 5_____________________________
Ⅵ单词拼写（10分）
根句意括号汉语音标提示写出单词正确形式空词
1Some trees and flowers are behind his ____________ ( 房子 )
2Sally is very busy ____________ ( 繁忙 ) this Saturday
3This book is very ____________ ( 趣 )
4My parents like to walk in the ____________ ( 公园 ) after dinner
5 I play basketball for fifty ____________ ( 分钟 ) every afternoon
6Morning classes ____________ [stɑːt] at ten past seven every day
7Do you like ____________ [ˌpiːˈiː]
8I like ____________ [dʒiː＇ɒgrəfɪ] very much
9I do my ____________ [＇həʊmwɜːk] at 700
10My brothers have beef soup in the ____________ [＇iːvnɪŋ]
Ⅶ句型转换（10分）
1 It’s 1030 now (改义句)
It’s ______ ______ ten
2 I have history this afternoon (改否定句)
I ______ ______ history this afternoon
3 My parents have breakfast at home (改般疑问句)
______ ______ parents have breakfast at home
4 I get up at six I have breakfast at seven (合成句)
I get up at six ______ ______ have breakfast at seven
5 Our English lesson is in the morning (画线部分进行提问)
______ ______ your English lesson
Ⅷ书面表达（20分）
My School Day题根列提示写篇短文求语句通书写整洁
提示：1早630起床730学
2800开始课午四节课学校吃午饭
3午三节课 430放学回家放学踢足球
4晚600吃饭饭做家庭作业约930睡觉
求：1少60词文章开头已出计入总词数
2容包括提供信息点适发挥
My School Day
My name is Li Hua I study in No 1 Middle School I am in Class One Grade Seven
Module 5检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力
15 BBBAB 6 English 7IT 8maths 9PE 10music
第二部分笔试
单项选择15 DBCDC 610 CABBD
阅读理解15 DCDBB 610 BBDCB 1115 CBCBD
补全话1What’s the time What time is it
2When What time is your first lesson
3How many lessons do you have in the morning
4My favourite subject is English I like English
5Good idea
单词拼写1house 2busy 3interesting 4park 5minutes
6start 7PE 8geography 9homework 10evening
句型转换1half past 2don’t have 3Do your 4and then 5When is
书面表达
My School Day
My name is Li Hua I study in No 1 Middle School I am in Class One Grade Seven
Every day I get up at 630 in the morning and then have breakfast I go to school at 730 Lessons start at 800 I have four lessons in the morning and I have lunch at school In the afternoon I have three lessons I go home at 430 I play football after school I have dinner at 600 in the evening After dinner I do my homework I go to bed at about 930
My school day is busy but I feel very happy
Module 6检测卷
第部分听力部分（20分）
Ⅰ听句子选出列物喜欢动物句子读两遍
A B C D E
1Ann______ 2Tom______ 3Tony______ 4Daming______ 5Lingling
Ⅱ听句子选出听容意思相相选项句子读两遍
（）6 A There are different kinds of animals from all over the world in the Beijing zoo
B There are many animals in the world
C The animals in the Beijing zoo are all around the world
（）7 A The camel in the desert never drinks water
B The camel in the desert doesn’t drink water
C The camel in the desert doesn’t always drink water
（）8 A The cat often runs after the mice
B The cat likes running after the mice
C The cat is good at running after the mice
（）9 A The birds live in the forest
B Few birds live in the forest
C The forest has many birds
（）10 A What about watching the fashion show
B I don’t want to watch the fashion show
C Do they like to watch the fashion show
Ⅲ 听句子选择佳答案句子读两遍
（）11 A I am from China
B He is from Europe C She is from Japan
（）12 A I live in Beijing
B She lives in Guangzhou C He lives in Tianjin
（）13 A Yes there is
B Yes there are C No there isn’t
（）14 A Yes it is
B Yes it does C No it doesn’t
（）15 A Thank you
B Here you are C That’s all right
Ⅳ听短文回答列问题短文读两遍
16 Who likes animals best
________________________________________________________
17 Where can we usually see elephants tigers and pandas
____________________________________________________________
18 Who takes the children to the zoo
____________________________________________________________
19 What do children give the animals to eat
____________________________________________________________
20 Are they happy in the zoo
____________________________________________________________
第二部分笔试部分（100分）
单项选择（20分）
ABCD中选择填入句中空白处佳答案
( )1 There isn’t European snake in the zoo
A a B an C the
( ) 2 Camels live ___ the desert
A in B on C from D at
( )3 student in our class likes seeing films
A Many B Some C Every
( ) 4 Is ____ polar bear your favourite animal
Yes that’s right It lives in _______ Arctic
A a B the an C the D the the
( )5 Camels live the desert
A in B at C on
( ) 6 ______ student in our class likes going to the zoo
A Many B Some C Every D Any
( )7 There are about animals in that zoo
A thousands B two thousands C two thousand
( ) 8 David _____ water but he _____ milk
Alike likes B doesn’t like likes
C likes like Dlike doesn’t like
( )9 Let’s Beijing Zoo with our friends
A to visit B visits C visit
( ) 10 ____ the panda eat meat No it_____
A Do don’t B Do doesn’t C Does doesn’t D Does don’t
( )11 Our English teacher America
A comes from B come from C is come
( ) 12 Do you like a trip ____ the forest Yes I do
A in B to C from D at
( )13 the tiger meat
A Do eat B Does eat C Does eats
( ) 14 There are about five_____ animals in the zoo
A thousand B thousands C thousands of D thousand of
( )15 Do giraffes eat meat
No they They eat leaves
A don’t B doesn’t C aren’t
( )16 The singers at the concert are from all ____ the world
A to B in C on D around
( )17 Where you come from I come from America
A do B have C are
( ) 18 This is an ____ tiger It comes from India
A African B European C American D Asian
( )19 —Would you like to go to the zoo with us
— But I have a lot of work to do
A I’m not B I’d love to C I’m fine
( ) 20 Where is my schoolbag Look there _____
A is it B it is C it does D does it
二完形填空（10分）
请先通读短文掌握意然题三选项中选择佳答案填空
The zoo in my city is very big There are all kinds of 1 in it Many people come to visit it every day The 2 of a ticket for an adult is 50 yuan A 3 over 110 meters can pay(花费) only 25 yuan 4 of the price for an adult and a child under 110 5 go into the zoo free The zoo is 6 from 830 to 500 from Monday to Friday and from 800 to 530 7 Saturday and Sunday
When you visit the zoo don’t 8 the animals food and don’t get too 9 to them or even touch them It’s very dangerous Please keep the zoo clean Then you will have a good 10 here and the animals in it will be very happy
( )1 A plants B rivers C animals
( )2 A money B price C number
( )3 A child B boy C girl
( )4 A all B one C half
( )5 A do B is C can
( )6 A open B start C finish
( )7 A in B on C at
( )8 A give B take C make
( )9 A near B far C small
( )10 A meal B break C trip
三阅读理解（20分）
A
It is summer An ant(蚂蚁) works all day long Now she is carrying(搬运) some cakes to her home near a big tree A cicada(蝉) is in the tree He says to the ant How do you do Ant Why are you working so hard today Look the sun is good and the sky is blue It’s warm and fine Have a rest Come and play together(起) But the ant says No I have to work Winter will come and it will be cold Where can I get the food then
You can work in autumn too I sing every day How happy I am
Summer and autumn go Now winter comes There is snow everywhere
The cicada doesn’t have any food So she goes to the ant’s house to eat some food
( ) 1 The ant works all day long in ______
A spring B summer C autumn D winter
B ( ) 2 The ant lives ______ a tree
A on B in C far from D near
( ) 3The cicada_______ when the ant works
A plays B works C sings D sleeps
( ) 4 The cicada asks the ant to _________
A play with him B work together C sleep D eat leaves
( ) 5 The cicada goes to the ant’s house for______
A playing with the ant B saying sorry to the ant
C some food D the ant’s party
B
A Hi Peter Can you see the elephant under that tree
B Yes she’s Betty She’s very cute Let’s play football with her
A Can the elephant play football
B Yes In Thailand lots of elephants can play football
A Great What other things can she do
B She can also play the piano and draw
A Can Betty play basketball
B Sorry I don’t know You can go and ask Mr Black He knows a lot about Betty
A Where’s Mr Black
B Look He is over there He’s in a red coat
( ) 6 What is Betty
A It’s a giraffe B It’s a panda C It’s an elephant D It’s a lion ( ) 7 What does Peter think of Betty
A It’s cute B It’s dangerous C It’s funny D It’s beautiful
( ) 8 Where is Betty from
A Australia B Thailand C China D South Africa
( ) 9 Peter doesn’t know if (否) Betty can ______
A play the piano B play football
C draw pictures D play basketball
( ) 10 Which of the following is NOT true
A Betty is under the tree now B Betty can play football
C Mr Black wears a red coat D Mr Black knows little about Betty
四单词适形式填空（5分）
1 My brother often ____________(play) computer games on Sunday
2 __________ (do) the snake __________(come) from Africa
Yes it does
3 My father usually ____________(watch) football games on TV
4 Tony ___________(not eat ) meat every day He __________ (eat) vegetables and fruit
5 Bob _____________(like) to see animals in the zoo on Sunday And he also usually __________(go)to the park
五根句意汉语提示完成句子空限填词（5分）
1 That panda is very ________ (爱)
2 My grandfather likes telling us ________ (趣) stories
3 Nile is an ________ (非洲) river
4 How many ________ (狮子) are there in the picture
5 I think bears are ________ (危险)
六求完成列题空词（题2分10分）
1 The snake comes from America（改般疑问句）
_________ the snake ________ from America
2 There are two thousand students in our school (划线部分提问）
________ ________ students are there in your school
3 She has vegetables and rice for breakfast（改否定句）
She ________ ________ vegetables _______ rice for breakfast
4 She comes from America (写出义句)
She _____ _____ America
5 The kangaroo lives in the grassland (划线部分提问)
_________ _________ the kangaroo live
七 完成句子(10分题2分)
根题括号求完成列题空词（含缩略形式）
1 The tiger eats meat (改否定句)
The tiger _______ _______ meat
2 The elephant lives in Africa (改般疑问句)
_______ the elephant _______ in Africa
3 The zoo has four hundred animals (改义句)
_______ _______ four hundred animals in the zoo
4 The panda is black and white (划线部分提问)
_______ _______ is the panda
5 The tiger comes from Asia (划线部分提问)
_______ _______ the tiger come from
八情景交际(5分)
方框中选择恰句子完成话余选项
A Hi Jin Ling (1) _______
B That’s a good idea Where’s the film
A (2) _______
B Good Brown Cinema is in front of my home (3) ______
A It’s in the evening
B (4) _______
A It’s Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows Part 2 (哈利•波特死亡圣器 ()) It’s an Emma Watson film
B Great Emma Watson is my favourite film star Well Sun Xuan likes films too (5) _______
A That’s a good idea
A It’s at Brown Cinema
B What’s on
C Let’s ask her to go with us
D Would you like to go to the cinema with me
E Who’s your favourite film star
F When’s the film
九书面表达（15分）
熊猫国家国宝请My favourite animal题英语写篇作文学介绍知道关熊猫知识Name Panpan
From Sichuan China
Age two years old
Colour black and white
Food bamboo
Why cute
Module 6检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力部分（20分）
15 BECAD 610 ACBCA 1115 BABAA
16Children 17In the zoo 18Their parents
19All kinds of food 20Yes they are
第二部分（100分）
单项选择（20分）
1—5AACDA 6—10CABCC
11—15ABBAA 16—20DADBB
二完形填空（10分）
1—5CBACC 6—10ABAAC
三阅读理解（20分）
1—5BDCAC 6—10CABDD
四单词适形式填空（5分）
1 plays 2 Does come 3 watches 4 doesn’t eat eats 5 likes goes
五根句意汉语提示完成句子空限填词（5分）
1 cute 2 funny 3 African 4 lions 5 dangerous
六求完成列题空词（题2分10分）
1 Does come 2 How many 3 doesn’t have or
4 is from 5 Where does
七 完成句子(10分题2分)
1doesn’t eat 2 Does live 3 There are
4 What colour 5 Where does
八情景交际(5分)1—5DAFBC
九书面表达（15分）
My favourite animal
The panda is the favourite of all over the world And it is also my favourite animal Its name is Panpan It is from Sichuan China It’s two years old It’s black and white It likes eating bamboo It eats about 30 kilos of bamboo a day I like it because it’s cute Do you like it
Module 7检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
听力部分 (15分)
()听句子选择正确图片句子读遍(5分)
(二)听话判断列句子正(T)误(F)段话读两遍(5分)
6 The computer is on the teacher＇s desk
7 There are forty students in the boy＇s class
8 Jim is in the library
9 There is a television in Tom＇s classroom
10 The dining hall is in front of the science lab
(三)听短文选择正确答案短文读两遍(5分)
11 Mr Zhang＇s room is
A big and new B big and old C small and new
12 There are on the table
A some books and a television
B some books and a computer
C some flowers and some books
13 The computer is
A on the table B on the chair C on the desk
14 There is a chair
A behind the desk B next to the wall C behind the table
15 are on the wall
A A map of England and some pictures
B A map of China and some pictures
C A map and a kite
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 What does your sister
She a basketball
A have has B has has C have have D has have
17 Where does your pen pal
He in Tokyo
A live lives B live live C lives live D lives lives
18 he go to work
By bus
A What is B Where is C How is D How does
19 How many pens Mary
Five
A does have B do have C does has D do has
20 What time she usually lunch
At about eleven thirty
A does has B does have C do eat D does eats
21 When does your school
A over B finishes C end D begins
22 What time up
I get up at seven o＇clock
A did you get B do you get
C are you getting D you will get
23 What the girl in her box
A do has B does have C do have D does has
24 She likes her joy her friends
A share with B sharing with C share for D sharing for
25 When they our city they went to some schools and talked with the students
A called B heard C took D visited
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 Could you s the room with me tonight
27 We can get some i we need on the Internet easily
28 With the help of satellites China can s its TV and radio programmes to the other side of the world
29 You should(应) c your homework Perhaps(许) there are mistakes(错误) in it
30 You can l a lot about Chinese h
31 My mother is a doctor She s many people＇s lives every year
32 Rick＇s dream is to t around the US and he can see a lot of great things there
33 S she reads novels(说) on the Internet but she never plays games
34 Tom didn＇t v his grandpa last weekend he went to summer c with his classmates
35 First you should connect the s to the computer
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 He often (拜访) his friends on Sundays
37 Yesterday they went to the post office and (邮寄) the presents
38 You should (分享) the happiness(快乐) with others
39 He is a volunteer and often (检查) computers for others
40 Summer (假期) is coming What are you going to do
I＇m going to Beijing
41 Is the keyboard (连接) to the computer properly
42 The boy (时) gets up late
43 Please ask Mrs Liu for (信息)
44 You can use the mouse and (点击) new document
45 Don＇t put your (衣服) here Put them away
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)（5题10分）
46 周电脑查找信息
I use my computer every week
47 请开电视
Please the TV
48 朋友应该享快乐
A good friend with you
49 请帮收音机开(词数限)
Would you mind
50 正寻找丢失行车
I＇m my lost bike
六完形填空（10题15分）
Mingming has a computer He likes 51 very much He often uses the Internet
He 52 music from the Internet He often visits websites(网站) to get 53 for 54 homework He also 55 emails to his good friends He makes many good friends from all 56 the world with the help of his computer He likes travelling very much so he often 57 travel plans on the computer 58 he never() downloads games 59 the Internet because he 60 like computer games at all
51 A him B it C its D them
52 A makes B visits C download(载) D downloads
53 A information B questions C answers D books
54 A his B her C he D she
55 A sends B send C buy D buys
56 A for B over C in D on
57 A takes B makes C buys D has
58 A And B Because C But D So
59 A in B from C to D at
60 A don＇t B can＇t C doesn＇t D isn＇t
七阅读理解（17题34分）
A
One morning Dave doesn＇t have to go to school He wants to play basketball but he didn＇t bring the basketball home It is under his desk in the classroom
Dave doesn＇t like watching TV He wants to play computer games The computer is in his parents＇ room They don＇t let him play games in the morning
Dave calls 5439521 He says Paul I＇m coming over I want to play computer games Paul says My parents aren＇t at home We can play games now Dave is happy and goes to Paul＇s home
61 Dave＇s basketball is
A at the door B on the table
C in the classroom D under his bed
62 There is a in Dave＇s parents＇ room
A computer B telephone C TV D bike
63 5439521 is telephone number
A Dave＇s B Paul＇s
C the school＇s D Dave＇s parents＇
64 In the morning Dave and Paul
A play computer games B play basketball
C watch TV D go to school
B
Dear Eric
How are you This is a picture of my room You can see a nice computer on my desk It is my birthday present (生日礼物) from my uncle A tape player is next to the computer and some tapes are on the computer My schoolbag is on the chair My pencilbox and two books are in the schoolbag And you can see a set of keys in the schoolbag too My bed is blue and my green quilt is on it Under the bed you can see a baseball and I can play it well My books are in the bookcase and my white model plane is in it too My room is tidy isn＇t it
Do you have a room Can I have a picture of your room
Yours
Liu Peng
65 Who is the computer from
A Liu Peng＇s father B Liu Peng＇s uncle
C Eric＇s uncle D Eric＇s father
66 What is on the computer
A A tape player B A computer game
C Some tapes D Some books
67 What isn＇t in the schoolbag
A A notebook B A pencilbox
C Two books D A set of keys
68 Which of the following is TRUE
A The tape player is on the computer
B The schoolbag is under the chair
C The bed is green
D A baseball is under the bed
69 What is the article(文章) about
A A picture of Eric＇s room B A picture of Liu Ping＇s room
C A picture of Eric D A picture of Liu Peng
C
One day a very rich family went on a trip to the countryside The father wanted to show his son how poor people lived so they spent a day and a night on the farm of a very poor family
When they got back from their trip the father asked his son My dear son how was the trip Very good dad Did you see how poor people lived the father asked Yeah And what did you learn The son answered We have a dog at home and they have four We have a pool that is in the middle of the garden and they have a river that has no end We have very expensive lamps in the garden and they have the stars When the little boy finished his father was speechless
70 How long was their trip to the countryside
A About 24 hours B About 12 hours
C About 48 hours D Less than 12 hours
71 The father wanted to show his son
A how poor their family was B how rich their family was
C where the poor lived D how the poor people lived
72 The word speechless means
A 寡言少语 B 毫兴趣 C 话说 D 胸点墨
D
Sam Hey Maria and John This Thursday is Bill＇s birthday Let＇s think about the presents
Maria Sure Sam I want to give him a computer game
Sam No Bill never plays computer games
John I want to buy a CD of his favourite songs
Sam Good idea Bill likes listening to music
Maria How about buying a birthday cake for him
Sam Oh you don＇t have to do it His mother usually buys a birthday cake for him
Maria How about buying him a cinema ticket I remember Bill likes watching films
Sam That sounds a good idea
Maria & John What about you What would you like to buy for Bill Sam
Sam It＇s a secret
73 Bill＇s birthday is
A this Sunday B this Saturday C this Friday D this Thursday
74 From the conversation we know Bill doesn＇t
A watch films B like music
C play computer games D like birthday cakes
75 Bill＇s mother usually buys for Bill on his birthday
A a cinema ticket B a birthday cake
C a CD D a concert ticket
76 wants to give Bill a cinema ticket
A John B Bill＇s mother C Maria D Sam
77 Which of the following is TRUE
A Bill likes playing computer games
B Maria wants to buy a CD for Bill
C They would sing a Chinese song for Bill
D We don＇t know Sam＇s present for Bill
八短文7选5(5选5等)（5题10分）
I＇m Jim 78 It is Sunday today I don＇t go to school My mother and father don＇t go to work I have a sister 79 She is two years old What is she doing She is playing with a toy car I have a brother His name is Bill 80 He is playing games My sister my brother and I like dumplings My father is tall He is a bus driver 81 She is a worker What are my mother and my father doing 82 My grandfather and my grandmother are old What are they doing They are making dumplings too
A What is he doing B They are making dumplings
C My mother is short D I＇m a student
E Her name is Helen
九阅读表达(判断式)（5题10分）
Do you like to exercise I think everyone likes to exercise It＇s good for studying Everybody knows exercising is important
The students in our school love to exercise Every morning after we get up we run and then do morning exercises After the second class we do eye exercises We have PE classes three times a week In the afternoon we play sports The most popular sport is football The boys enjoy it and some of the girls like it too Another popular sport is volleyball In every class there are a lot of volleyball fans We often swim on weekends too
Exercising can help us study better
根短文容判断正误正确T错误F
83 No one wants to exercise
84 Every morning after we get up we do eye exercises
85 We have PE classes three times a week
86 We often play basketball on weekends
87 Exercising can help us study better
十补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A 88
B My hobby is making model ships I make them myself I joined a ship club 89
A Have you ever won
B 90 I got a prize
A 91
B About twenty
A Can you show them to me
B 92
A Of course But I have used them many times Some of them are broken
B Do you have a hobby
C Yes My ship went fastest last month
D What＇s your hobby Bill
E Who wins
F We compete every month
G How many model ships have you made
Module 7检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 D 2 A 3 E 4 B 5 C
6 T 7 F 8 T 9 F 10 F
11 A 12 C 13 C 14 A 15 B
听力原文
Module 3综合测试
()听句子选择正确图片句子读遍
1 There is a pear and two apples on the desk
2 Is there a picture on the wall
3 My bike is in front of the house
4 Daming is next to Betty
5 There is a computer on the desk
(二)听话判断列句子正(T)误(F)段话读两遍
6 W Jimwhere is the computer
M It＇s on the teacher＇s desk
7 W How many students are there in your class
M Ohthere are twenty boys and twentytwo girls
8 W Where is Jim
M He is in the library
9 W Tomis there a television in your classroom
M Nothere isn＇t
10 W Jackwhere is the dining hall
M It＇s behind the science lab
(三)听短文选择正确答案短文读两遍
This is Mr Zhang＇s roomIt＇s very new and bigYou can see some flowers on the tableSome books are on ittooNext to the tablethere is a deskOn the deskthere is a computerBehind the deskthere is a chairUnder the chairthere is a basketballMr Zhang can play basketballHe likes it very muchThere is a map on the wallIt＇s a map of ChinaThere are some pictures on the walltoo
二单项选择
16 A 17 A 18 D 19 A 20 B
21 C 22 B 23 B 24 B 25 D
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 share
27 information
28 send
29 check
30 learn history
31 saves
32 travel
33 Sometimes
34 visitcamp
35 screen
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 visits
37 sent
38 share
39 checks
40 holiday
41 connected
42 sometimes
43 information
44 click
45 clothes
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)
46 to search for information
47 turn on
48 should share joy
49 helping me turn on the radio
50 searching for
六完形填空
51 B 52 D 53 A 54 A 55 A
56 B 57 B 58 C 59 B 60 C
七阅读理解
61 C 62 A 63 B 64 A 65 B
66 C 67 A 68 D 69 B 70 A
71 D 72 C 73 D 74 C 75 B
76 C 77 D
八短文7选5(5选5等)
78 D 79 E 80 A
81 C 82 B
九阅读表达(判断式)
83 F 84 F 85 T
86 F 87 T
十补全话(选择)
88 D 89 F 90 C
91 G 92 A
Module 8检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
Ⅰ 听句子选择听容相符图片句子读遍
II 听话问题选择正确答案段话读两遍
6 A At schools B At home C In the libraries
7 A By radio B By mail C By email
8 A Because it＇s expensive but comfortable(舒适)
B Because it＇s cheap and comfortable
C Because it＇s cheap and safe(安全)
9 A Yes he will B No he won＇t C Robots will do it
10 A Do her homework B Do the housework C Go shopping
III 听短文选择正确答案完成表格短文读两遍
Life in 20 Years
Name
Age
Wants to be
Mary
11 years old
A singer She can play 12 very well
David
Ten years old
A 13 player He will go to a 14 school next year
Cindy
Ten years old
She likes 15 She is going to write books for children
11 A Nine B Ten C Eleven
12 A the piano B basketball C table tennis
13 A basketball B football C tennis
14 A music B sports C high
15 A singing B drawing C reading
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 Linda has been to Disneyland has she
A never B ever C already D even
17 He gets up early but late
A always sometimes B always often
C often always D usually sometimes
18 English is too difficult for me I can＇t learn it well
Don＇t give up Nothing is difficult if you work hard
A seldom B never C usually D always
19 How often do you exercise
ever Because I am very busy with my work
A Hardly B Nearly C Always D Almost
20 Peter you got to school by taxi
Oh I take a taxi to school but my bike needs repairing today
A usually B sometimes C never D seldom
21 He doesn＇t know anything about Greece because he has gone there
A ever B always C never D often
22 I＇m afraid I can＇t go to the party tomorrow
you told me you would What＇s happened
A And B So C Or D But
23 She likes music she often goes to concerts
A because B but C so D or
24 I don＇t think it is good for young people to too much time online
A spend chatting B take chatting
C spend to chat D take chat
25 Could you please help me choose an MP4 player online
My computer doesn＇t work
A I don＇t agree B I hope so C I＇m afraid I can＇t
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 On her tenth birthday she received(收) lots of beautiful p
27 This is a s building not a common one
28 There are two new bicycles and you can c one of them
29 The boy is shy He is a of speaking English in front of his classmates
30 Now parents are (花费) more and more money on their children＇s education
31 I want to buy the car but it is very e
32 The students are supposed to w school clothes to school on weekdays
33 H birthday to you
Thank you
34 We often get information by reading newspapers m and all kinds of books
35 We could hear the girls s songs in the next room
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 He (总) helps his sister with her English
37 I buy a nice (礼物) for my best friend
38 I＇ll give you something (特殊) to eat at the party
39 What do you often do on (周末)
40 The skirt is too (昂贵) in that shop I have not enough money to buy it
41 There are many coats here it＇s hard for me to (选择)
42 The more (锻炼) you take the stronger you will be
43 I＇m (恐怕) I can＇t come early
44 It＇s a (秘密) between you and us Don＇t tell anybody about it
45 There will be three football (赛) this month in our school
五完形填空（10题15分）
Last Friday was Mary＇s 46 birthday Everything 47 ready for the party 48 the food was on the table Mary was very 49
When it was 50 past six she put the sandwiches(三明治) 51 the plates Mary waited until it was seven o＇clock The door bell rang She ran to the door Ann and Jane 52 outside Here＇s a present 53 you and 54 they said Thank you said Mary 55 happy they were
46 A fifteen B five C fifteen D fifteenth
47 A was B were C is D be
48 A Some B All C Any D Little
49 A sad B full C pleased D angry
50 A half B hour C minute D time
51 A in B at C on D with
52 A was B were C are D with
53 A to B in C at D for
54 A Happy Birthday B Happy New Year
C Merry Christmas D Happy Day
55 A What B Which C How D When
六阅读理解（20题40分）
A
Mr Smith has a present shop Every day many people go to his shop to buy presents for their friends
One day Jim goes to the shop Can I help you asks Mr Smith I want some presents for my friend Mike＇s birthday What about some flowers No he never buys flowers but he often listens to CDs You can buy him a CD He has many CDs I want to give him a special present Why don＇t you give him an interesting book Oh yes He always likes books Thank you Mr Smith Jim is very happy and he buys a book called(做) Alice＇s Adventures in Wonderland
56 What does Mr Smith have
A A bookstore B A zoo
C A present shop D A shoe shop
57 Who does Jim buy a present for
A Mike B His father C Mr Smith D Himself
58 How often (久次) does Mike listen to CDs
A Always B Often C Sometimes D Never
59 Why doesn＇t Jim buy a CD for Mike
A Because Mike never listens to CDs
B Because the CD is too expensive
C Because there is no CD in the shop
D Because Mike has many CDs
60 What does Jim buy for Mike
A Some beautiful flowers
B A pair of beautiful shoes
C A book called Alice＇s Adventures in Wonderland
D A CD of Justin Bieber
B
Mary wanted to buy a birthday present for her mother But she didn＇t have any money She was very sad She thought and thought She had an idea She could make a present by herself So she used a piece of paper to make a card On the front she drew a beautiful picture of birds and flowers On the back she wrote To dear mummy in the world Happy Birthday
On her mother＇s birthday Mary gave her the card After she saw the card a tear fell down her face Why are you crying Mary asked You don＇t like it right Of course not she said I love it very much I＇m the happiest mother in the world I have a great daughter like you
61 Mary
A was rich
B didn＇t like her mother
C never did nice things for other people
D wanted to buy something for her mother
62 What did she do with the piece of paper
A She made a card B She wrote a letter
C She did her homework D She drew a house
63 What present does Mary give her mother
A Mary B The bird C The card D The money
64 What did her mother think about the card
A She threw it away B She hated it
C She wanted another present D She liked it very much
65 Which of the following sentence is true
A Mary＇s mother only liked expensive presents
B Her mother was very happy
C She made her mother sad
D She was a bad daughter
C
England is a beautiful country and people there are very polite Here are the DOs and DON＇Ts
DOs
Stand in line when waiting for a bus
Take off your hat when going into a house( men only)
Say Excuse me Thanks you and Sorry a lot
Open doors for other people
Shake hands (握手) when you first meet someone Shake his or her right hand with your right hand
Drive on the left side of the road
Cover your mouth when you cough(咳嗽)
DON＇Ts
Greet people with a kiss English people only kiss their close friends or family members
Talk loudly in public Talking loudly in public is very rude
Speak with your mouth full of food
Ask a lady her age or weight
66 The passage mainly tells us
A why we can＇t ask a lady her age
B how we should greet others in England
C what we can and can＇t do in England
D when and how to begin a talk in England
67 From the passage we can know
A British people drive on the left
B it is polite to talk loudly in front of many people
C British people hardly say Excuse me
D a woman takes off her hat when going into a room
68 People in England kiss
A when they meet strangers
B when they see their good friends
C when they are very happy
D when they meet you the first time
69 When your mouth is full of food please don＇t
A cover your mouth B shake hand with others
C open door for others D talk with others
70 When you meet a lady in England you can＇t say
A Nice to meet you
B Your clothes are very beautiful
C What＇s the time please
D How much do you weigh
D
One day Liu Hong＇s class had an English exam The teacher marked(评分) the students＇ papers and then gave them back to the students Liu Hong got 80 marks Class was over The students all went out to play on the playground but Liu Hong still sat in the classroom He did the exercises again then gave the paper to the teacher This time he got all the exercises right One of his classmates said to him Why did you do the exercises again You can＇t get more marks for that Liu Hong answered I don＇t look at a thing in this way(种方式) I know how I can do the exercises now
71 This story is about
A a teacher B a class C a boy D a girl
72 went to play on the playground after class
A Everyone B Liu Hong
C The boys D Liu Hong＇s classmates
73 Liu Hong did the exercises again and got
A 80 marks B 95 marks
C nothing D everything right
74 said Liu Hong couldn＇t get more marks for that
A The teacher B Some boys
C His classmates D One student
75 From this article we learn that Liu Hong didn＇t study for
A himself B his father C his teacher D marks
七短文7选5(5选5等)（5题10分）
Two little boys were playing together One little boy saw a nut(坚果) on the ground 76 The first boy got angry and said Give me the nut 77 I saw it first
The other boy said It＇s mine 78 They began to fight with each other 79 After he heard the whole story he said Give me the nut and I＇ll help you 80 He took out the fruit seed(果实) Then he gave one half shell(壳) to one boy and the other half shell to the other He put the fruit seed into his own mouth and said This is for helping you solve your problem
A It＇s mine
B Just then a tall boy came over
C I took it
D He cut the nut into two parts
E Before he could pick it up the other boy took it
八阅读表达(问答式)（5题10分）
Dear Cindy
Thank you very much for your letter You want to know about my favorite sport and instrument(乐器) Now I tell you I can play volleyball and basketball I like swimming very much Swimming is my favorite sport I am good at chess too My favorite instrument is violin but I can＇t play the piano I like playing the violin on the weekend What about you What＇s your favorite sport Do you like to play the violin Please tell me I want to hear from you again
Yours
Mary
根短文容回答列问题
81 Who is the letter from
82 Does Mary like swimming
83 Can Mary play the piano
84 What does Cindy want to know
85 What sport and instrument does Mary like best
九补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A Excuse me 86
B Yes there is It＇s on the Fifth Street
A 87
B You can take a No 6 bus
A 88
B It will take five minutes
A 89
B Maybe fifteen minutes＇ walk
A Thank you very much
B 90
A How about walking
B Is there a bank near here
C With pleasure
D How long will it take to get there by bus
E How can I get there
Module 8检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 D 2 A 3 E 4 B 5 C
6 B 7 C 8 C 9 B 10 C
11 C 12 A 13 B 14 B 15 C
二单项选择
16 A 17 D 18 D 19 A 20 D
21 C 22 D 23 C 24 A 25 C
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 presents
27 special
28 choose
29 afraid
30 spending
31 expensive
32 wear
33 Happy
34 magazines
35 singing
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 always
37 present
38 special
39 weekends
40 expensive
41 choose
42 exercise
43 afraid
44 secret
45 matches
五完形填空
46 D 47 A 48 B 49 C 50 A
51 C 52 B 53 D 54 A 55 C
六阅读理解
56 C 57 A 58 B 59 D 60 C
61 D 62 A 63 C 64 D 65 B
66 C 67 A 68 B 69 D 70 D
71 C 72 D 73 D 74 D 75 D
七短文7选5(5选5等)
76 E 77 A 78 C 79 B 80 D
八阅读表达(问答式)
81 Mary
82 Yes she does
83 No she can＇t
84 She wants to know about Mary＇s favorite sport and instrument
85 Her favorite sport is swimming Her favorite instrument is violin
九补全话(选择)
86 B 87 E 88 D 89 A 90 C
Module 9检测卷
第部分听力（20分）
Ⅰ听句子选择适答语句子读两遍
1 A I’m from Canada B Yes I am C I don＇t know
2 A Thank you B Don’t say so C I like it
3 A Yes he can B No I can’t C No she can’t
4 A Good idea B You’re right C Some flowers
5 A Yes I do B Of course I can C In English
Ⅱ听话选择回答问题正确答案段话读两遍
6Where is John
A In the living room B In the bedroom C In the kitchen
7What is Peter doing
A Enjoying a school trip B Visiting his friend C Visiting his grandparents
8When is the woman’s birthday
A March 17th B March 18th C March 28th
9What’s on the table
A A hamburger B A cake C An ice cream
10What will the girl do at the party
A Dance B Sing C Play the guitar
Ⅲ听话根话容选择问题佳答案话读两遍
A)听第段话回答第11~12题
11 What’s Tony’s mother doing
A She is singing B She is dancing C She is talking
12Which girl is Tony’s sister
A The one in red B The one in yellow C The one in a hat
B) 听第二段话回答第13~15题
13 How old is the boy this Saturday
A Twelve B Thirteen C Fourteen
14 What does the boy want to do
A Have a lunch B Have a birthday party C See a film
15When is the birthday party
A At 600 pm B At 700 pm C At 600 am
Ⅳ听短文选择回答问题正确答案短文读两遍
16 What＇s Lily doing
A She is calling her friend B She is drawing C She is listening to music
17 What＇s Lily wearing
A A blue hat B Blue jeans C A white shirt
18 What is the boy doing under the tree
A He is dancing B He is reading a book
C He is talking with his friends
19 Is Mr Wu in the photo
A Yes he is B No he isn＇t C We don＇t know
20 Who is Mr Wu calling
A His parent B His friend C His son
第二部分笔试（100分）
Ⅴ单项选择(10分)
1 I usually watch _______ film at _______ night
A a B a C D a a
2 Please send your photos to me _______ email
A in B by C for D at
3 Only ________ students are in the classroom after class Most students go to the playground to do sports
A a few B a little C many D much
4 What’s your aunt doing ________ the moment
She is making travel plans ________ home
A in at B at in C at at D in in
5 Look Peter is _______ you at the school gate
A hearing from B waiting for C turning on D getting off
6 Do you want to drink coffee _______ cola
Coffee
A so B or C but D and
7 Do you enjoy _______ to music
A listens to B to listen to C listening to D listen to
8 Mike it’s time _______ dinner
A to have B have C having D has
9 _______ Li Ming _______ TV now
A Is watching B Does watch C Do watch D Are watching
10 John has got a new computer
_______ That’s great
A OK B Here you are C You’re welcome D Really
Ⅵ完形填空(20分)
A
Hi My name is Eric I am an English boy My 1 name is Li Mobai I live in 2 with my parents now I 3 in No 1 Middle School in Shanghai I’m in Class 1 Grade 7 I can 4 Chinese very well I 5 good at math and music I’m in the music club (俱乐部) I like 6 Chinese songs Zhang Jie is my favorite star I like sports too At weekends I usually play 7 basketball and table tennis Sometimes I go swimming with 8 parents I have many good friends at school I often 9 them with their English They think I’m a(n) 10 boy They all like me very much
Do you like me Do you want to make friends with me
1 A English B Chinese C first D last
2 A Australia B England C China D America
3 A sleep B study C play D do
4 A print B call C spell D speak
5 A am B are C be D is
6 A choosing B using C singing D drawing
7 A B a C an D the
8 A your B her C my D his
9 A know B meet C watch D help
10 A important B nice C interesting D healthy
B
It’s eight o’clock on Saturday evening Betty’s friends are 11 a small party with her at her home 12 are Daming Tony Lucy Alex and Meimei Daming can 13 and dance well Now he isn’t singing He 14 fruits for his friends because they like fruits 15 are the others 16 Tony is playing the piano Lucy 17 Alex are dancing 18 is Meimei Oh she is in the room She 19 her nice dress(连衣裙) She is going to dance with Betty 20 they have a good time
11 A sending B calling C having D doing
12 A He B They C You D We
13 A sing B play C wait D lie
14 A wash B washes C is washing D to wash
15 A What B Where C Why D How
16 A do B doing C does D is doing
17 A or B but C and D with
18 A Where B What C How often D How soon
19 A is making B is putting on C wearing D put on
20 A But B OK C Anyway D Good
Ⅶ阅读理解(20分)
A
It is Sunday morning The weather is fine Mr and Mrs Li take their son to the park near their home There are many people there Some women are drinking and talking under a tree Some men are fishing A girl is sitting in a boat She is reading a book She is very beautiful (漂亮) There are a lot of birds in the tree They are singing and some boys are playing football over there
根材料容判断列陈述正( T )误( F )
1Only Mr and Mrs Li go to the park
2Some women are reading books
3Some men are fishing in the park
4A beautiful girl is reading in a boat
5Some boys are playing games
B
What are they doing
Dave Beijing
DSP is very useful () now One of my friends is good at DSP He is from Australia Now I am writing an email to him I want to ask him some things about it
Lisa London
I have no work today and I’m at home I’m listening to music and singing My dog is next to me It is dancing
Clark Moscow
Now I am working in the office I’m checking all my emails After that I want to go home because my cat is sick and I have to look after (顾) it
Molly New York
I’m writing emails to my friends because they’re so far from me They’re in Australia and I’m in New York I live here My parents work here too
Selina Los Angeles
Now I’m using the computer My family want to make family rules (家规) My parents let me help them write the rules Do you have family rules What
are they
根材料容选择佳答案
6Where is Dave’s friend from
A America B China C Australia D England
7What animal does Lisa have
A A cat B A dog C A chicken D A bird
8划线单词sick汉语意思 ______
A 聪明 B 粗鲁 C 腼腆 D 生病
9What is Molly doing
A She is writing emails B She is listening to music
C She is singing and dancing D She is working in her office
10 Selina wants to get some good ideas about ______
A school rules B family rules
C birthday parties D birthday presents
Ⅷ阅读表达（10分）
It is half past eleven Mrs Black and her friends are not having lunch They are having morning coffee They are talking about their sons Mr White is wearing a big hat He says his son Tom is in America now．He is working in a big factory Mr Smith says his son Hand is a professor in Shanghai He is teaching in a university
Frank is Mrs Black’s son He is eating lunch at school now He always eats there A lot of students are standing in front of the dining hall They are waiting for their lunch
1判断句子正(T)误(F)
Mrs Black is a teacher in a university in Shanghai
2What are Mrs Black and her friends doing
3Who is Mr White’s son
4What is Hand doing
5文中画线部分翻译成汉语
Ⅸ单词拼写（10分）
根句意括号汉语音标提示写出单词正确形式空词
1 Jane often _______(跑) for a bus on Monday
2There are many _______ (明信片) on the table
3I have a lot of _______(事情) to do today
4Susan is _______(躺) in the sun now
5It’s six o’clock and people are _______(离开) work
6I want to go to that ______ [＇restrɒnt] every morning
7 _______ [＇enɪweɪ] I want to go to school tomorrow
8______ [məʊst] students in this class are fifteen
9Shall I ______ [kɔːl] you this afternoon
10I can’t remember the last ______ [pleɪs]
Ⅹ句型转换(10分)
根题括号求完成列题空词（含缩略形式）
1 They are talking to each other（改否定句）
They _______ _______ to each other
2 She is having lunch with her parents（改般疑问句）
_______ _______ having lunch with her parents
3 I like candy very much（改义句）
I like candy _______ _______
4 You are doing your homework （I作语改写句子）
I _______ doing _______ homework
5 Li Fei is taking photos with her friend（划线部分提问）
_______ is Li Fei _______ with her friend
Ⅺ情景交际 (10分)
根话容方框中选出填入空白处佳选项补全话
A The boy is eating an ice cream
B But my favourite animals are pandas
C It’s playing computer games
D They’re eating bamboo
E What’s the girl doing
A How interesting these pictures are
B Yes Look at this one 1__________
A Oh but so much ice cream is on his face
B Yes so funny Look at another one 2__________
A She is running after a dog But her dress is too long She can’t run fast (快)
B Look at this cute monkey 3_________
A Ha ha I want to play with it I like monkeys
B I like them too 4__________
A Here is a photo of pandas
B Oh yes 5__________ They’re very cute
Ⅻ书面表达(10分)
现星期天早9点朋友正方做事情请根面提示写篇英语短文描述活动容适发挥60词左右
Module 9检测卷
参考答案
第部分听力15 AACCC 610 CBBBA 1115 CABBA 1620 CABAB
第二部分笔试
单项选择15 ABACB 610 BCAAD
完型填空15 BCBDA 610 CACDB 1115 CBACA 1620 BCABC
阅读理解 15 FFTTF 610 CBDAB
阅读表达1F
2They are having morning coffee and talking about their sons
3Tom
4He is teaching in a university
5学生正站餐厅前
单词拼写1runs 2postcards 3things 4lying 5leaving 6restaurant 7Anyway 8Most 9 call 10place
句型转换1 aren’t talking 2 Is she 3 a lot 4 am my 5 What doing
情景交际15 AECBD
书面表达
It’s 900 am on Sunday Where are my friends What are they doing Look This is Ben He is taking photos in the park Linda is shopping in the shop now Bill is good at sports He is playing football in the playground Bob is reading a book in the library Ann is playing in her friend’s house
Module10检测卷
听力(听力)（15题15分）
听力理解（题15题题1分15分）
A）列题听句子供选择ABC三幅图画找出听句子容相匹配图画
1 A B C
2 A B C
3 A B C
4 A B C
B）面听五组话组话问题根话容组ABC三选项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 What＇s Tom＇s mother doing
A She is watching a movie
B She is eating
C She is cleaning the house
6 What does Mike see
A A panda B A dragon C A tiger
7 Where is Bob＇s grandma
A In the shop B On a bus C In the kitchen
8 Whom is the food for
A Li Wen＇s uncle and aunt
B Li Wen＇s grandfather
C Li Wen＇s cousin
9 Does Wang Hai usually get a hongbao on Spring Festival
A Yes he does B No he doesn＇t C We don＇t know
C）听面长话独白段长话独白三问题题中ABC三选项中选出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
10 What class is Jenny in
A Class 2 B Class 3 C Class 7
11 Who is Jenny＇s English teacher
A Miss Zhang B Miss Wu C Miss Fang
12 How old is Jenny＇s English teacher
A 21 B 23 C 24
听面段材料回答第13第15题
13 How many people are there in the photo
A Seven B Eight C Nine
14 What colour are Wu Qi＇s grandparents＇ clothes
A Red B Black C Blue
15 Who is eating the chicken
A Wu Qi＇s father B Wu Qi＇s aunt C Wu Qi＇s uncle
二单项选择（10题10分）
16 Shush be quiet The baby in the next room
Oh sorry
A sleeps B slept C is sleeping D was sleeping
17 Shall we go out for a swim
Sorry I can＇t I housework for my mother now
A am doing B is doing C are doing D did
18 they playing games over there
Yes they
A Do do B Are are C Do are D Are do
19 she her homework
No she isn＇t She is writing something
A Does do B Is doing C Do do D Are doing
20 the students to music at the moment
A Do listen B Does listen
C Are listening D Are listen
21 How with your new job these days
Not bad
A do you got along B did you get on
C are you getting along D did you get along
22 Look What the boy
A is do B does do C is doing D does doing
23 What is she for vacation
She her little sister
A doing babysitting B do babysitting
C doing is babysitting D doing babysit
24 Listen Who in the music room
It must be Jane She usually at this time every day
A sings sings
B is singing is singing
C is singing sings
25 Merry Christmas Boys and girls
A Thank you very much B You are very kind
C The same to you D Never mind
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)（10题10分）
26 I like football very much I want to j the football club(俱乐部)
27 They c Children＇s Day on June 1st every year
28 We usually s the floor before the Spring Festival
29 It＇s time to go to school H up
30 The MidAutumn Festival is a t festival in China
31 Tony can s Chinese now but he doesn＇t say it after class
32 Can you d the disco
33 I hope to go to Taiwan one day to enjoy the b sights there
34 A trip for two to Paris How can you be so l to win such a big price
35 Spring Festival usually comes in F but sometimes it comes in January
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)（10题10分）
36 Every year we usually have a party to (庆祝) Spring Festival
37 As a teenager we should help s (清扫) the floor at home every day
38 We are now (准备) for the coming party
39 Protecting and developing our (传统) culture is very important and necessary
40 This TV (节目) is very interesting
41 Lily will sing(演唱) at the school music f (会演节)
42 The students are (扫) the classroom
43 What do you plan to do for this (节日)
I have no idea
44 Niagara Falls is very (漂亮)
45 There are twentyeight or twentynine days in (二月)
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)（5题10分）
46 Tom (准备) the final exam Please be quiet (仅限4词)
47 快点尼克八点五十
Nick It＇s
48 All your books must (放) after a day＇s study
49 现感觉舒服
I don＇t feel very well
50 女孩正听音乐
The girl now
六完形填空（10题15分）
Spring Festival is the Chinese New Year＇s Day It usually comes 51 January or February Everyone in China 52 Spring Festival very much When Spring Festival 53 Li Hong usually 54 his parents clean their house and 55 some shopping and other housework On that 56 everyone in China eats dumplings New Year＇s cakes and other good 57 Li Hong likes New Year＇s cakes But Wang Hai says dumplings are 58 favourite food The Chinese people 59 the New Year＇s cakes and dumplings in their houses How 60 they are
51 A after B on C in D by
52 A has B like C remembers D likes
53 A goes B comes C reaches D hears
54 A helps B makes C gets D takes
55 A buys B does C goes D carries
56 A morning B evening C day D afternoon
57 A food B drinks C vegetable D fruit
58 A he B his C him D she
59 A find out B buy C eat D sell
60 A happy B happily C lovely D great
七阅读理解（18题36分）
A
Thanksgiving Day is a public holiday and celebration It is on the fourth Thursday of November in the US and on the second Monday in October in Canada
For many Americans it is the most important holiday apart from Christmas Schools offices and most businesses close for Thanksgiving and many people make the whole weekend a vacation
Today people celebrate Thanksgiving to remember the early days The most important of the celebration is a traditional dinner with foods that come from North America The meal included turkey sweet potatoes and so on
On Thanksgiving there are special television programmes and sports events Thanksgiving is considered the beginning of Christmas period and the next day many people go out to shop for Christmas presents
61 When is the Thanksgiving Day in Canada
A The fourth Thursday of November
B The second Monday in October
C The fourth Monday of November
D The second Thursday in October
62 Is Thanksgiving Day the most important holiday
A Yes it is B No it isn＇t
C We don＇t know D None is right
63 Does China have a Thanksgiving Day
A Yes it is B No it isn＇t
C We don＇t know D None is right
64 is the beginning of Christmas period
A Thanksgiving Day B Father＇s Day
C Mother＇s Day D Christmas
65 is the most important of Thanksgiving Day
A Turkey B Sweet potatoes
C Shopping D A traditional dinner
B
Easter(复活节) is one of the two major() Christian festivals Easter celebrates the death and resurrection(复活) of Jesus Christ (耶酥基督) and Christmas celebrates his birth(出生) It＇s not as big a festival as Christmas It starts usually in late March or early April and the Easter holiday is Friday Saturday Sunday and Monday It＇s quite a long holiday for everybody The main symbol(象征物) of Easter is the Easter egg Children like Easter eggs because they are made of chocolate Eggs are a symbol of new life Easter is also a time for families to get together like Christmas Many people see Easter as a nice long holiday and they have a good time with their families and friends
66 People love Easter because
A it＇s a long holiday
B it＇s the birthday of Jesus Christ
C they can have real eggs on that day
D everybody believes in Jesus Christ
67 From the passage above which sentence is wrong
A Easter is one of the most important festivals in western countries
B Easter is a day that everybody gets his resurrection
C Easter is a religious(宗教) festival
D Most people love Easter
68 From the passage above we can know that
A Jesus Christ died on Christmas Day
B Jesus Christ was born on Christmas Day
C Jesus Christ was born on Easter
D Jesus Christ died and got his resurrection on Christmas Day
C
Last year some groups of students in their community(社区) made a survey about how do people spend their free time The following diagrams show some results of it
Diagram 1 Hours for people of different ages who surf the Internet in a week
Diagram 2 Different days people go to the library (library attendance)
Diagram 3 Different programs people like
69 People aged spend the most time surfing the Internet every week
A 716 B 1730 C 3155 D over 56
70 The word attendance in Diagram 2 means in the library
A the hours people spend B the number of people
C the number of books D the days people spend
71 On weekends people go to the library every week
A over sixty B less than sixty
C about twenty D more than one hundred
72 Which of the following is TRUE according to the diagrams
A The fewest people like watching music
B Sports are the most people＇s favorite programs
C People seldom go to the library on weekdays
D Half of the people like watching news or cartoons
73 The three diagrams show us the results of a survey about
A what people do every day
B how people spend their free time
C people＇s different lifestyles
D people＇s different habits
D
An elderly couple go to Burger King where they carefully split(分开) a hamburger and fries into halves A truck driver in the same restaurant sees them and thinks they are too poor to buy enough food So he offers to buy something to eat for the wife It＇s all right says the husband We share(分享) everything
A few minutes later the driver notices that the wife hasn＇t eaten anything I really wouldn＇t mind buying your wife her own meal he says again She＇ll eat the husband answers We share everything The driver doesn＇t believe and asks the wife Why aren＇t you eating The wife opens her mouth and says Because I＇m waiting for the teeth
74 HOW many people are there in the story
A Two B Three C Many D Four
75 The old couple have to eat
A a hamburger and fries
B a hamburger and a fry
C a half of hamburger and fries
D a half of hamburger and a half of fries
76 According to the story the driver is
A bad B boring C warmhearted D selfish
77 The old woman isn＇t eating because
A she isn＇t hungry
B she doesn＇t like the food
C she has a toothache
D she is waiting for the false teeth
78 Which one is right according to the story
A The couple are too poor to buy enough food
B Finally the old woman eats nothing
C the driver buys a hamburger for them to eat
D The old couple share everything including(包括) their teeth
八短文7选5(5选5等)（5题10分）
One day a poor man was cutting a big piece of wood near a river 79 He felt very sad because he lost his only axe Then all at once a beautiful fairy(仙女) came out and asked the man what he was matter
80 he said It fell into the water when I was cutting the wood
The fairy showed him a gold axe and asked Is that yours
No said the man
81 Is this yours
No again answered the man
82
Yes that is mine called out the happy man
I know it well enough said the fairy 83 and now I＇ll give you the gold axe and the silver axe besides(包括) your own one
A I have lost my axe
B Then she showed him the old axe
C Suddenly his old axe(斧子) fell into the water
D The fairy then showed him a silver(银) axe and asked again
E I only wanted to see if you would tell me the truth
九阅读表达(问答式)（5题10分）
Dear students
The following rules are for you at Cambridge school Please read them carefully
1 Stand up when a teacher or a visitor goes into the classroom
2 You have to be in a classroom or study places during lesson time
3 Arrive in time for the start of each lesson with the things you need so that you are ready to start work
4 Wear smart clean clothes No long hair for boys
5 Don＇t leave the school if you are not allowed
6 You can＇t take food and drink from the diningroom
7 Radios and personal computers can only be used in dormitory house where the house rules allow You can＇t use them in class or in the library
Class 5
84 What do students in Class Five have to do when a teacher comes into the classroom
85 Do students have to wear uniforms
86 Can students leave the school if they are not allowed
87 Do the students have to have their lunch and dinner in the dining room
88 Where can students use their personal computers
十补全话(选择)（5题10分）
A We are going to play basketball 89
B I＇d like to but I can＇t
A 90
B I have to see Xiao Fang in the hospital
A What＇s the matter with her 91
B 92
A 93
B I＇m afraid I can＇t
A Her head hurts and she doesn＇t want to eat
B Would you like to go with us
C Anything serious
D Are you coming later
E What do you have to do
Module10检测卷
参考答案
听力(听力)
1 B 2 A 3 C 4 B 5 C
6 B 7 C 8 A 9 A 10 B
11 C 12 C 13 B 14 A 15 C
听力原文
听力材料
听力理解 (15分题1分)
A) 列题听句子供
选择A B C三幅图画找出听句子
容相匹配图画
1 Can you see the red lantern over there
2 Look This girl is dancing
3 This is a beautiful Christmas tree
4 Dumplings are really delicious
B) 面听五组话组话问
题根话容组A B C三选
项中找出回答提问题佳选项
5 W What are you doing Tom
M I＇ m cleaning the house with my mother
6 M What＇ s that Li Hua
W It＇ s a dragon Do you like dragon dance Mike
7 W Is your grandma at home Bob
M Yes she is cooking in the kitchen
8 M Oh so much delicious food I like it
W Don＇ t eat it Li Wen It＇ s for your uncle and aunt
9 W Do you usually get a hongbao on Spring Festival Wang Hai
M Yes I do It means lucky money
C) 听面长话独白段长话独白
三问题题中A B C三选项中选
出佳选项
听面段材料回答第10第12题
M Hello What＇ s your name
W My name is Jenny
M What class are you in
W I＇ m in Class Three
M Is Miss Wu your English teacher
W No Miss Fang is
M How old is she
W She is 24
听面段材料回答第13第15题
There＇ s a big photo of my family in my house In the photo
all my family are celebrating Spring Festival We are having a family dinner on the evening before Spring Festival Look These are my grandparents They are wearing red clothes and eating jiaozi The girl on the left of them is my cousin Wu Mei She＇ s drinking orange juice I＇ m on the right of my grandparents and drinking cola I＇ m Wu Qi My father is near me He is eating the fish My mother is talking with my aunt They are sitting between my father and my uncle My uncle is eating the chicken I like this photo
二单项选择
16 C 17 A 18 B 19 B 20 C
21 C 22 C 23 C 24 C 25 C
三单词拼写(单句首字母填空)
26 join
27 celebrate
28 sweep
29 Hurry
30 traditional
31 speak
32 dance
33 beautiful
34 lucky
35 February
四单词拼写(根中文提示拼写单词)
36 celebrate
37 sweep
38 ready
39 traditional
40 programme
41 festival
42 cleaning
43 festival
44 beautiful
45 February
五翻译(根中文提示完成句子)
46 is getting ready for
47 Hurry upten to nine
48 be put away
49 At the moment
50 is listening to music
六完形填空
51 C 52 D 53 B 54 A 55 B
56 C 57 A 58 B 59 C 60 A
七阅读理解
61 B 62 B 63 B 64 A 65 D
66 A 67 B 68 B 69 C 70 B
71 C 72 C 73 B 74 B 75 A
76 C 77 D 78 D
八短文7选5(5选5等)
79 C 80 A
81 D 82 B 83 E
九阅读表达(问答式)
84 They have to stand up
85 No they don＇t
86 No they can＇t
87 Yes they do
88 They can use them in the dormitory
十补全话(选择)
89 B 90 E
91 C 92 A 93 D
文档香网(httpswwwxiangdangnet)户传
《香当网》用户分享的内容，不代表《香当网》观点或立场，请自行判断内容的真实性和可靠性！
该内容是文档的文本内容，更好的格式请下载文档
